Sample records for basis set augmented

  1. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Papajak, Ewa; Truhlar, Donald G.

    We present sets of convergent, partially augmented basis set levels corresponding to subsets of the augmented “aug-cc-pV(n+d)Z” basis sets of Dunning and co-workers. We show that for many molecular properties a basis set fully augmented with diffuse functions is computationally expensive and almost always unnecessary. On the other hand, unaugmented cc-pV(n+d)Z basis sets are insufficient for many properties that require diffuse functions. Therefore, we propose using intermediate basis sets. We developed an efficient strategy for partial augmentation, and in this article, we test it and validate it. Sequentially deleting diffuse basis functions from the “aug” basis sets yields the “jul”,more » “jun”, “may”, “apr”, etc. basis sets. Tests of these basis sets for Møller-Plesset second-order perturbation theory (MP2) show the advantages of using these partially augmented basis sets and allow us to recommend which basis sets offer the best accuracy for a given number of basis functions for calculations on large systems. Similar truncations in the diffuse space can be performed for the aug-cc-pVxZ, aug-cc-pCVxZ, etc. basis sets.« less

  2. Benchmark calculations with correlated molecular wavefunctions. XIII. Potential energy curves for He2, Ne2 and Ar2 using correlation consistent basis sets through augmented sextuple zeta

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van Mourik, Tanja

    1999-02-01

    The potential energy curves of the rare gas dimers He2, Ne2, and Ar2 have been computed using correlation consistent basis sets ranging from singly augmented aug-cc-pVDZ sets through triply augmented t-aug-cc-pV6Z sets, with the augmented sextuple basis sets being reported herein. Several methods for including electron correlation were investigated, namely Moller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2, MP3 and MP4) and coupled cluster theory [CCSD and CCSD(T)]. For He2CCSD(T)/d-aug-cc-pV6Z calculations yield a well depth of 7.35cm-1 (10.58K), with an estimated complete basis set (CBS) limit of 7.40cm-1 (10.65K). The latter is smaller than the 'exact' well depth (Aziz, R. A., Janzen, A. R., and Moldover, M. R., 1995, Phys. Rev. Lett., 74, 1586) by about 0.2cm-1 (0.35K). The Ne well depth, computed with the CCSD(T)/d-aug-cc-pV6Z method, is 28.31cm-1 and the estimated CBS limit is 28.4cm-1, approximately 1cm-1 smaller than the empirical potential of Aziz, R. A., and Slaman, M., J., 1989, Chem. Phys., 130, 187. Inclusion of core and core-valence correlation effects has a negligible effect on the Ne well depth, decreasing it by only 0.04cm-1. For Ar2, CCSD(T)/ d-aug-cc-pV6Z calculations yield a well depth of 96.2cm-1. The corresponding HFDID potential of Aziz, R. A., 1993, J. chem. Phys., 99, 4518 predicts of D of 99.7cm-1. Inclusion of core and core-valence effects in Ar increases the well depth and decreases the discrepancy by approximately 1cm-1.

  3. Characterizing and Understanding the Remarkably Slow Basis Set Convergence of Several Minnesota Density Functionals for Intermolecular Interaction Energies

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mardirossian, Narbe; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2013-08-22

    For a set of eight equilibrium intermolecular complexes, it is discovered in this paper that the basis set limit (BSL) cannot be reached by aug-cc-pV5Z for three of the Minnesota density functionals: M06-L, M06-HF, and M11-L. In addition, the M06 and M11 functionals exhibit substantial, but less severe, difficulties in reaching the BSL. By using successively finer grids, it is demonstrated that this issue is not related to the numerical integration of the exchange-correlation functional. In addition, it is shown that the difficulty in reaching the BSL is not a direct consequence of the structure of the augmented functions inmore » Dunning’s basis sets, since modified augmentation yields similar results. By using a very large custom basis set, the BSL appears to be reached for the HF dimer for all of the functionals. As a result, it is concluded that the difficulties faced by several of the Minnesota density functionals are related to an interplay between the form of these functionals and the structure of standard basis sets. It is speculated that the difficulty in reaching the basis set limit is related to the magnitude of the inhomogeneity correction factor (ICF) of the exchange functional. A simple modification of the M06-L exchange functional that systematically reduces the basis set superposition error (BSSE) for the HF dimer in the aug-cc-pVQZ basis set is presented, further supporting the speculation that the difficulty in reaching the BSL is caused by the magnitude of the exchange functional ICF. In conclusion, the BSSE is plotted with respect to the internuclear distance of the neon dimer for two of the examined functionals.« less

  4. On the Use of a Mixed Gaussian/Finite-Element Basis Set for the Calculation of Rydberg States

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thuemmel, Helmar T.; Langhoff, Stephen (Technical Monitor)

    1996-01-01

    Configuration-interaction studies are reported for the Rydberg states of the helium atom using mixed Gaussian/finite-element (GTO/FE) one particle basis sets. Standard Gaussian valence basis sets are employed, like those, used extensively in quantum chemistry calculations. It is shown that the term values for high-lying Rydberg states of the helium atom can be obtained accurately (within 1 cm -1), even for a small GTO set, by augmenting the n-particle space with configurations, where orthonormalized interpolation polynomials are singly occupied.

  5. Relativistic well-tempered Gaussian basis sets for helium through mercury

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Okada, S.; Matsuoka, O.

    1989-10-01

    Exponent parameters of the nonrelativistically optimized well-tempered Gaussian basis sets of Huzinaga and Klobukowski have been employed for Dirac--Fock--Roothaan calculations without their reoptimization. For light atoms He (atomic number {ital Z}=2)--Rh ({ital Z}=45), the number of exponent parameters used has been the same as the nonrelativistic basis sets and for heavier atoms Pd ({ital Z}=46)--Hg({ital Z}=80), two 2{ital p} (and three 3{ital d}) Gaussian basis functions have been augmented. The scheme of kinetic energy balance and the uniformly charged sphere model of atomic nuclei have been adopted. The qualities of the calculated basis sets are close to the Dirac--Fock limit.

  6. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rossi, Tuomas P., E-mail: tuomas.rossi@alumni.aalto.fi; Sakko, Arto; Puska, Martti J.

    We present an approach for generating local numerical basis sets of improving accuracy for first-principles nanoplasmonics simulations within time-dependent density functional theory. The method is demonstrated for copper, silver, and gold nanoparticles that are of experimental interest but computationally demanding due to the semi-core d-electrons that affect their plasmonic response. The basis sets are constructed by augmenting numerical atomic orbital basis sets by truncated Gaussian-type orbitals generated by the completeness-optimization scheme, which is applied to the photoabsorption spectra of homoatomic metal atom dimers. We obtain basis sets of improving accuracy up to the complete basis set limit and demonstrate thatmore » the performance of the basis sets transfers to simulations of larger nanoparticles and nanoalloys as well as to calculations with various exchange-correlation functionals. This work promotes the use of the local basis set approach of controllable accuracy in first-principles nanoplasmonics simulations and beyond.« less

  7. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Miliordos, Evangelos; Aprà, Edoardo; Xantheas, Sotiris S.

    We establish a new estimate for the binding energy between two benzene molecules in the parallel-displaced (PD) conformation by systematically converging (i) the intra- and intermolecular geometry at the minimum, (ii) the expansion of the orbital basis set, and (iii) the level of electron correlation. The calculations were performed at the second-order Møller–Plesset perturbation (MP2) and the coupled cluster including singles, doubles, and a perturbative estimate of triples replacement [CCSD(T)] levels of electronic structure theory. At both levels of theory, by including results corrected for basis set superposition error (BSSE), we have estimated the complete basis set (CBS) limit bymore » employing the family of Dunning’s correlation-consistent polarized valence basis sets. The largest MP2 calculation was performed with the cc-pV6Z basis set (2772 basis functions), whereas the largest CCSD(T) calculation was with the cc-pV5Z basis set (1752 basis functions). The cluster geometries were optimized with basis sets up to quadruple-ζ quality, observing that both its intra- and intermolecular parts have practically converged with the triple-ζ quality sets. The use of converged geometries was found to play an important role for obtaining accurate estimates for the CBS limits. Our results demonstrate that the binding energies with the families of the plain (cc-pVnZ) and augmented (aug-cc-pVnZ) sets converge [within <0.01 kcal/mol for MP2 and <0.15 kcal/mol for CCSD(T)] to the same CBS limit. In addition, the average of the uncorrected and BSSE-corrected binding energies was found to converge to the same CBS limit much faster than either of the two constituents (uncorrected or BSSE-corrected binding energies). Due to the fact that the family of augmented basis sets (especially for the larger sets) causes serious linear dependency problems, the plain basis sets (for which no linear dependencies were found) are deemed as a more efficient and straightforward path for obtaining an accurate CBS limit. We considered extrapolations of the uncorrected (ΔE) and BSSE-corrected (ΔE cp) binding energies, their average value (ΔE ave), as well as the average of the latter over the plain and augmented sets (Δ~E ave) with the cardinal number of the basis set n. Our best estimate of the CCSD(T)/CBS limit for the π–π binding energy in the PD benzene dimer is D e = -2.65 ± 0.02 kcal/mol. The best CCSD(T)/cc-pV5Z calculated value is -2.62 kcal/mol, just 0.03 kcal/mol away from the CBS limit. For comparison, the MP2/CBS limit estimate is -5.00 ± 0.01 kcal/mol, demonstrating a 90% overbinding with respect to CCSD(T). Finally, the spin-component-scaled (SCS) MP2 variant was found to closely reproduce the CCSD(T) results for each basis set, while scaled opposite spin (SOS) MP2 yielded results that are too low when compared to CCSD(T).« less

  8. Segmented all-electron Gaussian basis sets of double and triple zeta qualities for Fr, Ra, and Ac

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, C. T.; de Oliveira, A. Z.; Ferreira, I. B.; Jorge, F. E.; Martins, L. S. C.

    2017-05-01

    Segmented all-electron basis sets of valence double and triple zeta qualities plus polarization functions for the elements Fr, Ra, and Ac are generated using non-relativistic and Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH) Hamiltonians. The sets are augmented with diffuse functions with the purpose to describe appropriately the electrons far from the nuclei. At the DKH-B3LYP level, first atomic ionization energies and bond lengths, dissociation energies, and polarizabilities of a sample of diatomics are calculated. Comparison with theoretical and experimental data available in the literature is carried out. It is verified that despite the small sizes of the basis sets, they are yet reliable.

  9. Green's function multiple-scattering theory with a truncated basis set: An augmented-KKR formalism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.; Nicholson, D. M.; Johnson, Duane D.

    2014-11-01

    The Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an efficient site-centered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number Lmax=(l,mmax), while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at Lt r=(l,mt r) where phase shifts δl >ltr are negligible. Historically, Lmax is set equal to Lt r, which is correct for large enough Lmax but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for Lmax>Lt r with δl >ltr set to zero [X.-G. Zhang and W. H. Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433 (1992), 10.1103/PhysRevB.46.7433]. We present a numerically efficient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R3 process with rank N (ltr+1 ) 2 ] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R2 process with rank N (lmax+1) 2 ]. The augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe, and L 1 0 CoPt and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus Lmax for a given Lt r.

  10. Green's function multiple-scattering theory with a truncated basis set: An augmented-KKR formalism

    DOE PAGES

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.; ...

    2014-11-04

    Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an ecient sitecentered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave-functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number L max = (l,m) max, while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at L tr = (l,m) tr where phase shifts δl>l tr are negligible. Historically, L max is set equal to L tr, which is correct for large enough L max but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for L maxmore » > L tr with δl>l tr set to zero [Zhang and Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433]. We present a numerically ecient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R 3 process with rank N(l tr + 1) 2] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R 2 process with rank N(l max +1) 2]. Augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave-functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe and L1 0 CoPt, and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus L max for a given L tr.« less

  11. Møller-Plesset perturbation energies and distances for HeC(20) extrapolated to the complete basis set limit.

    PubMed

    Varandas, A J C

    2009-02-01

    The potential energy surface for the C(20)-He interaction is extrapolated for three representative cuts to the complete basis set limit using second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation calculations with correlation consistent basis sets up to the doubly augmented variety. The results both with and without counterpoise correction show consistency with each other, supporting that extrapolation without such a correction provides a reliable scheme to elude the basis-set-superposition error. Converged attributes are obtained for the C(20)-He interaction, which are used to predict the fullerene dimer ones. Time requirements show that the method can be drastically more economical than the counterpoise procedure and even competitive with Kohn-Sham density functional theory for the title system.

  12. Basis set and electron correlation effects on the polarizability and second hyperpolarizability of model open-shell π-conjugated systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Champagne, Benoı̂t; Botek, Edith; Nakano, Masayoshi; Nitta, Tomoshige; Yamaguchi, Kizashi

    2005-03-01

    The basis set and electron correlation effects on the static polarizability (α) and second hyperpolarizability (γ) are investigated ab initio for two model open-shell π-conjugated systems, the C5H7 radical and the C6H8 radical cation in their doublet state. Basis set investigations evidence that the linear and nonlinear responses of the radical cation necessitate the use of a less extended basis set than its neutral analog. Indeed, double-zeta-type basis sets supplemented by a set of d polarization functions but no diffuse functions already provide accurate (hyper)polarizabilities for C6H8 whereas diffuse functions are compulsory for C5H7, in particular, p diffuse functions. In addition to the 6-31G*+pd basis set, basis sets resulting from removing not necessary diffuse functions from the augmented correlation consistent polarized valence double zeta basis set have been shown to provide (hyper)polarizability values of similar quality as more extended basis sets such as augmented correlation consistent polarized valence triple zeta and doubly augmented correlation consistent polarized valence double zeta. Using the selected atomic basis sets, the (hyper)polarizabilities of these two model compounds are calculated at different levels of approximation in order to assess the impact of including electron correlation. As a function of the method of calculation antiparallel and parallel variations have been demonstrated for α and γ of the two model compounds, respectively. For the polarizability, the unrestricted Hartree-Fock and unrestricted second-order Møller-Plesset methods bracket the reference value obtained at the unrestricted coupled cluster singles and doubles with a perturbative inclusion of the triples level whereas the projected unrestricted second-order Møller-Plesset results are in much closer agreement with the unrestricted coupled cluster singles and doubles with a perturbative inclusion of the triples values than the projected unrestricted Hartree-Fock results. Moreover, the differences between the restricted open-shell Hartree-Fock and restricted open-shell second-order Møller-Plesset methods are small. In what concerns the second hyperpolarizability, the unrestricted Hartree-Fock and unrestricted second-order Møller-Plesset values remain of similar quality while using spin-projected schemes fails for the charged system but performs nicely for the neutral one. The restricted open-shell schemes, and especially the restricted open-shell second-order Møller-Plesset method, provide for both compounds γ values close to the results obtained at the unrestricted coupled cluster level including singles and doubles with a perturbative inclusion of the triples. Thus, to obtain well-converged α and γ values at low-order electron correlation levels, the removal of spin contamination is a necessary but not a sufficient condition. Density-functional theory calculations of α and γ have also been carried out using several exchange-correlation functionals. Those employing hybrid exchange-correlation functionals have been shown to reproduce fairly well the reference coupled cluster polarizability and second hyperpolarizability values. In addition, inclusion of Hartree-Fock exchange is of major importance for determining accurate polarizability whereas for the second hyperpolarizability the gradient corrections are large.

  13. Scaled Quantum Mechanical scale factors for vibrational calculations using alternate polarized and augmented basis sets with the B3LYP density functional calculation model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Legler, C. R.; Brown, N. R.; Dunbar, R. A.; Harness, M. D.; Nguyen, K.; Oyewole, O.; Collier, W. B.

    2015-06-01

    The Scaled Quantum Mechanical (SQM) method of scaling calculated force constants to predict theoretically calculated vibrational frequencies is expanded to include a broad array of polarized and augmented basis sets based on the split valence 6-31G and 6-311G basis sets with the B3LYP density functional. Pulay's original choice of a single polarized 6-31G(d) basis coupled with a B3LYP functional remains the most computationally economical choice for scaled frequency calculations. But it can be improved upon with additional polarization functions and added diffuse functions for complex molecular systems. The new scale factors for the B3LYP density functional and the 6-31G, 6-31G(d), 6-31G(d,p), 6-31G+(d,p), 6-31G++(d,p), 6-311G, 6-311G(d), 6-311G(d,p), 6-311G+(d,p), 6-311G++(d,p), 6-311G(2d,p), 6-311G++(2d,p), 6-311G++(df,p) basis sets are shown. The double d polarized models did not perform as well and the source of the decreased accuracy was investigated. An alternate system of generating internal coordinates that uses the out-of plane wagging coordinate whenever it is possible; makes vibrational assignments via potential energy distributions more meaningful. Automated software to produce SQM scaled vibrational calculations from different molecular orbital packages is presented.

  14. Many-body calculations of molecular electric polarizabilities in asymptotically complete basis sets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Monten, Ruben; Hajgató, Balázs; Deleuze, Michael S.

    2011-10-01

    The static dipole polarizabilities of Ne, CO, N2, F2, HF, H2O, HCN, and C2H2 (acetylene) have been determined close to the Full-CI limit along with an asymptotically complete basis set (CBS), according to the principles of a Focal Point Analysis. For this purpose the results of Finite Field calculations up to the level of Coupled Cluster theory including Single, Double, Triple, Quadruple and perturbative Pentuple excitations [CCSDTQ(P)] were used, in conjunction with suited extrapolations of energies obtained using augmented and doubly-augmented Dunning's correlation consistent polarized valence basis sets of improving quality. The polarizability characteristics of C2H4 (ethylene) and C2H6 (ethane) have been determined on the same grounds at the CCSDTQ level in the CBS limit. Comparison is made with results obtained using lower levels in electronic correlation, or taking into account the relaxation of the molecular structure due to an adiabatic polarization process. Vibrational corrections to electronic polarizabilities have been empirically estimated according to Born-Oppenheimer Molecular Dynamical simulations employing Density Functional Theory. Confrontation with experiment ultimately indicates relative accuracies of the order of 1 to 2%.

  15. Complex absorbing potentials within EOM-CC family of methods: Theory, implementation, and benchmarks

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zuev, Dmitry; Jagau, Thomas-C.; Krylov, Anna I.

    2014-07-14

    A production-level implementation of equation-of-motion coupled-cluster singles and doubles (EOM-CCSD) for electron attachment and excitation energies augmented by a complex absorbing potential (CAP) is presented. The new method enables the treatment of metastable states within the EOM-CC formalism in a similar manner as bound states. The numeric performance of the method and the sensitivity of resonance positions and lifetimes to the CAP parameters and the choice of one-electron basis set are investigated. A protocol for studying molecular shape resonances based on the use of standard basis sets and a universal criterion for choosing the CAP parameters are presented. Our resultsmore » for a variety of π{sup *} shape resonances of small to medium-size molecules demonstrate that CAP-augmented EOM-CCSD is competitive relative to other theoretical approaches for the treatment of resonances and is often able to reproduce experimental results.« less

  16. Spectroscopic properties of Arx-Zn and Arx-Ag+ (x = 1,2) van der Waals complexes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oyedepo, Gbenga A.; Peterson, Charles; Schoendorff, George; Wilson, Angela K.

    2013-03-01

    Potential energy curves have been constructed using coupled cluster with singles, doubles, and perturbative triple excitations (CCSD(T)) in combination with all-electron and pseudopotential-based multiply augmented correlation consistent basis sets [m-aug-cc-pV(n + d)Z; m = singly, doubly, triply, n = D,T,Q,5]. The effect of basis set superposition error on the spectroscopic properties of Ar-Zn, Ar2-Zn, Ar-Ag+, and Ar2-Ag+ van der Waals complexes was examined. The diffuse functions of the doubly and triply augmented basis sets have been constructed using the even-tempered expansion. The a posteriori counterpoise scheme of Boys and Bernardi and its generalized variant by Valiron and Mayer has been utilized to correct for basis set superposition error (BSSE) in the calculated spectroscopic properties for diatomic and triatomic species. It is found that even at the extrapolated complete basis set limit for the energetic properties, the pseudopotential-based calculations still suffer from significant BSSE effects unlike the all-electron basis sets. This indicates that the quality of the approximations used in the design of pseudopotentials could have major impact on a seemingly valence-exclusive effect like BSSE. We confirm the experimentally determined equilibrium internuclear distance (re), binding energy (De), harmonic vibrational frequency (ωe), and C1Π ← X1Σ transition energy for ArZn and also predict the spectroscopic properties for the low-lying excited states of linear Ar2-Zn (X1Σg, 3Πg, 1Πg), Ar-Ag+ (X1Σ, 3Σ, 3Π, 3Δ, 1Σ, 1Π, 1Δ), and Ar2-Ag+ (X1Σg, 3Σg, 3Πg, 3Δg, 1Σg, 1Πg, 1Δg) complexes, using the CCSD(T) and MR-CISD + Q methods, to aid in their experimental characterizations.

  17. Some considerations about Gaussian basis sets for electric property calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arruda, Priscilla M.; Canal Neto, A.; Jorge, F. E.

    Recently, segmented contracted basis sets of double, triple, and quadruple zeta valence quality plus polarization functions (XZP, X = D, T, and Q, respectively) for the atoms from H to Ar were reported. In this work, with the objective of having a better description of polarizabilities, the QZP set was augmented with diffuse (s and p symmetries) and polarization (p, d, f, and g symmetries) functions that were chosen to maximize the mean dipole polarizability at the UHF and UMP2 levels, respectively. At the HF and B3LYP levels of theory, electric dipole moment and static polarizability for a sample of molecules were evaluated. Comparison with experimental data and results obtained with a similar size basis set, whose diffuse functions were optimized for the ground state energy of the anion, was done.

  18. Benchmark of Ab Initio Bethe-Salpeter Equation Approach with Numeric Atom-Centered Orbitals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Chi; Kloppenburg, Jan; Kanai, Yosuke; Blum, Volker

    The Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE) approach based on the GW approximation has been shown to be successful for optical spectra prediction of solids and recently also for small molecules. We here present an all-electron implementation of the BSE using numeric atom-centered orbital (NAO) basis sets. In this work, we present benchmark of BSE implemented in FHI-aims for low-lying excitation energies for a set of small organic molecules, the well-known Thiel's set. The difference between our implementation (using an analytic continuation of the GW self-energy on the real axis) and the results generated by a fully frequency dependent GW treatment on the real axis is on the order of 0.07 eV for the benchmark molecular set. We study the convergence behavior to the complete basis set limit for excitation spectra, using a group of valence correlation consistent NAO basis sets (NAO-VCC-nZ), as well as for standard NAO basis sets for ground state DFT with extended augmentation functions (NAO+aug). The BSE results and convergence behavior are compared to linear-response time-dependent DFT, where excellent numerical convergence is shown for NAO+aug basis sets.

  19. On the performance of large Gaussian basis sets for the computation of total atomization energies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, J. M. L.

    1992-01-01

    The total atomization energies of a number of molecules have been computed using an augmented coupled-cluster method and (5s4p3d2f1g) and 4s3p2d1f) atomic natural orbital (ANO) basis sets, as well as the correlation consistent valence triple zeta plus polarization (cc-pVTZ) correlation consistent valence quadrupole zeta plus polarization (cc-pVQZ) basis sets. The performance of ANO and correlation consistent basis sets is comparable throughout, although the latter can result in significant CPU time savings. Whereas the inclusion of g functions has significant effects on the computed Sigma D(e) values, chemical accuracy is still not reached for molecules involving multiple bonds. A Gaussian-1 (G) type correction lowers the error, but not much beyond the accuracy of the G1 model itself. Using separate corrections for sigma bonds, pi bonds, and valence pairs brings down the mean absolute error to less than 1 kcal/mol for the spdf basis sets, and about 0.5 kcal/mol for the spdfg basis sets. Some conclusions on the success of the Gaussian-1 and Gaussian-2 models are drawn.

  20. Computational study of the electronic spectra of the rare gas fluorohydrides HRgF (Rg = Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van Hoeve, Miriam D.; Klobukowski, Mariusz

    2018-03-01

    Simulation of the electronic spectra of HRgF (Rg = Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn) was carried out using the time-dependent density functional method, with the CAMB3LYP functional and several basis sets augmented with even-tempered diffuse functions. A full spectral assignment for the HRgF systems was done. The effect of the rare gas matrix on the HRgF (Rg = Ar and Kr) spectra was investigated and it was found that the matrix blue-shifted the spectra. Scalar relativistic effects on the spectra were also studied and it was found that while the excitation energies of HArF and HKrF were insignificantly affected by relativistic effects, most of the excitation energies of HXeF and HRnF were red-shifted. Spin-orbit coupling was found to significantly affect excitation energies in HRnF. Analysis of performance of the model core potential basis set relative to all-electron (AE) basis sets showed that the former basis set increased computational efficiency and gave results similar to those obtained with the AE basis set.

  1. Stereochemical analysis of (+)-limonene using theoretical and experimental NMR and chiroptical data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reinscheid, F.; Reinscheid, U. M.

    2016-02-01

    Using limonene as test molecule, the success and the limitations of three chiroptical methods (optical rotatory dispersion (ORD), electronic and vibrational circular dichroism, ECD and VCD) could be demonstrated. At quite low levels of theory (mpw1pw91/cc-pvdz, IEFPCM (integral equation formalism polarizable continuum model)) the experimental ORD values differ by less than 10 units from the calculated values. The modelling in the condensed phase still represents a challenge so that experimental NMR data were used to test for aggregation and solvent-solute interactions. After establishing a reasonable structural model, only the ECD spectra prediction showed a decisive dependence on the basis set: only augmented (in the case of Dunning's basis sets) or diffuse (in the case of Pople's basis sets) basis sets predicted the position and shape of the ECD bands correctly. Based on these result we propose a procedure to assign the absolute configuration (AC) of an unknown compound using the comparison between experimental and calculated chiroptical data.

  2. Simplified DFT methods for consistent structures and energies of large systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Caldeweyher, Eike; Gerit Brandenburg, Jan

    2018-05-01

    Kohn–Sham density functional theory (DFT) is routinely used for the fast electronic structure computation of large systems and will most likely continue to be the method of choice for the generation of reliable geometries in the foreseeable future. Here, we present a hierarchy of simplified DFT methods designed for consistent structures and non-covalent interactions of large systems with particular focus on molecular crystals. The covered methods are a minimal basis set Hartree–Fock (HF-3c), a small basis set screened exchange hybrid functional (HSE-3c), and a generalized gradient approximated functional evaluated in a medium-sized basis set (B97-3c), all augmented with semi-classical correction potentials. We give an overview on the methods design, a comprehensive evaluation on established benchmark sets for geometries and lattice energies of molecular crystals, and highlight some realistic applications on large organic crystals with several hundreds of atoms in the primitive unit cell.

  3. NMR shieldings from density functional perturbation theory: GIPAW versus all-electron calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Wijs, G. A.; Laskowski, R.; Blaha, P.; Havenith, R. W. A.; Kresse, G.; Marsman, M.

    2017-02-01

    We present a benchmark of the density functional linear response calculation of NMR shieldings within the gauge-including projector-augmented-wave method against all-electron augmented-plane-wave+local-orbital and uncontracted Gaussian basis set results for NMR shieldings in molecular and solid state systems. In general, excellent agreement between the aforementioned methods is obtained. Scalar relativistic effects are shown to be quite large for nuclei in molecules in the deshielded limit. The small component makes up a substantial part of the relativistic corrections.

  4. NMR shieldings from density functional perturbation theory: GIPAW versus all-electron calculations.

    PubMed

    de Wijs, G A; Laskowski, R; Blaha, P; Havenith, R W A; Kresse, G; Marsman, M

    2017-02-14

    We present a benchmark of the density functional linear response calculation of NMR shieldings within the gauge-including projector-augmented-wave method against all-electron augmented-plane-wave+local-orbital and uncontracted Gaussian basis set results for NMR shieldings in molecular and solid state systems. In general, excellent agreement between the aforementioned methods is obtained. Scalar relativistic effects are shown to be quite large for nuclei in molecules in the deshielded limit. The small component makes up a substantial part of the relativistic corrections.

  5. On the basis set convergence of electron–electron entanglement measures: helium-like systems

    PubMed Central

    Hofer, Thomas S.

    2013-01-01

    A systematic investigation of three different electron–electron entanglement measures, namely the von Neumann, the linear and the occupation number entropy at full configuration interaction level has been performed for the four helium-like systems hydride, helium, Li+ and Be2+ using a large number of different basis sets. The convergence behavior of the resulting energies and entropies revealed that the latter do in general not show the expected strictly monotonic increase upon increase of the one–electron basis. Overall, the three different entanglement measures show good agreement among each other, the largest deviations being observed for small basis sets. The data clearly demonstrates that it is important to consider the nature of the chemical system when investigating entanglement phenomena in the framework of Gaussian type basis sets: while in case of hydride the use of augmentation functions is crucial, the application of core functions greatly improves the accuracy in case of cationic systems such as Li+ and Be2+. In addition, numerical derivatives of the entanglement measures with respect to the nucleic charge have been determined, which proved to be a very sensitive probe of the convergence leading to qualitatively wrong results (i.e., the wrong sign) if too small basis sets are used. PMID:24790952

  6. On the basis set convergence of electron-electron entanglement measures: helium-like systems.

    PubMed

    Hofer, Thomas S

    2013-01-01

    A systematic investigation of three different electron-electron entanglement measures, namely the von Neumann, the linear and the occupation number entropy at full configuration interaction level has been performed for the four helium-like systems hydride, helium, Li(+) and Be(2+) using a large number of different basis sets. The convergence behavior of the resulting energies and entropies revealed that the latter do in general not show the expected strictly monotonic increase upon increase of the one-electron basis. Overall, the three different entanglement measures show good agreement among each other, the largest deviations being observed for small basis sets. The data clearly demonstrates that it is important to consider the nature of the chemical system when investigating entanglement phenomena in the framework of Gaussian type basis sets: while in case of hydride the use of augmentation functions is crucial, the application of core functions greatly improves the accuracy in case of cationic systems such as Li(+) and Be(2+). In addition, numerical derivatives of the entanglement measures with respect to the nucleic charge have been determined, which proved to be a very sensitive probe of the convergence leading to qualitatively wrong results (i.e., the wrong sign) if too small basis sets are used.

  7. Impairment-oriented training or Bobath therapy for severe arm paresis after stroke: a single-blind, multicentre randomized controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Platz, T; Eickhof, C; van Kaick, S; Engel, U; Pinkowski, C; Kalok, S; Pause, M

    2005-10-01

    To study the effects of augmented exercise therapy time for arm rehabilitation as either Bobath therapy or the impairment-oriented training (Arm BASIS training) in stroke patients with arm severe paresis. Single blind, multicentre randomized control trial. Three inpatient neurorehabilitation centres. Sixty-two anterior circulation ischaemic stroke patients. Random assignment to three group: (A) no augmented exercise therapy time, (B) augmented exercise therapy time as Bobath therapy and (C) augmented exercise therapy time as Arm BASIS training. Fugl-Meyer arm motor score. Secondary measure: Action Research Arm Test (ARA). Ancillary measures: Fugl-Meyer arm sensation and joint motion/pain scores and the Ashworth Scale (elbow flexors). An overall effect of augmented exercise therapy time on Fugl-Meyer scores after four weeks was not corroborated (mean and 95% confidence interval (CI) of change scores: no augmented exercise therapy time (n=20) 8.8, 5.2-12.3; augmented exercise therapy time (n=40) 9.9, 6.8-13.9; p = 0.2657). The group who received the augmented exercise therapy time as Arm BASIS training (n=20) had, however, higher gains than the group receiving the augmented exercise therapy time as Bobath therapy (n=20) (mean and 95% CI of change scores: Bobath 7.2, 2.6-11.8; BASIS 12.6, 8.4-16.8; p = 0.0432). Passive joint motion/pain deteriorated less in the group who received BASIS training (mean and 95% CI of change scores: Bobath -3.2, -5.2 to -1.1; BASIS 0.1, -1.8-2.0; p = 0.0090). ARA, Fugl-Meyer arm sensation, and Ashworth Scale scores were not differentially affected. The augmented exercise therapy time as Arm BASIS training enhanced selective motor control. Type of training was more relevant for recovery of motor control than therapeutic time spent.

  8. The convergence of complete active space self-consistent-field configuration interaction including all single and double excitation energies to the complete basis set limit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Petersson, George A.; Malick, David K.; Frisch, Michael J.; Braunstein, Matthew

    2006-07-01

    Examination of the convergence of full valence complete active space self-consistent-field configuration interaction including all single and double excitation (CASSCF-CISD) energies with expansion of the one-electron basis set reveals a pattern very similar to the convergence of single determinant energies. Calculations on the lowest four singlet states and the lowest four triplet states of N2 with the sequence of n-tuple-ζ augmented polarized (nZaP) basis sets (n =2, 3, 4, 5, and 6) are used to establish the complete basis set limits. Full configuration-interaction (CI) and core electron contributions must be included for very accurate potential energy surfaces. However, a simple extrapolation scheme that has no adjustable parameters and requires nothing more demanding than CAS(10e -,8orb)-CISD/3ZaP calculations gives the Re, ωe, ωeXe, Te, and De for these eight states with rms errors of 0.0006Å, 4.43cm-1, 0.35cm-1, 0.063eV, and 0.018eV, respectively.

  9. Electronic and spectroscopic characterizations of SNP isomers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Trabelsi, Tarek; Al Mogren, Muneerah Mogren; Hochlaf, Majdi; Francisco, Joseph S.

    2018-02-01

    High-level ab initio electronic structure calculations were performed to characterize SNP isomers. In addition to the known linear SNP, cyc-PSN, and linear SPN isomers, we identified a fourth isomer, linear PSN, which is located ˜2.4 eV above the linear SNP isomer. The low-lying singlet and triplet electronic states of the linear SNP and SPN isomers were investigated using a multi-reference configuration interaction method and large basis set. Several bound electronic states were identified. However, their upper rovibrational levels were predicted to pre-dissociate, leading to S + PN, P + NS products, and multi-step pathways were discovered. For the ground states, a set of spectroscopic parameters were derived using standard and explicitly correlated coupled-cluster methods in conjunction with augmented correlation-consistent basis sets extrapolated to the complete basis set limit. We also considered scalar and core-valence effects. For linear isomers, the rovibrational spectra were deduced after generation of their 3D-potential energy surfaces along the stretching and bending coordinates and variational treatments of the nuclear motions.

  10. Systematically convergent basis sets for transition metals. I. All-electron correlation consistent basis sets for the 3d elements Sc-Zn

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Balabanov, Nikolai B.; Peterson, Kirk A.

    2005-08-01

    Sequences of basis sets that systematically converge towards the complete basis set (CBS) limit have been developed for the first-row transition metal elements Sc-Zn. Two families of basis sets, nonrelativistic and Douglas-Kroll-Hess (-DK) relativistic, are presented that range in quality from triple-ζ to quintuple-ζ. Separate sets are developed for the description of valence (3d4s) electron correlation (cc-pVnZ and cc-pVnZ-DK; n =T,Q, 5) and valence plus outer-core (3s3p3d4s) correlation (cc-pwCVnZ and cc-pwCVnZ-DK; n =T,Q, 5), as well as these sets augmented by additional diffuse functions for the description of negative ions and weak interactions (aug-cc-pVnZ and aug-cc-pVnZ-DK). Extensive benchmark calculations at the coupled cluster level of theory are presented for atomic excitation energies, ionization potentials, and electron affinities, as well as molecular calculations on selected hydrides (TiH, MnH, CuH) and other diatomics (TiF, Cu2). In addition to observing systematic convergence towards the CBS limits, both 3s3p electron correlation and scalar relativity are calculated to strongly impact many of the atomic and molecular properties investigated for these first-row transition metal species.

  11. Analytical energy gradients for explicitly correlated wave functions. I. Explicitly correlated second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Győrffy, Werner; Knizia, Gerald; Werner, Hans-Joachim

    2017-12-01

    We present the theory and algorithms for computing analytical energy gradients for explicitly correlated second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2-F12). The main difficulty in F12 gradient theory arises from the large number of two-electron integrals for which effective two-body density matrices and integral derivatives need to be calculated. For efficiency, the density fitting approximation is used for evaluating all two-electron integrals and their derivatives. The accuracies of various previously proposed MP2-F12 approximations [3C, 3C(HY1), 3*C(HY1), and 3*A] are demonstrated by computing equilibrium geometries for a set of molecules containing first- and second-row elements, using double-ζ to quintuple-ζ basis sets. Generally, the convergence of the bond lengths and angles with respect to the basis set size is strongly improved by the F12 treatment, and augmented triple-ζ basis sets are sufficient to closely approach the basis set limit. The results obtained with the different approximations differ only very slightly. This paper is the first step towards analytical gradients for coupled-cluster singles and doubles with perturbative treatment of triple excitations, which will be presented in the second part of this series.

  12. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.; Sato, S. A.; Rehr, J. J.; Yabana, K.; Prendergast, David

    2018-05-01

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. Potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context of extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.

  13. Modeling σ-Bond Activations by Nickel(0) Beyond Common Approximations: How Accurately Can We Describe Closed-Shell Oxidative Addition Reactions Mediated by Low-Valent Late 3d Transition Metal?

    PubMed

    Hu, Lianrui; Chen, Kejuan; Chen, Hui

    2017-10-10

    Accurate modelings of reactions involving 3d transition metals (TMs) are very challenging to both ab initio and DFT approaches. To gain more knowledge in this field, we herein explored typical σ-bond activations of H-H, C-H, C-Cl, and C-C bonds promoted by nickel(0), a low-valent late 3d TM. For the key parameters of activation energy (ΔE ‡ ) and reaction energy (ΔE R ) for these reactions, various issues related to the computational accuracy were systematically investigated. From the scrutiny of convergence issue with one-electron basis set, augmented (A) basis functions are found to be important, and the CCSD(T)/CBS level with complete basis set (CBS) limit extrapolation based on augmented double-ζ and triple-ζ basis pair (ADZ and ATZ), which produces deviations below 1 kcal/mol from the reference, is recommended for larger systems. As an alternative, the explicitly correlated F12 method can accelerate the basis set convergence further, especially after its CBS extrapolations. Thus, the CCSD(T)-F12/CBS(ADZ-ATZ) level with computational cost comparable to the conventional CCSD(T)/CBS(ADZ-ATZ) level, is found to reach the accuracy of the conventional CCSD(T)/A5Z level, which produces deviations below 0.5 kcal/mol from the reference, and is also highly recommendable. Scalar relativistic effects and 3s3p core-valence correlation are non-negligible for achieving chemical accuracy of around 1 kcal/mol. From the scrutiny of convergence issue with the N-electron basis set, in comparison with the reference CCSDTQ result, CCSD(T) is found to be able to calculate ΔE ‡ quite accurately, which is not true for the ΔE R calculations. Using highest-level CCSD(T) results of ΔE ‡ in this work as references, we tested 18 DFT methods and found that PBE0 and CAM-B3LYP are among the three best performing functionals, irrespective of DFT empirical dispersion correction. With empirical dispersion correction included, ωB97XD is also recommendable due to its improved performance.

  14. The observational basis for JPL's DE 200, the planetary ephemerides of the Astronomical Almanac

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Standish, E. M., Jr.

    1990-07-01

    This paper documents the planetary observational data used in a series of ephemerides produced at JPL over six years preceding the creation of DE118/LE62, the set which transformed directly into the JD2000-based set, DE200/LE200. Details of the data reduction procedures are presented, and techniques to overcome the uncertainties due to planetary topography are described. For the spacecraft data, the basic reductions are augmented by formulations for locating the transponder, whether in orbit or landed on the surface of a planet.

  15. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    DOE PAGES

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.; ...

    2018-02-07

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. As a result, potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context ofmore » extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.« less

  16. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. As a result, potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context ofmore » extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.« less

  17. Accurate energetics of small molecules containing third-row atoms Ga-Kr: A comparison of advanced ab initio and density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yockel, Scott; Mintz, Benjamin; Wilson, Angela K.

    2004-07-01

    Advanced ab initio [coupled cluster theory through quasiperturbative triple excitations (CCSD(T))] and density functional (B3LYP) computational chemistry approaches were used in combination with the standard and augmented correlation consistent polarized valence basis sets [cc-pVnZ and aug-cc-pVnZ, where n=D(2), T(3), Q(4), and 5] to investigate the energetic and structural properties of small molecules containing third-row (Ga-Kr) atoms. These molecules were taken from the Gaussian-2 (G2) extended test set for third-row atoms. Several different schemes were used to extrapolate the calculated energies to the complete basis set (CBS) limit for CCSD(T) and the Kohn-Sham (KS) limit for B3LYP. Zero point energy and spin orbital corrections were included in the results. Overall, CCSD(T) atomization energies, ionization energies, proton affinities, and electron affinities are in good agreement with experiment, within 1.1 kcal/mol when the CBS limit has been determined using a series of two basis sets of at least triple zeta quality. For B3LYP, the overall mean absolute deviation from experiment for the three properties and the series of molecules is more significant at the KS limit, within 2.3 and 2.6 kcal/mol for the cc-pVnZ and aug-cc-pVnZ basis set series, respectively.

  18. Structure and energetics of InN and GaN dimers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Šimová, Lucia; Tzeli, Demeter; Urban, Miroslav; Černušák, Ivan; Theodorakopoulos, Giannoula; Petsalakis, Ioannis D.

    2008-06-01

    Large-scale mapping of various dimers of indium nitride and gallium nitride in singlet and triplet electronic states is reported. Second-order perturbation theory with Møller-Plesset partitioning of the Hamiltonian (MP2) and coupled-cluster with single and double excitations corrected for the triple excitations (CCSD(T)) are used for the geometry determinations and evaluation of excitation and dissociation energies. For gallium and nitrogen we have used the singly augmented correlation-consistent triple-zeta basis set (aug-cc-pVTZ), for indium we have used the aug-cc-pVTZ-pseudopotential basis set. The dissociation energies are corrected for basis set superposition error (BBSE) including geometrical relaxation of the monomers. We compare and discuss the similarities and dissimilarities in the structural patterns and energetics of both groups of isomers, including the effect of the BSSE. Our computations show that there are not only different ground states for In 2N 2 and Ga 2N 2 but also different numbers of stable stationary points on their potential energy surface. We compare our results with the molecular data published so far for these systems.

  19. Conventional and Explicitly Correlated ab Initio Benchmark Study on Water Clusters: Revision of the BEGDB and WATER27 Data Sets.

    PubMed

    Manna, Debashree; Kesharwani, Manoj K; Sylvetsky, Nitai; Martin, Jan M L

    2017-07-11

    Benchmark ab initio energies for BEGDB and WATER27 data sets have been re-examined at the MP2 and CCSD(T) levels with both conventional and explicitly correlated (F12) approaches. The basis set convergence of both conventional and explicitly correlated methods has been investigated in detail, both with and without counterpoise corrections. For the MP2 and CCSD-MP2 contributions, rapid basis set convergence observed with explicitly correlated methods is compared to conventional methods. However, conventional, orbital-based calculations are preferred for the calculation of the (T) term, since it does not benefit from F12. CCSD(F12*) converges somewhat faster with the basis set than CCSD-F12b for the CCSD-MP2 term. The performance of various DFT methods is also evaluated for the BEGDB data set, and results show that Head-Gordon's ωB97X-V and ωB97M-V functionals outperform all other DFT functionals. Counterpoise-corrected DSD-PBEP86 and raw DSD-PBEPBE-NL also perform well and are close to MP2 results. In the WATER27 data set, the anionic (deprotonated) water clusters exhibit unacceptably slow basis set convergence with the regular cc-pVnZ-F12 basis sets, which have only diffuse s and p functions. To overcome this, we have constructed modified basis sets, denoted aug-cc-pVnZ-F12 or aVnZ-F12, which have been augmented with diffuse functions on the higher angular momenta. The calculated final dissociation energies of BEGDB and WATER27 data sets are available in the Supporting Information. Our best calculated dissociation energies can be reproduced through n-body expansion, provided one pushes to the basis set and electron correlation limit for the two-body term; for the three-body term, post-MP2 contributions (particularly CCSD-MP2) are important for capturing the three-body dispersion effects. Terms beyond four-body can be adequately captured at the MP2-F12 level.

  20. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.

    Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an ecient sitecentered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave-functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number L max = (l,m) max, while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at L tr = (l,m) tr where phase shifts δl>l tr are negligible. Historically, L max is set equal to L tr, which is correct for large enough L max but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for L maxmore » > L tr with δl>l tr set to zero [Zhang and Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433]. We present a numerically ecient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R 3 process with rank N(l tr + 1) 2] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R 2 process with rank N(l max +1) 2]. Augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave-functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe and L1 0 CoPt, and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus L max for a given L tr.« less

  1. How to compute isomerization energies of organic molecules with quantum chemical methods.

    PubMed

    Grimme, Stefan; Steinmetz, Marc; Korth, Martin

    2007-03-16

    The reaction energies for 34 typical organic isomerizations including oxygen and nitrogen heteroatoms are investigated with modern quantum chemical methods that have the perspective of also being applicable to large systems. The experimental reaction enthalpies are corrected for vibrational and thermal effects, and the thus derived "experimental" reaction energies are compared to corresponding theoretical data. A series of standard AO basis sets in combination with second-order perturbation theory (MP2, SCS-MP2), conventional density functionals (e.g., PBE, TPSS, B3-LYP, MPW1K, BMK), and new perturbative functionals (B2-PLYP, mPW2-PLYP) are tested. In three cases, obvious errors of the experimental values could be detected, and accurate coupled-cluster [CCSD(T)] reference values have been used instead. It is found that only triple-zeta quality AO basis sets provide results close enough to the basis set limit and that sets like the popular 6-31G(d) should be avoided in accurate work. Augmentation of small basis sets with diffuse functions has a notable effect in B3-LYP calculations that is attributed to intramolecular basis set superposition error and covers basic deficiencies of the functional. The new methods based on perturbation theory (SCS-MP2, X2-PLYP) are found to be clearly superior to many other approaches; that is, they provide mean absolute deviations of less than 1.2 kcal mol-1 and only a few (<10%) outliers. The best performance in the group of conventional functionals is found for the highly parametrized BMK hybrid meta-GGA. Contrary to accepted opinion, hybrid density functionals offer no real advantage over simple GGAs. For reasonably large AO basis sets, results of poor quality are obtained with the popular B3-LYP functional that cannot be recommended for thermochemical applications in organic chemistry. The results of this study are complementary to often used benchmarks based on atomization energies and should guide chemists in their search for accurate and efficient computational thermochemistry methods.

  2. Open-Ended Recursive Approach for the Calculation of Multiphoton Absorption Matrix Elements

    PubMed Central

    2015-01-01

    We present an implementation of single residues for response functions to arbitrary order using a recursive approach. Explicit expressions in terms of density-matrix-based response theory for the single residues of the linear, quadratic, cubic, and quartic response functions are also presented. These residues correspond to one-, two-, three- and four-photon transition matrix elements. The newly developed code is used to calculate the one-, two-, three- and four-photon absorption cross sections of para-nitroaniline and para-nitroaminostilbene, making this the first treatment of four-photon absorption in the framework of response theory. We find that the calculated multiphoton absorption cross sections are not very sensitive to the size of the basis set as long as a reasonably large basis set with diffuse functions is used. The choice of exchange–correlation functional, however, significantly affects the calculated cross sections of both charge-transfer transitions and other transitions, in particular, for the larger para-nitroaminostilbene molecule. We therefore recommend the use of a range-separated exchange–correlation functional in combination with the augmented correlation-consistent double-ζ basis set aug-cc-pVDZ for the calculation of multiphoton absorption properties. PMID:25821415

  3. An unscaled quantum mechanical harmonic force field for p-benzoquinone

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nonella, Marco; Tavan, Paul

    1995-10-01

    Structure and harmonic vibrational frequencies of p-benzoquinone have been calculated using quantum chemical ab initio and density functional methods. Our calculations show that a satisfactory description of fundamentals and normal mode compositions is achieved upon consideration of correlation effects by means of Møller-Plesset perturbation expansion (MP2) or by density functional theory (DFT). Furthermore, for correct prediction of CO bondlength and force constant, basis sets augmented by polarization functions are required. Applying such basis sets, MP2 and DFT calculations both give results which are generally in reasonable agreement with experimental data. The quantitatively better agreement, however, is achieved with the computationally less demanding DFT method. This method particularly allows very precise prediction of the experimentally important absorptions in the frequency region between 1500 and 1800 cm -1 and of the isotopic shifts of these vibrations due to 13C or 18O substitution.

  4. Computational study of the reactions of methanol with the hydroperoxyl and methyl radicals. 1. Accurate thermochemistry and barrier heights.

    PubMed

    Alecu, I M; Truhlar, Donald G

    2011-04-07

    The reactions of CH(3)OH with the HO(2) and CH(3) radicals are important in the combustion of methanol and are prototypes for reactions of heavier alcohols in biofuels. The reaction energies and barrier heights for these reaction systems are computed with CCSD(T) theory extrapolated to the complete basis set limit using correlation-consistent basis sets, both augmented and unaugmented, and further refined by including a fully coupled treatment of the connected triple excitations, a second-order perturbative treatment of quadruple excitations (by CCSDT(2)(Q)), core-valence corrections, and scalar relativistic effects. It is shown that the M08-HX and M08-SO hybrid meta-GGA density functionals can achieve sub-kcal mol(-1) agreement with the high-level ab initio results, identifying these functionals as important potential candidates for direct dynamics studies on the rates of these and homologous reaction systems.

  5. A potential-energy surface study of the 2A1 and low-lying dissociative states of the methoxy radical

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jackels, C. F.

    1985-01-01

    Accurate, ab initio quantum chemical techniques are applied in the present study of low lying bound and dissociative states of the methoxy radical at C3nu conformations, using a double zeta quality basis set that is augmented with polarization and diffuse functions. Excitation energy estimates are obtained for vertical excitation, vertical deexcitation, and system origin. The rate of methoxy photolysis is estimated to be too small to warrant its inclusion in atmospheric models.

  6. Highly correlated configuration interaction calculations on water with large orbital bases

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Almora-Díaz, César X., E-mail: xalmora@fisica.unam.mx

    2014-05-14

    A priori selected configuration interaction (SCI) with truncation energy error [C. F. Bunge, J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014107 (2006)] and CI by parts [C. F. Bunge and R. Carbó-Dorca, J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014108 (2006)] are used to approximate the total nonrelativistic electronic ground state energy of water at fixed experimental geometry with CI up to sextuple excitations. Correlation-consistent polarized core-valence basis sets (cc-pCVnZ) up to sextuple zeta and augmented correlation-consistent polarized core-valence basis sets (aug-cc-pCVnZ) up to quintuple zeta quality are employed. Truncation energy errors range between less than 1 μhartree, and 100 μhartree for the largest orbital set. Coupledmore » cluster CCSD and CCSD(T) calculations are also obtained for comparison. Our best upper bound, −76.4343 hartree, obtained by SCI with up to sextuple excitations with a cc-pCV6Z basis recovers more than 98.8% of the correlation energy of the system, and it is only about 3 kcal/mol above the “experimental” value. Despite that the present energy upper bounds are far below all previous ones, comparatively large dispersion errors in the determination of the extrapolated energies to the complete basis set do not allow to determine a reliable estimation of the full CI energy with an accuracy better than 0.6 mhartree (0.4 kcal/mol)« less

  7. Ab initio structural and spectroscopic study of HPS{sup x} and HSP{sup x} (x = 0,+1,−1) in the gas phase

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yaghlane, Saida Ben; Cotton, C. Eric; Francisco, Joseph S., E-mail: francisc@purdue.edu, E-mail: hochlaf@univ-mlv.fr

    2013-11-07

    Accurate ab initio computations of structural and spectroscopic parameters for the HPS/HSP molecules and corresponding cations and anions have been performed. For the electronic structure computations, standard and explicitly correlated coupled cluster techniques in conjunction with large basis sets have been adopted. In particular, we present equilibrium geometries, rotational constants, harmonic vibrational frequencies, adiabatic ionization energies, electron affinities, and, for the neutral species, singlet-triplet relative energies. Besides, the full-dimensional potential energy surfaces (PESs) for HPS{sup x} and HSP{sup x} (x = −1,0,1) systems have been generated at the standard coupled cluster level with a basis set of augmented quintuple-zeta quality.more » By applying perturbation theory to the calculated PESs, an extended set of spectroscopic constants, including τ, first-order centrifugal distortion and anharmonic vibrational constants has been obtained. In addition, the potentials have been used in a variational approach to deduce the whole pattern of vibrational levels up to 4000 cm{sup −1} above the minima of the corresponding PESs.« less

  8. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Moore, Keith; McLaughlin, Brendan M.; Lane, Ian C., E-mail: i.lane@qub.ac.uk

    BaH (and its isotopomers) is an attractive molecular candidate for laser cooling to ultracold temperatures and a potential precursor for the production of ultracold gases of hydrogen and deuterium. The theoretical challenge is to simulate the laser cooling cycle as reliably as possible and this paper addresses the generation of a highly accurate ab initio {sup 2}Σ{sup +} potential for such studies. The performance of various basis sets within the multi-reference configuration-interaction (MRCI) approximation with the Davidson correction is tested and taken to the Complete Basis Set (CBS) limit. It is shown that the calculated molecular constants using a 46more » electron effective core-potential and even-tempered augmented polarized core-valence basis sets (aug-pCVnZ-PP, n = 4 and 5) but only including three active electrons in the MRCI calculation are in excellent agreement with the available experimental values. The predicted dissociation energy D{sub e} for the X{sup 2}Σ{sup +} state (extrapolated to the CBS limit) is 16 895.12 cm{sup −1} (2.094 eV), which agrees within 0.1% of a revised experimental value of <16 910.6 cm{sup −1}, while the calculated r{sub e} is within 0.03 pm of the experimental result.« less

  9. Explicitly correlated coupled-cluster theory using cusp conditions. II. Treatment of connected triple excitations.

    PubMed

    Köhn, Andreas

    2010-11-07

    The coupled-cluster singles and doubles method augmented with single Slater-type correlation factors (CCSD-F12) determined by the cusp conditions (also denoted as SP ansatz) yields results close to the basis set limit with only small overhead compared to conventional CCSD. Quantitative calculations on many-electron systems, however, require to include the effect of connected triple excitations at least. In this contribution, the recently proposed [A. Köhn, J. Chem. Phys. 130, 131101 (2009)] extended SP ansatz and its application to the noniterative triples correction CCSD(T) is reviewed. The approach allows to include explicit correlation into connected triple excitations without introducing additional unknown parameters. The explicit expressions are presented and analyzed, and possible simplifications to arrive at a computationally efficient scheme are suggested. Numerical tests based on an implementation obtained by an automated approach are presented. Using a partial wave expansion for the neon atom, we can show that the proposed ansatz indeed leads to the expected (L(max)+1)(-7) convergence of the noniterative triples correction, where L(max) is the maximum angular momentum in the orbital expansion. Further results are reported for a test set of 29 molecules, employing Peterson's F12-optimized basis sets. We find that the customary approach of using the conventional noniterative triples correction on top of a CCSD-F12 calculation leads to significant basis set errors. This, however, is not always directly visible for total CCSD(T) energies due to fortuitous error compensation. The new approach offers a thoroughly explicitly correlated CCSD(T)-F12 method with improved basis set convergence of the triples contributions to both total and relative energies.

  10. Computational Study of the Reactions of Methanol with the Hydroperoxyl and Methyl Radicals. Part I: Accurate Thermochemistry and Barrier Heights

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alecu, I. M.; Truhlar, D. G.

    2011-04-07

    The reactions of CH 3OH with the HO 2 and CH 3 radicals are important in the combustion of methanol and are prototypes for reactions of heavier alcohols in biofuels. The reaction energies and barrier heights for these reaction systems are computed with CCSD(T) theory extrapolated to the complete basis set limit using correlation-consistent basis sets, both augmented and unaugmented, and further refined by including a fully coupled treatment of the connected triple excitations, a second-order perturbative treatment of quadruple excitations (by CCSDT(2) Q), core–valence corrections, and scalar relativistic effects. It is shown that the M08-HX and M08-SO hybrid meta-GGAmore » density functionals can achieve sub-kcal mol -1 agreement with the high-level ab initio results, identifying these functionals as important potential candidates for direct dynamics studies on the rates of these and homologous reaction systems.« less

  11. Adding to Leader-Follower Transactions: The Augmenting Effect of Charismatic Leadership

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-12-01

    leaders are able to influence and inspire followers on the basis of these values. The Augmenting Effect of Charismatic Leadership Two aspects of...III AD-A204 115 F r’ Adding to Leader -Follower Transactions: The Augmenting Effect of Charismatic Leadership David A. Waldman, Bernard M. Bass, and...OF NEW YORK m E L iLETI iA i .1’ Adding to Leader -Follower Transactions: The Augmenting Effect of Charismatic Leadership David A. Waldman, Bernard M

  12. DFT simulations and vibrational spectra of 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Renuga Devi, T. S.; Sharmi kumar, J.; Ramkumaar, G. R.

    2014-12-01

    The FTIR and FT-Raman spectra of 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol were recorded in the regions 4000-400 cm-1 and 4000-50 cm-1 respectively. The structural and spectroscopic data of the molecule in the ground state were calculated using Hartee-Fock and density functional method (B3LYP) with the augmented-correlation consistent-polarized valence double zeta (aug-cc-pVDZ) basis set. The most stable conformer was optimized and the structural and vibrational parameters were determined based on this. The complete assignments were performed on the basis of the Potential Energy Distribution (PED) of the vibrational modes, calculated using Vibrational Energy Distribution Analysis (VEDA) 4 program. With the observed FTIR and FT-Raman data, a complete vibrational assignment and analysis of the fundamental modes of the compound were carried out. Thermodynamic properties and Mulliken charges were calculated using both Hartee-Fock and density functional method using the aug-cc-pVDZ basis set and compared. The calculated HOMO-LUMO energy gap revealed that charge transfer occurs within the molecule. 1H and 13C NMR chemical shifts of the molecule were calculated using Gauge-Independent Atomic Orbital (GIAO) method and were compared with experimental results.

  13. Accurate ab initio quartic force fields for the ions HCO(+) and HOC(+)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, J. M. L.; Taylor, Peter R.; Lee, Timothy J.

    1993-01-01

    The quartic force fields of HCO(+) and HOC(+) have been computed using augmented coupled cluster methods and basis sets of spdf and spdfg quality. Calculations on HCN, CO, and N2 have been performed to assist in calibrating the computed results. Going from an spdf to an spdfg basis shortens triple bonds by about 0.004 A, and increases the corresponding harmonic frequency by 10-20/cm, leaving bond distances about 0.003 A too long and triple bond stretching frequencies about 5/cm too low. Accurate estimates for the bond distances, fundamental frequencies, and thermochemical quantities are given. HOC(+) lies 37.8 +/- 0.5 kcal/mol (0 K) above HCO(+); the classical barrier height for proton exchange is 76.7 +/- 1.0 kcal/mol.

  14. Augmented Reality Trends in Education: A Systematic Review of Research and Applications

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bacca, Jorge; Baldiris, Silvia; Fabregat, Ramon; Graf, Sabine; Kinshuk

    2014-01-01

    In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in applying Augmented Reality (AR) to create unique educational settings. So far, however, there is a lack of review studies with focus on investigating factors such as: the uses, advantages, limitations, effectiveness, challenges and features of augmented reality in educational settings.…

  15. A combined representation method for use in band structure calculations. 1: Method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Friedli, C.; Ashcroft, N. W.

    1975-01-01

    A representation was described whose basis levels combine the important physical aspects of a finite set of plane waves with those of a set of Bloch tight-binding levels. The chosen combination has a particularly simple dependence on the wave vector within the Brillouin Zone, and its use in reducing the standard one-electron band structure problem to the usual secular equation has the advantage that the lattice sums involved in the calculation of the matrix elements are actually independent of the wave vector. For systems with complicated crystal structures, for which the Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR), Augmented-Plane Wave (APW) and Orthogonalized-Plane Wave (OPW) methods are difficult to apply, the present method leads to results with satisfactory accuracy and convergence.

  16. Accurate ab initio quartic force fields for borane and BeH2

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, J. M. L.; Lee, Timothy J.

    1992-01-01

    The quartic force fields of BH3 and BeH2 have been computed ab initio using an augmented coupled cluster (CCSD(T)) method and basis sets of spdf and spdfg quality. For BH3, the computed spectroscopic constants are in very good agreement with recent experimental data, and definitively confirm misassignments in some older work, in agreement with recent ab initio studies. Using the computed spectroscopic constants, the rovibrational partition function for both molecules has been constructed using a modified direct numerical summation algorithm, and JANAF-style thermochemical tables are presented.

  17. Architecture and Key Techniques of Augmented Reality Maintenance Guiding System for Civil Aircrafts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    hong, Zhou; Wenhua, Lu

    2017-01-01

    Augmented reality technology is introduced into the maintenance related field for strengthened information in real-world scenarios through integration of virtual assistant maintenance information with real-world scenarios. This can lower the difficulty of maintenance, reduce maintenance errors, and improve the maintenance efficiency and quality of civil aviation crews. Architecture of augmented reality virtual maintenance guiding system is proposed on the basis of introducing the definition of augmented reality and analyzing the characteristics of augmented reality virtual maintenance. Key techniques involved, such as standardization and organization of maintenance data, 3D registration, modeling of maintenance guidance information and virtual maintenance man-machine interaction, are elaborated emphatically, and solutions are given.

  18. Augmented reality in neurosurgery

    PubMed Central

    Tagaytayan, Raniel; Kelemen, Arpad

    2016-01-01

    Neurosurgery is a medical specialty that relies heavily on imaging. The use of computed tomography and magnetic resonance images during preoperative planning and intraoperative surgical navigation is vital to the success of the surgery and positive patient outcome. Augmented reality application in neurosurgery has the potential to revolutionize and change the way neurosurgeons plan and perform surgical procedures in the future. Augmented reality technology is currently commercially available for neurosurgery for simulation and training. However, the use of augmented reality in the clinical setting is still in its infancy. Researchers are now testing augmented reality system prototypes to determine and address the barriers and limitations of the technology before it can be widely accepted and used in the clinical setting. PMID:29765445

  19. Augmented reality in neurosurgery.

    PubMed

    Tagaytayan, Raniel; Kelemen, Arpad; Sik-Lanyi, Cecilia

    2018-04-01

    Neurosurgery is a medical specialty that relies heavily on imaging. The use of computed tomography and magnetic resonance images during preoperative planning and intraoperative surgical navigation is vital to the success of the surgery and positive patient outcome. Augmented reality application in neurosurgery has the potential to revolutionize and change the way neurosurgeons plan and perform surgical procedures in the future. Augmented reality technology is currently commercially available for neurosurgery for simulation and training. However, the use of augmented reality in the clinical setting is still in its infancy. Researchers are now testing augmented reality system prototypes to determine and address the barriers and limitations of the technology before it can be widely accepted and used in the clinical setting.

  20. DFT simulations and vibrational spectra of 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol.

    PubMed

    Renuga Devi, T S; Sharmi kumar, J; Ramkumaar, G R

    2014-12-10

    The FTIR and FT-Raman spectra of 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol were recorded in the regions 4000-400cm(-1) and 4000-50cm(-1) respectively. The structural and spectroscopic data of the molecule in the ground state were calculated using Hartee-Fock and density functional method (B3LYP) with the augmented-correlation consistent-polarized valence double zeta (aug-cc-pVDZ) basis set. The most stable conformer was optimized and the structural and vibrational parameters were determined based on this. The complete assignments were performed on the basis of the Potential Energy Distribution (PED) of the vibrational modes, calculated using Vibrational Energy Distribution Analysis (VEDA) 4 program. With the observed FTIR and FT-Raman data, a complete vibrational assignment and analysis of the fundamental modes of the compound were carried out. Thermodynamic properties and Mulliken charges were calculated using both Hartee-Fock and density functional method using the aug-cc-pVDZ basis set and compared. The calculated HOMO-LUMO energy gap revealed that charge transfer occurs within the molecule. (1)H and (13)C NMR chemical shifts of the molecule were calculated using Gauge-Independent Atomic Orbital (GIAO) method and were compared with experimental results. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Studies of dispersion energy in hydrogen-bonded systems. H2O-HOH, H2O-HF, H3N-HF, HF-HF

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Szcześniak, M. M.; Scheiner, Steve

    1984-02-01

    Dispersion energy is calculated in the systems H2O-HOH, H2O-HF, H3N-HF, and HF-HF as a function of the intermolecular separation using a variety of methods. M≂ller-Plesset perturbation theory to second and third orders is applied in conjunction with polarized basis sets of 6-311G** type and with an extended basis set including a second set of polarization functions (DZ+2P). These results are compared to a multipole expansion of the dispersion energy, based on the Unsöld approximation, carried out to the inverse tenth power of the intermolecular distance. Pairwise evaluation is also carried out using both atom-atom and bond-bond formulations. The MP3/6-311G** results are in generally excellent accord with the leading R-6 term of the multipole expansion. This expansion, if carried out to the R-10 term, reproduces extremely well previously reported dispersion energies calculated via variation-perturbation theory. Little damping of the expansion is required for intermolecular distances equal to or greater than the equilibrium separation. Although the asymptotic behavior of the MP2 dispersion energy is somewhat different than that of the other methods, augmentation of the basis set by a second diffuse set of d functions leads to quite good agreement in the vicinity of the minima. Both the atom-atom and bond-bond parametrization schemes are in good qualitative agreement with the other methods tested. All approaches produce similar dependence of the dispersion energy upon the angular orientation between the two molecules involved in the H bond.

  2. XZP + 1d and XZP + 1d-DKH basis sets for second-row elements: application to CCSD(T) zero-point vibrational energy and atomization energy calculations.

    PubMed

    Campos, Cesar T; Jorge, Francisco E; Alves, Júlia M A

    2012-09-01

    Recently, segmented all-electron contracted double, triple, quadruple, quintuple, and sextuple zeta valence plus polarization function (XZP, X = D, T, Q, 5, and 6) basis sets for the elements from H to Ar were constructed for use in conjunction with nonrelativistic and Douglas-Kroll-Hess Hamiltonians. In this work, in order to obtain a better description of some molecular properties, the XZP sets for the second-row elements were augmented with high-exponent d "inner polarization functions," which were optimized in the molecular environment at the second-order Møller-Plesset level. At the coupled cluster level of theory, the inclusion of tight d functions for these elements was found to be essential to improve the agreement between theoretical and experimental zero-point vibrational energies (ZPVEs) and atomization energies. For all of the molecules studied, the ZPVE errors were always smaller than 0.5 %. The atomization energies were also improved by applying corrections due to core/valence correlation and atomic spin-orbit effects. This led to estimates for the atomization energies of various compounds in the gaseous phase. The largest error (1.2 kcal mol(-1)) was found for SiH(4).

  3. Electric dipole (hyper)polarizabilities of selected X2Y2 and X3Y3 (X = Al, Ga, In and Y = P, As): III-V semiconductor clusters. An ab initio comparative study.

    PubMed

    Karamanis, Panaghiotis; Pouchan, Claude; Leszczynski, Jerzy

    2008-12-25

    A systematic ab initio comparative study of the (hyper)polarizabilities of selected III-V stoichiometric semiconductor clusters has been carried out. Our investigation focuses on the ground state structures of the dimers and on two dissimilar trimer configurations of aluminum, gallium, indium phosphide and arsenide. The basis set effect on both the polarizabilities and hyperpolarizabilities of the studied systems has been explicitly taken into account relying on the augmented correlation consistent aug-cc-pVnZ (n = D, T, Q, and 5) basis sets series. In addition, a rough estimation of the effects of the relativistic effects on the investigated properties is provided by extension of the study to include calculations performed with relativistic electron core potentials (or pseudopotentials). Electron correlation effects have been estimated utilizing methods of increasing predictive reliability, e.g., the Møller-Plesset many body perturbation theory and the couple cluster approach. Our results reveal that in the considered semiconductor species the Group III elements (Al, Ga, In) play a vital role on the values of their relative (hyper)polarizability. At all levels of theory employed the most hyperpolarizable clusters are the indium derivatives while the aluminum arsenide clusters also exhibit high, comparable hyperpolarizabilities. The less hyperpolarizable species are those composed of gallium and this is associated with the strong influence of the nuclear charge on the valence electrons of Ga due to the poor shielding that is provided by the semicore d electrons. In addition, the analysis of the electronic structure and the hyperpolarizability magnitudes reveals that clusters, in which their bonding is characterized by strong electron transfer from the electropositive to the electronegative atoms, are less hyperpolarizable than species in which the corresponding electron transfer is weaker. Lastly, from the methodological point of view our results point out that the hyperpolarizabilities of those species converge when an augmented triple-zeta quality basis set is used and, also, that the second order Møller-Plesset approximation (MP2) overestimates considerably their second hyperpolarizabilities with respect to the highest level of coupled cluster theory applied in this study (CCSD(T)).

  4. Using the Theory of Successful Intelligence as a Basis for Augmenting AP Exams in Psychology and Statistics

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stemler, Steven E.; Grigorenko, Elena L.; Jarvin, Linda; Sternberg, Robert J.

    2006-01-01

    Sternberg's theory of successful intelligence was used to create augmented exams in Advanced Placement Psychology and Statistics. Participants included 1895 high school students from 19 states and 56 schools throughout the U.S. The psychometric results support the validity of creating examinations that assess memory, analytical, creative, and…

  5. Extended polarization in 3rd order SCC-DFTB from chemical potential equilization

    PubMed Central

    Kaminski, Steve; Giese, Timothy J.; Gaus, Michael; York, Darrin M.; Elstner, Marcus

    2012-01-01

    In this work we augment the approximate density functional method SCC-DFTB (DFTB3) with the chemical potential equilization (CPE) approach in order to improve the performance for molecular electronic polarizabilities. The CPE method, originally implemented for NDDO type methods by Giese and York, has been shown to emend minimal basis methods wrt response properties significantly, and has been applied to SCC-DFTB recently. CPE allows to overcome this inherent limitation of minimal basis methods by supplying an additional response density. The systematic underestimation is thereby corrected quantitatively without the need to extend the atomic orbital basis, i.e. without increasing the overall computational cost significantly. Especially the dependency of polarizability as a function of molecular charge state was significantly improved from the CPE extension of DFTB3. The empirical parameters introduced by the CPE approach were optimized for 172 organic molecules in order to match the results from density functional methods (DFT) methods using large basis sets. However, the first order derivatives of molecular polarizabilities, as e.g. required to compute Raman activities, are not improved by the current CPE implementation, i.e. Raman spectra are not improved. PMID:22894819

  6. Sample Design, Sample Augmentation, and Estimation for Wave 2 of the NSHAP

    PubMed Central

    English, Ned; Pedlow, Steven; Kwok, Peter K.

    2014-01-01

    Objectives. The sample for the second wave (2010) of National Social Life, Health, and Aging Project (NSHAP) was designed to increase the scientific value of the Wave 1 (2005) data set by revisiting sample members 5 years after their initial interviews and augmenting this sample where possible. Method. There were 2 important innovations. First, the scope of the study was expanded by collecting data from coresident spouses or romantic partners. Second, to maximize the representativeness of the Wave 2 data, nonrespondents from Wave 1 were again approached for interview in the Wave 2 sample. Results. The overall unconditional response rate for the Wave 2 panel was 74%; the conditional response rate of Wave 1 respondents was 89%; the conditional response rate of partners was 84%; and the conversion rate for Wave 1 nonrespondents was 26%. Discussion. The inclusion of coresident partners enhanced the study by allowing the examination of how intimate, household relationships are related to health trajectories and by augmenting the size of the NSHAP sample size for this and future waves. The uncommon strategy of returning to Wave 1 nonrespondents reduced potential bias by ensuring that to the extent possible the whole of the original sample forms the basis for the field effort. NSHAP Wave 2 achieved its field objectives of consolidating the panel, recruiting their resident spouses or romantic partners, and converting a significant proportion of Wave 1 nonrespondents. PMID:25360016

  7. A new ab initio potential energy surface for the NH-He complex

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramachandran, R.; Kłos, J.; Lique, F.

    2018-02-01

    We present a new three-dimensional potential energy surface (PES) for the NH(X3Σ-)-He van der Waals system, which explicitly takes into account the NH vibrational motion. The NH-He PES was obtained using the open-shell single- and double-excitation coupled cluster approach with non-iterative perturbational treatment of triple excitations. The augmented correlation-consistent aug-cc-pVXZ (X = Q, 5, 6) basis sets were employed, and the energies obtained were then extrapolated to the complete basis set limit. Using this new PES, we have studied the spectroscopy of the NH-He complex and we have determined a new rotational constant that agrees well with the available experimental data. Collisional excitation of NH(X3Σ-) by He was also studied at the close-coupling level. Calculations of the collisional excitation cross sections of the fine-structure levels of NH by He were performed for energies up to 3500 cm-1, which yield, after thermal average, rate coefficients up to 350 K. The calculated rate coefficients are compared with available experimental measurements at room temperature, and a reasonably good agreement is found between experimental and theoretical data.

  8. A full-dimensional ab initio potential energy surface and rovibrational energies of the Ar–HF complex

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Jing; Zhou, Yanzi; Xie, Daiqian

    2018-04-01

    We report a new full-dimensional ab initio potential energy surface for the Ar-HF van der Waals complex at the level of coupled-cluster singles and doubles with noniterative inclusion of connected triples levels [CCSD(T)] using augmented correlation-consistent quintuple-zeta basis set (aV5Z) plus bond functions. Full counterpoise correction was employed to correct the basis-set superposition error. The hypersurface was fitted using artificial neural network method with a root mean square error of 0.1085 cm-1 for more than 8000 ab initio points. The complex was found to prefer a linear Ar-H-F equilibrium structure. The three-dimensional discrete variable representation method and the Lanczos propagation algorithm were then employed to calculate the rovibrational states without separating inter- and intra- molecular nuclear motions. The calculated vibrational energies of Ar-HF differ from the experiment values within about 1 cm-1 on the first four HF vibrational states, and the predicted pure rotational energies on (0000) and (1000) vibrational states are deviated from the observed value by about 1%, which shows the accuracy of our new PES.

  9. Two-component relativistic coupled-cluster methods using mean-field spin-orbit integrals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Junzi; Shen, Yue; Asthana, Ayush; Cheng, Lan

    2018-01-01

    A novel implementation of the two-component spin-orbit (SO) coupled-cluster singles and doubles (CCSD) method and the CCSD augmented with the perturbative inclusion of triple excitations [CCSD(T)] method using mean-field SO integrals is reported. The new formulation of SO-CCSD(T) features an atomic-orbital-based algorithm for the particle-particle ladder term in the CCSD equation, which not only removes the computational bottleneck associated with the large molecular-orbital integral file but also accelerates the evaluation of the particle-particle ladder term by around a factor of 4 by taking advantage of the spin-free nature of the instantaneous electron-electron Coulomb interaction. Benchmark calculations of the SO splittings for the thallium atom and a set of diatomic 2Π radicals as well as of the bond lengths and harmonic frequencies for a set of closed-shell diatomic molecules are presented. The basis-set and core-correlation effects in the calculations of these properties have been carefully analyzed.

  10. Jet Propulsion with Special Reference to Thrust Augmenters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schubauer, G B

    1933-01-01

    An investigation of the possibility of using thrust augmented jets as prime movers was carried out. The augmentation was to be effected by allowing the jet to mix with the surrounding air in the presence of bodies which deflect the air set in motion by the jet.

  11. An Argument Against Augmenting the Lagrangean for Nonholonomic Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Roithmayr, Carlos M.; Hodges, Dewey H.

    2009-01-01

    Although it is known that correct dynamical equations of motion for a nonholonomic system cannot be obtained from a Lagrangean that has been augmented with a sum of the nonholonomic constraint equations weighted with multipliers, previous publications suggest otherwise. An example has been proposed in support of augmentation and purportedly demonstrates that an accepted method fails to produce correct equations of motion whereas augmentation leads to correct equations; this paper shows that in fact the opposite is true. The correct equations, previously discounted on the basis of a flawed application of the Newton-Euler method, are verified by using Kane's method and a new approach to determining the directions of constraint forces. A correct application of the Newton-Euler method reproduces valid equations.

  12. Review of Augmented Paper Systems in Education: An Orchestration Perspective

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Prieto, Luis P.; Wen, Yun; Caballero, Daniela; Dillenbourg, Pierre

    2014-01-01

    Augmented paper has been proposed as a way to integrate more easily ICTs in settings like formal education, where paper has a strong presence. However, despite the multiplicity of educational applications using paper-based computing, their deployment in authentic settings is still marginal. To better understand this gap between research proposals…

  13. Application of Structure from Motion (SfM) Photogrammetry to Quantify Gravel Storage Following Gravel Augmentation, Oak Grove Fork of the Clackamas River, Oregon

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Curran, M. L.; Hales, G.; Michalak, M.

    2016-12-01

    Digital Terrain Models (DTMs) generated in Agisoft Photoscan from photogrammetry provide a basis for a high resolution, quantitative analysis of geomorphic features that are difficult to describe using conventional, commonly used techniques. Photogrammetric analysis can be particularly useful in investigating the spatial and temporal dispersal of gravel in high gradient mountainous streams. The Oak Grove Fork (OGF), located in northwestern Oregon, is one of the largest tributaries to the Clackamas River. Lake Harriet Dam and diversion was built on the OGF in 1924 as part of a hydroelectric development by Portland General Electric. Decreased flow and sediment supply downstream of Lake Harriet Dam has resulted in geomorphic and biological changes, including reduced salmonid habitat. As part of a program to help restore a portion of the natural sediment supply and improve salmonid habitat, gravel augmentation is scheduled to begin September 2016. Tracking the downstream movement of augmented gravels is crucial to establishing program success. The OGF provides a unique setting for this study; flow is regulated at the dam, except for spillover during high flow events, and a streamflow gaging station downstream of the study area reports discharge. As such, the controlled environment of the OGF provides a natural laboratory to study how a sediment-depleted channel responds geomorphically to a known volume of added gravel. This study uses SfM to evaluate deposition of the augmented gravel following its introduction. The existing channel is characterized by coarse, angular gravel, cobble, and boulder; the augmented gravel is finer, rounded, and 5% of the volume is an exotic lithology to provide a visual tracer. Baseline, pre-gravel introduction DTMs are constructed and will be differenced with post-gravel introduction DTMs to calculate change at four study sites. Our preliminary pilot testing on another river shows that centimeter-scale accretion and aggradation within the wetted channel and on exposed gravel bars can be detected using this methodology. The resolution of the baseline DTMs on the Oak Grove Fork support these initial results. Continued monitoring and quantifying of vertical change within the study reach will inform future rehabilitation efforts and gravel augmentation practices.

  14. Augmenting Reality and Formality of Informal and Non-Formal Settings to Enhance Blended Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pérez-Sanagustin, Mar; Hernández-Leo, Davinia; Santos, Patricia; Kloos, Carlos Delgado; Blat, Josep

    2014-01-01

    Visits to museums and city tours have been part of higher and secondary education curriculum activities for many years. However these activities are typically considered "less formal" when compared to those carried out in the classroom, mainly because they take place in informal or non-formal settings. Augmented Reality (AR) technologies…

  15. Augmenting a Child's Reality: Using Educational Tablet Technology

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tanner, Patricia; Karas, Carly; Schofield, Damian

    2014-01-01

    This study investigates the classroom integration of an innovative technology, augmented reality. Although the process of adding new technologies into a classroom setting can be daunting, the concept of augmented reality has demonstrated the ability to educate students and to assist with their comprehension of a procedural task. One half of the…

  16. Augmented Reality Learning Experiences: Survey of Prototype Design and Evaluation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Santos, Marc Ericson C.; Chen, Angie; Taketomi, Takafumi; Yamamoto, Goshiro; Miyazaki, Jun; Kato, Hirokazu

    2014-01-01

    Augmented reality (AR) technology is mature for creating learning experiences for K-12 (pre-school, grade school, and high school) educational settings. We reviewed the applications intended to complement traditional curriculum materials for K-12. We found 87 research articles on augmented reality learning experiences (ARLEs) in the IEEE Xplore…

  17. Theoretical Investigation Leading to Energy Storage in Atomic and Molecular Systems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1990-12-01

    can be calculated in a single run. 21 j) Non-gradient optimization of basis function exponents is possible. The source code can be modified to carry...basis. The 10s3p/5s3p basis consists of the 9s/4s contraction of Siegbahn and Liu (Reference 91) augmented by a diffuse s-type function ( exponent ...vibrational modes. Introduction of diffuse basis functions and optimization of the d-orbital exponents have a small but important effect on the

  18. Consistency of Standard Setting in an Augmented State Testing System

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lissitz, Robert W.; Wei, Hua

    2008-01-01

    In this article we address the issue of consistency in standard setting in the context of an augmented state testing program. Information gained from the external NRT scores is used to help make an informed decision on the determination of cut scores on the state test. The consistency of cut scores on the CRT across grades is maintained by forcing…

  19. Hyperfine coupling constants of the nitrogen and phosphorus atoms: A challenge for exact-exchange density-functional and post-Hartree-Fock methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaupp, Martin; Arbuznikov, Alexei V.; Heßelmann, Andreas; Görling, Andreas

    2010-05-01

    The isotropic hyperfine coupling constants of the free N(S4) and P(S4) atoms have been evaluated with high-level post-Hartree-Fock and density-functional methods. The phosphorus hyperfine coupling presents a significant challenge to both types of methods. With large basis sets, MP2 and coupled-cluster singles and doubles calculations give much too small values for the phosphorus atom. Triple excitations are needed in coupled-cluster calculations to achieve reasonable agreement with experiment. None of the standard density functionals reproduce even the correct sign of this hyperfine coupling. Similarly, the computed hyperfine couplings depend crucially on the self-consistent treatment in exact-exchange density-functional theory within the optimized effective potential (OEP) method. Well-balanced auxiliary and orbital basis sets are needed for basis-expansion exact-exchange-only OEP approaches to come close to Hartree-Fock or numerical OEP data. Results from the localized Hartree-Fock and Krieger-Li-Iafrate approximations deviate notably from exact OEP data in spite of very similar total energies. Of the functionals tested, only full exact-exchange methods augmented by a correlation functional gave at least the correct sign of the P(S4) hyperfine coupling but with too low absolute values. The subtle interplay between the spin-polarization contributions of the different core shells has been analyzed, and the influence of even very small changes in the exchange-correlation potential could be identified.

  20. Improving intermolecular interactions in DFTB3 using extended polarization from chemical-potential equalization

    PubMed Central

    Christensen, Anders S.; Elstner, Marcus; Cui, Qiang

    2015-01-01

    Semi-empirical quantum mechanical methods traditionally expand the electron density in a minimal, valence-only electron basis set. The minimal-basis approximation causes molecular polarization to be underestimated, and hence intermolecular interaction energies are also underestimated, especially for intermolecular interactions involving charged species. In this work, the third-order self-consistent charge density functional tight-binding method (DFTB3) is augmented with an auxiliary response density using the chemical-potential equalization (CPE) method and an empirical dispersion correction (D3). The parameters in the CPE and D3 models are fitted to high-level CCSD(T) reference interaction energies for a broad range of chemical species, as well as dipole moments calculated at the DFT level; the impact of including polarizabilities of molecules in the parameterization is also considered. Parameters for the elements H, C, N, O, and S are presented. The Root Mean Square Deviation (RMSD) interaction energy is improved from 6.07 kcal/mol to 1.49 kcal/mol for interactions with one charged species, whereas the RMSD is improved from 5.60 kcal/mol to 1.73 for a set of 9 salt bridges, compared to uncorrected DFTB3. For large water clusters and complexes that are dominated by dispersion interactions, the already satisfactory performance of the DFTB3-D3 model is retained; polarizabilities of neutral molecules are also notably improved. Overall, the CPE extension of DFTB3-D3 provides a more balanced description of different types of non-covalent interactions than Neglect of Diatomic Differential Overlap type of semi-empirical methods (e.g., PM6-D3H4) and PBE-D3 with modest basis sets. PMID:26328834

  1. Improving intermolecular interactions in DFTB3 using extended polarization from chemical-potential equalization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Christensen, Anders S., E-mail: andersx@chem.wisc.edu, E-mail: cui@chem.wisc.edu; Cui, Qiang, E-mail: andersx@chem.wisc.edu, E-mail: cui@chem.wisc.edu; Elstner, Marcus

    Semi-empirical quantum mechanical methods traditionally expand the electron density in a minimal, valence-only electron basis set. The minimal-basis approximation causes molecular polarization to be underestimated, and hence intermolecular interaction energies are also underestimated, especially for intermolecular interactions involving charged species. In this work, the third-order self-consistent charge density functional tight-binding method (DFTB3) is augmented with an auxiliary response density using the chemical-potential equalization (CPE) method and an empirical dispersion correction (D3). The parameters in the CPE and D3 models are fitted to high-level CCSD(T) reference interaction energies for a broad range of chemical species, as well as dipole moments calculatedmore » at the DFT level; the impact of including polarizabilities of molecules in the parameterization is also considered. Parameters for the elements H, C, N, O, and S are presented. The Root Mean Square Deviation (RMSD) interaction energy is improved from 6.07 kcal/mol to 1.49 kcal/mol for interactions with one charged species, whereas the RMSD is improved from 5.60 kcal/mol to 1.73 for a set of 9 salt bridges, compared to uncorrected DFTB3. For large water clusters and complexes that are dominated by dispersion interactions, the already satisfactory performance of the DFTB3-D3 model is retained; polarizabilities of neutral molecules are also notably improved. Overall, the CPE extension of DFTB3-D3 provides a more balanced description of different types of non-covalent interactions than Neglect of Diatomic Differential Overlap type of semi-empirical methods (e.g., PM6-D3H4) and PBE-D3 with modest basis sets.« less

  2. Ab initio study of excited state electronic circular dichroism. Two prototype cases: methyl oxirane and R-(+)-1,1'-bi(2-naphthol).

    PubMed

    Rizzo, Antonio; Vahtras, Olav

    2011-06-28

    A computational approach to the calculation of excited state electronic circular dichroism (ESECD) spectra of chiral molecules is discussed. Frequency dependent quadratic response theory is employed to compute the rotatory strength for transitions between excited electronic states, by employing both a magnetic gauge dependent and a (velocity-based) magnetic gauge independent approach. Application is made to the lowest excited states of two prototypical chiral molecules, propylene oxide, also known as 1,2-epoxypropane or methyl oxirane, and R-(+)-1,1'-bi(2-naphthol), or BINOL. The dependence of the rotatory strength for transitions between the lowest three excited states of methyl oxirane upon the quality and extension of the basis set is analyzed, by employing a hierarchy of correlation consistent basis sets. Once established that basis sets of at least triple zeta quality, and at least doubly augmented, are sufficient to ensure sufficiently converged results, at least at the Hartree-Fock self-consistent field (HF-SCF) level, the rotatory strengths for all transitions between the lowest excited electronic states of methyl oxirane are computed and analyzed, employing HF-SCF, and density functional theory (DFT) electronic structure models. For DFT, both the popular B3LYP and its recently highly successful CAM-B3LYP extension are exploited. The strong dependence of the spectra upon electron correlation is highlighted. A HF-SCF and DFT study is carried out also for BINOL, a system where excited states show the typical pairing structure arising from the interaction of the two monomeric moieties, and whose conformational changes following photoexcitation were studied recently with via time-resolved CD.

  3. Ab initio studies of the Rg–NO{sup +}(X{sup 1}Σ{sup +}) van der Waals complexes (Rg = He, Ne, Ar, Kr, and Xe)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Orek, Cahit; Bulut, Niyazi, E-mail: jklos@umd.edu, E-mail: francois.lique@univ-lehavre.fr, E-mail: bulut-niyazi@yahoo.com; Kłos, Jacek, E-mail: jklos@umd.edu, E-mail: francois.lique@univ-lehavre.fr, E-mail: bulut-niyazi@yahoo.com

    2016-05-28

    We used the explicitly correlated variant of the coupled clusters method with single, double, and noniterative triple excitations [CCSD(T)-F12] to compute two-dimensional potential energy surfaces of van der Waals complexes formed by rare gas atoms (Rg) and NO{sup +}(X{sup 1}Σ{sup +}) cations. We used the correlation-consistent, triple-zeta (cc-pVTZ-F12) atomic basis sets, and for Kr and Xe rare gases, we employed corresponding pseudopotential cc-pVTZ-PP-F12 atomic basis sets. These basis sets were additionally augmented with mid-bond functions. The complexes are all of skewed T-shape type with Rg atom being closer to the N-side. Using analytical representation of the potentials, we have estimatedmore » zero-point energy corrected dissociation energies from anharmonic calculations with BOUND program and also from the harmonic approximation. The binding energies increase with the polarization of the Rg atom in series from He to Xe and are 196 cm{sup −1}, 360 cm{sup −1}, 1024 cm{sup −1}, 1434 cm{sup −1}, and 2141 cm{sup −1}, respectively. Their corresponding dissociation energies are 132 cm{sup −1}, 300 cm{sup −1}, 927 cm{sup −1}, 1320 cm{sup −1}, and 1994 cm{sup −1} for the complexes with He to Xe, respectively. We find good agreement with previous theoretical and experimental results. The harmonic vibrational frequencies were calculated for the bending and stretching modes of the Rg–NO{sup +} complexes.« less

  4. High-Throughput Classification of Radiographs Using Deep Convolutional Neural Networks.

    PubMed

    Rajkomar, Alvin; Lingam, Sneha; Taylor, Andrew G; Blum, Michael; Mongan, John

    2017-02-01

    The study aimed to determine if computer vision techniques rooted in deep learning can use a small set of radiographs to perform clinically relevant image classification with high fidelity. One thousand eight hundred eighty-five chest radiographs on 909 patients obtained between January 2013 and July 2015 at our institution were retrieved and anonymized. The source images were manually annotated as frontal or lateral and randomly divided into training, validation, and test sets. Training and validation sets were augmented to over 150,000 images using standard image manipulations. We then pre-trained a series of deep convolutional networks based on the open-source GoogLeNet with various transformations of the open-source ImageNet (non-radiology) images. These trained networks were then fine-tuned using the original and augmented radiology images. The model with highest validation accuracy was applied to our institutional test set and a publicly available set. Accuracy was assessed by using the Youden Index to set a binary cutoff for frontal or lateral classification. This retrospective study was IRB approved prior to initiation. A network pre-trained on 1.2 million greyscale ImageNet images and fine-tuned on augmented radiographs was chosen. The binary classification method correctly classified 100 % (95 % CI 99.73-100 %) of both our test set and the publicly available images. Classification was rapid, at 38 images per second. A deep convolutional neural network created using non-radiological images, and an augmented set of radiographs is effective in highly accurate classification of chest radiograph view type and is a feasible, rapid method for high-throughput annotation.

  5. Optimal control applied to a model for species augmentation.

    PubMed

    Bodine, Erin N; Gross, Louis J; Lenhart, Suzanne

    2008-10-01

    Species augmentation is a method of reducing species loss via augmenting declining or threatened populations with individuals from captive-bred or stable, wild populations. In this paper, we develop a differential equations model and optimal control formulation for a continuous time augmentation of a general declining population. We find a characterization for the optimal control and show numerical results for scenarios of different illustrative parameter sets. The numerical results provide considerably more detail about the exact dynamics of optimal augmentation than can be readily intuited. The work and results presented in this paper are a first step toward building a general theory of population augmentation, which accounts for the complexities inherent in many conservation biology applications.

  6. Geometry-dependent atomic multipole models for the water molecule.

    PubMed

    Loboda, O; Millot, C

    2017-10-28

    Models of atomic electric multipoles for the water molecule have been optimized in order to reproduce the electric potential around the molecule computed by ab initio calculations at the coupled cluster level of theory with up to noniterative triple excitations in an augmented triple-zeta quality basis set. Different models of increasing complexity, from atomic charges up to models containing atomic charges, dipoles, and quadrupoles, have been obtained. The geometry dependence of these atomic multipole models has been investigated by changing bond lengths and HOH angle to generate 125 molecular structures (reduced to 75 symmetry-unique ones). For several models, the atomic multipole components have been fitted as a function of the geometry by a Taylor series of fourth order in monomer coordinate displacements.

  7. The protonation of N2O reexamined - A case study on the reliability of various electron correlation methods for minima and transition states

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, J. M. L.; Lee, Timothy J.

    1993-01-01

    The protonation of N2O and the intramolecular proton transfer in N2OH(+) are studied using various basis sets and a variety of methods, including second-order many-body perturbation theory (MP2), singles and doubles coupled cluster (CCSD), the augmented coupled cluster (CCSD/T/), and complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF) methods. For geometries, MP2 leads to serious errors even for HNNO(+); for the transition state, only CCSD/T/ produces a reliable geometry due to serious nondynamical correlation effects. The proton affinity at 298.15 K is estimated at 137.6 kcal/mol, in close agreement with recent experimental determinations of 137.3 +/- 1 kcal/mol.

  8. Collisional excitation of interstellar PO(X2Π) by He: new ab initio potential energy surfaces and scattering calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lique, François; Jiménez-Serra, Izaskun; Viti, Serena; Marinakis, Sarantos

    2018-01-01

    We present the first ab initio potential energy surfaces (PESs) for the PO(X2Π)-He van der Waals system. The PESs were obtained using the open-shell partially spin-restricted coupled cluster approach with single, double and perturbative triple excitations [UCCSD(T)]. The augmented correlation-consistent polarized valence triple-zeta (aug-cc-pVTZ) basis set was employed supplemented by mid-bond functions. Integral and differential cross sections for the rotational excitation in PO-He collisions were calculated using the new PES and compared with results in similar systems. Finally, our work presents the first hyperfine-resolved cross sections for this system that are needed for accurate modelling in astrophysical environments.

  9. VizieR Online Data Catalog: Protonated oxirane characterization (Puzzarini+, 2014)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Puzzarini, C.; Ali, A.; Biczysko, M.; Barone, V.

    2017-04-01

    The coupled-cluster (CC) singles and doubles approximation augmented by a perturbative treatment of triple excitations (CCSD(T); Raghavachari et al., 1989, ChPhL, 157, 479) was employed in molecular structure and anharmonic force-field calculations. Harmonic force fields were also computed using the less expensive and less accurate second-order Moller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2; Moller & Plesset, 1934, PhRv, 46, 618). CCSD(T) and MP2 calculations were carried out in conjunction with the correlation-consistent basis sets, (aug)-cc-p(C)VnZ (n = T, Q) (Dunning, 1989, JChPh, 90, 1007; Kendall et al., 1992, JChPh, 96, 6796; Woon & Dunning, 1995, JChPh, 103, 4572), with the quantum-chemical CFour program package employed throughout. (4 data files).

  10. Geometry-dependent atomic multipole models for the water molecule

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Loboda, O.; Millot, C.

    2017-10-01

    Models of atomic electric multipoles for the water molecule have been optimized in order to reproduce the electric potential around the molecule computed by ab initio calculations at the coupled cluster level of theory with up to noniterative triple excitations in an augmented triple-zeta quality basis set. Different models of increasing complexity, from atomic charges up to models containing atomic charges, dipoles, and quadrupoles, have been obtained. The geometry dependence of these atomic multipole models has been investigated by changing bond lengths and HOH angle to generate 125 molecular structures (reduced to 75 symmetry-unique ones). For several models, the atomic multipole components have been fitted as a function of the geometry by a Taylor series of fourth order in monomer coordinate displacements.

  11. Safety and efficacy of caffeine-augmented ECT in elderly depressives: a retrospective study.

    PubMed

    Kelsey, M C; Grossberg, G T

    1995-07-01

    Prior studies have shown that in younger depressives undergoing ECT whose seizure durations declined despite maximum settings on three different ECT devices, pretreatment with caffeine lengthened seizures and resulted in clinical improvement. Caffeine (half life, 140-270 minutes) was well tolerated even in patients with pre-existing cardiovascular disease. The purpose of this retrospective study was to determine the safety and efficacy of caffeine augmented ECT in elderly depressed patients. The charts of 14 elderly depressives (average age 75.6, range 59-83; 2 males, 12 females) who received caffeine-augmented ECT were reviewed. Patients pre- and post-ECT medications, blood pressure, pulse, and seizure times (cuff and EEG) for each ECT performed were noted. The following conclusions were drawn from our study: (1) Caffeine definitely increases the seizure length and was useful in our setting when the energy settings could not be increased anymore. (2) Caffeine augmentation inconsistently causes an increase in pulse rate, on average, in the elderly. (3) Caffeine inconsistently produces an increase in mean arterial pressure. (4) Caffeine did not consistently produce an increase in the maximum rate-pressure product. We conclude from this study that caffeine-augmented ECT is safe and effective in increasing seizure duration in the elderly. However, more research needs to be done to determine optimal dosing and tolerability.

  12. An Augmented Pocketome: Detection and Analysis of Small-Molecule Binding Pockets in Proteins of Known 3D Structure.

    PubMed

    Bhagavat, Raghu; Sankar, Santhosh; Srinivasan, Narayanaswamy; Chandra, Nagasuma

    2018-03-06

    Protein-ligand interactions form the basis of most cellular events. Identifying ligand binding pockets in proteins will greatly facilitate rationalizing and predicting protein function. Ligand binding sites are unknown for many proteins of known three-dimensional (3D) structure, creating a gap in our understanding of protein structure-function relationships. To bridge this gap, we detect pockets in proteins of known 3D structures, using computational techniques. This augmented pocketome (PocketDB) consists of 249,096 pockets, which is about seven times larger than what is currently known. We deduce possible ligand associations for about 46% of the newly identified pockets. The augmented pocketome, when subjected to clustering based on similarities among pockets, yielded 2,161 site types, which are associated with 1,037 ligand types, together providing fold-site-type-ligand-type associations. The PocketDB resource facilitates a structure-based function annotation, delineation of the structural basis of ligand recognition, and provides functional clues for domains of unknown functions, allosteric proteins, and druggable pockets. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. [Fusion of MRI, fMRI and intraoperative MRI data. Methods and clinical significance exemplified by neurosurgical interventions].

    PubMed

    Moche, M; Busse, H; Dannenberg, C; Schulz, T; Schmitgen, A; Trantakis, C; Winkler, D; Schmidt, F; Kahn, T

    2001-11-01

    The aim of this work was to realize and clinically evaluate an image fusion platform for the integration of preoperative MRI and fMRI data into the intraoperative images of an interventional MRI system with a focus on neurosurgical procedures. A vertically open 0.5 T MRI scanner was equipped with a dedicated navigation system enabling the registration of additional imaging modalities (MRI, fMRI, CT) with the intraoperatively acquired data sets. These merged image data served as the basis for interventional planning and multimodal navigation. So far, the system has been used in 70 neurosurgical interventions (13 of which involved image data fusion--requiring 15 minutes extra time). The augmented navigation system is characterized by a higher frame rate and a higher image quality as compared to the system-integrated navigation based on continuously acquired (near) real time images. Patient movement and tissue shifts can be immediately detected by monitoring the morphological differences between both navigation scenes. The multimodal image fusion allowed a refined navigation planning especially for the resection of deeply seated brain lesions or pathologies close to eloquent areas. Augmented intraoperative orientation and instrument guidance improve the safety and accuracy of neurosurgical interventions.

  14. Self-organizing radial basis function networks for adaptive flight control and aircraft engine state estimation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shankar, Praveen

    The performance of nonlinear control algorithms such as feedback linearization and dynamic inversion is heavily dependent on the fidelity of the dynamic model being inverted. Incomplete or incorrect knowledge of the dynamics results in reduced performance and may lead to instability. Augmenting the baseline controller with approximators which utilize a parametrization structure that is adapted online reduces the effect of this error between the design model and actual dynamics. However, currently existing parameterizations employ a fixed set of basis functions that do not guarantee arbitrary tracking error performance. To address this problem, we develop a self-organizing parametrization structure that is proven to be stable and can guarantee arbitrary tracking error performance. The training algorithm to grow the network and adapt the parameters is derived from Lyapunov theory. In addition to growing the network of basis functions, a pruning strategy is incorporated to keep the size of the network as small as possible. This algorithm is implemented on a high performance flight vehicle such as F-15 military aircraft. The baseline dynamic inversion controller is augmented with a Self-Organizing Radial Basis Function Network (SORBFN) to minimize the effect of the inversion error which may occur due to imperfect modeling, approximate inversion or sudden changes in aircraft dynamics. The dynamic inversion controller is simulated for different situations including control surface failures, modeling errors and external disturbances with and without the adaptive network. A performance measure of maximum tracking error is specified for both the controllers a priori. Excellent tracking error minimization to a pre-specified level using the adaptive approximation based controller was achieved while the baseline dynamic inversion controller failed to meet this performance specification. The performance of the SORBFN based controller is also compared to a fixed RBF network based adaptive controller. While the fixed RBF network based controller which is tuned to compensate for control surface failures fails to achieve the same performance under modeling uncertainty and disturbances, the SORBFN is able to achieve good tracking convergence under all error conditions.

  15. Learning by Design: Bringing Poster Carousels to Life through Augmented Reality in a Blended English Course

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alizadeh, Mehrasa; Mehran, Parisa; Koguchi, Ichiro; Takemura, Haruo

    2017-01-01

    In recent years, there has been a burgeoning interest in Augmented Reality (AR) technologies, especially in educational settings to edutain (i.e. educate and entertain) students and engage them in their learning. This study reports the results of the use of an AR application called BlippAR to augment poster carousel tasks in a blended English…

  16. Orthogonal polynomial projectors for the Projector Augmented Wave (PAW) formalism.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Holzwarth, N. A. W.; Matthews, G. E.; Tackett, A. R.; Dunning, R. B.

    1998-03-01

    The PAW method for density functional electronic structure calculations developed by Blöchl(Phys. Rev. B 50), 17953 (1994) and also used by our group(Phys. Rev. B 55), 2005 (1997) has numerical advantages of a pseudopotential technique while retaining the physics of an all-electron formalism. We describe a new method for generating the necessary set of atom-centered projector and basis functions, based on choosing the projector functions from a set of orthogonal polynomials multiplied by a localizing weight factor. Numerical benefits of the new scheme result from having direct control of the shape of the projector functions and from the use of a simple repulsive local potential term to eliminate ``ghost state" problems, which can haunt calculations of this kind. We demonstrate the method by calculating the cohesive energies of CaF2 and Mo and the density of states of CaMoO4 which shows detailed agreement with LAPW results over a 66 eV range of energy including upper core, valence, and conduction band states.

  17. BAC-MP4 predictions of thermochemistry for the gas-phase tin compounds in the Sn-H-C-Cl system.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Allendorf, Mark D.; Melius, Carl F.

    2004-09-01

    In this work, the BAC-MP4 method is extended for the first time to compounds in the fourth row of the periodic table, resulting in a self-consistent set of thermochemical data for 56 tin-containing molecules in the Sn-H-C-Cl system. The BAC-MP4 method combines ab initio electronic structure calculations with empirical corrections to obtain accurate heats of formation. To obtain electronic energies for tin-containing species, the standard 6-31G(d,p) basis set used in BAC-MP4 calculations is augmented with a relativistic effective core potential to describe the electronic structure of the tin atom. Both stable compounds and radical species are included in this study.more » Trends within homologous series and calculated bond dissociation energies are consistent with previous BAC-MP4 predictions for group 14 compounds and the limited data available from the literature, indicating that the method is performing well for these compounds.« less

  18. From plane waves to local Gaussians for the simulation of correlated periodic systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Booth, George H., E-mail: george.booth@kcl.ac.uk; Tsatsoulis, Theodoros; Grüneis, Andreas, E-mail: a.grueneis@fkf.mpg.de

    2016-08-28

    We present a simple, robust, and black-box approach to the implementation and use of local, periodic, atom-centered Gaussian basis functions within a plane wave code, in a computationally efficient manner. The procedure outlined is based on the representation of the Gaussians within a finite bandwidth by their underlying plane wave coefficients. The core region is handled within the projected augment wave framework, by pseudizing the Gaussian functions within a cutoff radius around each nucleus, smoothing the functions so that they are faithfully represented by a plane wave basis with only moderate kinetic energy cutoff. To mitigate the effects of themore » basis set superposition error and incompleteness at the mean-field level introduced by the Gaussian basis, we also propose a hybrid approach, whereby the complete occupied space is first converged within a large plane wave basis, and the Gaussian basis used to construct a complementary virtual space for the application of correlated methods. We demonstrate that these pseudized Gaussians yield compact and systematically improvable spaces with an accuracy comparable to their non-pseudized Gaussian counterparts. A key advantage of the described method is its ability to efficiently capture and describe electronic correlation effects of weakly bound and low-dimensional systems, where plane waves are not sufficiently compact or able to be truncated without unphysical artifacts. We investigate the accuracy of the pseudized Gaussians for the water dimer interaction, neon solid, and water adsorption on a LiH surface, at the level of second-order Møller–Plesset perturbation theory.« less

  19. Assessment of central haemomodynamics from a brachial cuff in a community setting

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background Large artery stiffening and wave reflections are independent predictors of adverse events. To date, their assessment has been limited to specialised techniques and settings. A new, more practical method allowing assessment of central blood pressure from waveforms recorded using a conventional automated oscillometric monitor has recently been validated in laboratory settings. However, the feasibility of this method in a community based setting has not been assessed. Methods One-off peripheral and central haemodynamic (systolic and diastolic blood pressure (BP) and pulse pressure) and wave reflection parameters (augmentation pressure (AP) and index, AIx) were obtained from 1,903 volunteers in an Austrian community setting using a transfer-function like method (ARCSolver algorithm) and from waveforms recorded with a regular oscillometric cuff. We assessed these parameters for known differences and associations according to gender and age deciles from <30 years to >80 years in the whole population and a subset with a systolic BP < 140 mmHg. Results We obtained 1,793 measures of peripheral and central BP, PP and augmentation parameters. Age and gender associations with central haemodynamic and augmentation parameters reflected those previously established from reference standard non-invasive techniques under specialised settings. Findings were the same for patients with a systolic BP below 140 mmHg (i.e. normotensive). Lower values for AIx in the current study are possibly due to differences in sampling rates, detection frequency and/or averaging procedures and to lower numbers of volunteers in younger age groups. Conclusion A novel transfer-function like algorithm, using brachial cuff-based waveform recordings, provides robust and feasible estimates of central systolic pressure and augmentation in community-based settings. PMID:22734820

  20. Augmented reality in neurosurgery: a systematic review.

    PubMed

    Meola, Antonio; Cutolo, Fabrizio; Carbone, Marina; Cagnazzo, Federico; Ferrari, Mauro; Ferrari, Vincenzo

    2017-10-01

    Neuronavigation has become an essential neurosurgical tool in pursuing minimal invasiveness and maximal safety, even though it has several technical limitations. Augmented reality (AR) neuronavigation is a significant advance, providing a real-time updated 3D virtual model of anatomical details, overlaid on the real surgical field. Currently, only a few AR systems have been tested in a clinical setting. The aim is to review such devices. We performed a PubMed search of reports restricted to human studies of in vivo applications of AR in any neurosurgical procedure using the search terms "Augmented reality" and "Neurosurgery." Eligibility assessment was performed independently by two reviewers in an unblinded standardized manner. The systems were qualitatively evaluated on the basis of the following: neurosurgical subspecialty of application, pathology of treated lesions and lesion locations, real data source, virtual data source, tracking modality, registration technique, visualization processing, display type, and perception location. Eighteen studies were included during the period 1996 to September 30, 2015. The AR systems were grouped by the real data source: microscope (8), hand- or head-held cameras (4), direct patient view (2), endoscope (1), and X-ray fluoroscopy (1) head-mounted display (1). A total of 195 lesions were treated: 75 (38.46 %) were neoplastic, 77 (39.48 %) neurovascular, and 1 (0.51 %) hydrocephalus, and 42 (21.53 %) were undetermined. Current literature confirms that AR is a reliable and versatile tool when performing minimally invasive approaches in a wide range of neurosurgical diseases, although prospective randomized studies are not yet available and technical improvements are needed.

  1. An ab initio global potential-energy surface for NH2(A(2)A') and vibrational spectrum of the Renner-Teller A(2)A'-X(2)A" system.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Shulan; Li, Zheng; Xie, Daiqian; Lin, Shi Ying; Guo, Hua

    2009-05-14

    A global potential-energy surface for the first excited electronic state of NH(2)(A(2)A(')) has been constructed by three-dimensional cubic spline interpolation of more than 20,000 ab initio points, which were calculated at the multireference configuration-interaction level with the Davidson correction using the augmented correlation-consistent polarized valence quadruple-zeta basis set. The (J=0) vibrational energy levels for the ground (X(2)A(")) and excited (A(2)A(')) electronic states of NH(2) were calculated on our potential-energy surfaces with the diagonal Renner-Teller terms. The results show a good agreement with the experimental vibrational frequencies of NH(2) and its isotopomers.

  2. Molecular structure and vibrational spectra of three substituted 4-thioflavones by density functional theory and ab initio Hartree-Fock calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Xiao-Hong; Liu, Xiang-Ru; Zhang, Xian-Zhou

    2011-01-01

    The vibrational frequencies of three substituted 4-thioflavones in the ground state have been calculated using the Hartree-Fock and density functional method (B3LYP) with 6-31G* and 6-31+G** basis sets. The structural analysis shows that there exists H-bonding in the selected compounds and the hydrogen bond lengths increase with the augment of the conjugate parameters of the substituent group on the benzene ring. A complete vibrational assignment aided by the theoretical harmonic wavenumber analysis was proposed. The theoretical spectrograms for FT-IR spectra of the title compounds have been constructed. In addition, it is noted that the selected compounds show significant activity against Shigella flexniri. Several electronic properties and thermodynamic parameters were also calculated.

  3. 3D augmented reality with integral imaging display

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Xin; Hua, Hong; Javidi, Bahram

    2016-06-01

    In this paper, a three-dimensional (3D) integral imaging display for augmented reality is presented. By implementing the pseudoscopic-to-orthoscopic conversion method, elemental image arrays with different capturing parameters can be transferred into the identical format for 3D display. With the proposed merging algorithm, a new set of elemental images for augmented reality display is generated. The newly generated elemental images contain both the virtual objects and real world scene with desired depth information and transparency parameters. The experimental results indicate the feasibility of the proposed 3D augmented reality with integral imaging.

  4. A deep convolutional neural network model to classify heartbeats.

    PubMed

    Acharya, U Rajendra; Oh, Shu Lih; Hagiwara, Yuki; Tan, Jen Hong; Adam, Muhammad; Gertych, Arkadiusz; Tan, Ru San

    2017-10-01

    The electrocardiogram (ECG) is a standard test used to monitor the activity of the heart. Many cardiac abnormalities will be manifested in the ECG including arrhythmia which is a general term that refers to an abnormal heart rhythm. The basis of arrhythmia diagnosis is the identification of normal versus abnormal individual heart beats, and their correct classification into different diagnoses, based on ECG morphology. Heartbeats can be sub-divided into five categories namely non-ectopic, supraventricular ectopic, ventricular ectopic, fusion, and unknown beats. It is challenging and time-consuming to distinguish these heartbeats on ECG as these signals are typically corrupted by noise. We developed a 9-layer deep convolutional neural network (CNN) to automatically identify 5 different categories of heartbeats in ECG signals. Our experiment was conducted in original and noise attenuated sets of ECG signals derived from a publicly available database. This set was artificially augmented to even out the number of instances the 5 classes of heartbeats and filtered to remove high-frequency noise. The CNN was trained using the augmented data and achieved an accuracy of 94.03% and 93.47% in the diagnostic classification of heartbeats in original and noise free ECGs, respectively. When the CNN was trained with highly imbalanced data (original dataset), the accuracy of the CNN reduced to 89.07%% and 89.3% in noisy and noise-free ECGs. When properly trained, the proposed CNN model can serve as a tool for screening of ECG to quickly identify different types and frequency of arrhythmic heartbeats. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  5. Thermodynamic properties of arsenic compounds and the heat of formation of the As atom from high level electronic structure calculations.

    PubMed

    Feller, David; Vasiliu, Monica; Grant, Daniel J; Dixon, David A

    2011-12-29

    Structures, vibrational frequencies, atomization energies at 0 K, and heats of formation at 0 and 298 K are predicted for the compounds As(2), AsH, AsH(2), AsH(3), AsF, AsF(2), and AsF(3) from frozen core coupled cluster theory calculations performed with large correlation consistent basis sets, up through augmented sextuple zeta quality. The coupled cluster calculations involved up through quadruple excitations. For As(2) and the hydrides, it was also possible to examine the impact of full configuration interaction on some of the properties. In addition, adjustments were incorporated to account for extrapolation to the frozen core complete basis set limit, core/valence correlation, scalar relativistic effects, the diagonal Born-Oppenheimer correction, and atomic spin orbit corrections. Based on our best theoretical D(0)(As(2)) and the experimental heat of formation of As(2), we propose a revised 0 K arsenic atomic heat of formation of 68.86 ± 0.8 kcal/mol. While generally good agreement was found between theory and experiment, the heat of formation of AsF(3) was an exception. Our best estimate is more than 7 kcal/mol more negative than the single available experimental value, which argues for a re-examination of that measurement. © 2011 American Chemical Society

  6. Large-Scale Computation of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Shifts for Paramagnetic Solids Using CP2K.

    PubMed

    Mondal, Arobendo; Gaultois, Michael W; Pell, Andrew J; Iannuzzi, Marcella; Grey, Clare P; Hutter, Jürg; Kaupp, Martin

    2018-01-09

    Large-scale computations of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) shifts for extended paramagnetic solids (pNMR) are reported using the highly efficient Gaussian-augmented plane-wave implementation of the CP2K code. Combining hyperfine couplings obtained with hybrid functionals with g-tensors and orbital shieldings computed using gradient-corrected functionals, contact, pseudocontact, and orbital-shift contributions to pNMR shifts are accessible. Due to the efficient and highly parallel performance of CP2K, a wide variety of materials with large unit cells can be studied with extended Gaussian basis sets. Validation of various approaches for the different contributions to pNMR shifts is done first for molecules in a large supercell in comparison with typical quantum-chemical codes. This is then extended to a detailed study of g-tensors for extended solid transition-metal fluorides and for a series of complex lithium vanadium phosphates. Finally, lithium pNMR shifts are computed for Li 3 V 2 (PO 4 ) 3 , for which detailed experimental data are available. This has allowed an in-depth study of different approaches (e.g., full periodic versus incremental cluster computations of g-tensors and different functionals and basis sets for hyperfine computations) as well as a thorough analysis of the different contributions to the pNMR shifts. This study paves the way for a more-widespread computational treatment of NMR shifts for paramagnetic materials.

  7. Parametric Investigation of Thrust Augmentation by Ejectors on a Pulsed Detonation Tube

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, Jack; Sgondea, Alexandru; Paxson, Daniel E.; Rosenthal, Bruce N.

    2006-01-01

    A parametric investigation has been made of thrust augmentation of a 1 in. diameter pulsed detonation tube by ejectors. A set of ejectors was used which permitted variation of the ejector length, diameter, and nose radius, according to a statistical design of experiment scheme. The maximum augmentation ratios for each ejector were fitted using a polynomial response surface, from which the optimum ratios of ejector diameter to detonation tube diameter, and ejector length and nose radius to ejector diameter, were found. Thrust augmentation ratios above a factor of 2 were measured. In these tests, the pulsed detonation device was run on approximately stoichiometric air-hydrogen mixtures, at a frequency of 20 Hz. Later measurements at a frequency of 40 Hz gave lower values of thrust augmentation. Measurements of thrust augmentation as a function of ejector entrance to detonation tube exit distance showed two maxima, one with the ejector entrance upstream, and one downstream, of the detonation tube exit. A thrust augmentation of 2.5 was observed using a tapered ejector.

  8. Parametric Investigation of Thrust Augmentation by Ejectors on a Pulsed Detonation Tube

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, Jack; Sgondea, Alexandru; Paxson, Daniel E.; Rosenthal, Bruce N.

    2005-01-01

    A parametric investigation has been made of thrust augmentation of a 1 inch diameter pulsed detonation tube by ejectors. A set of ejectors was used which permitted variation of the ejector length, diameter, and nose radius, according to a statistical design of experiment scheme. The maximum augmentations for each ejector were fitted using a polynomial response surface, from which the optimum ejector diameters, and nose radius, were found. Thrust augmentations above a factor of 2 were measured. In these tests, the pulsed detonation device was run on approximately stoichiometric air-hydrogen mixtures, at a frequency of 20 Hz. Later measurements at a frequency of 40 Hz gave lower values of thrust augmentation. Measurements of thrust augmentation as a function of ejector entrance to detonation tube exit distance showed two maxima, one with the ejector entrance upstream, and one downstream, of the detonation tube exit. A thrust augmentation of 2.5 was observed using a tapered ejector.

  9. Direct metal laser sintering (DMLS) of a customized titanium mesh for prosthetically guided bone regeneration of atrophic maxillary arches.

    PubMed

    Ciocca, L; Fantini, M; De Crescenzio, F; Corinaldesi, G; Scotti, R

    2011-11-01

    This study describes a protocol for the direct manufacturing of a customized titanium mesh using CAD-CAM procedures and rapid prototyping to augment maxillary bone and minimize surgery when severe atrophy or post-oncological deformities are present. Titanium mesh and particulate autogenous plus bovine demineralised bone were planned for patient rehabilitation. Bone augmentation planning was performed using the pre-op CT data set in relation to the prosthetic demands, minimizing the bone volume to augment at the minimum necessary for implants. The containment mesh design was used to prototype the 0.6 mm thickness customized titanium mesh, by direct metal laser sintering. The levels of regenerated bone were calculated using the post-op CT data set, through comparison with the pre-op CT data set. The mean vertical height difference of the crestal bone was 2.57 mm, while the mean buccal-palatal dimension of thickness difference was 3.41 mm. All planned implants were positioned after an 8 month healing period using two-step implant surgery, and finally restored with a partial fixed prosthesis. We present a viable and reproducible method to determine the correct bone augmentation prior to implant placement and CAD-CAM to produce a customized direct laser-sintered titanium mesh that can be used for bone regeneration.

  10. Augmented Self-Modeling as an Intervention for Selective Mutism

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kehle, Thomas J.; Bray, Melissa A.; Byer-Alcorace, Gabriel F.; Theodore, Lea A.; Kovac, Lisa M.

    2012-01-01

    Selective mutism is a rare disorder that is difficult to treat. It is often associated with oppositional defiant behavior, particularly in the home setting, social phobia, and, at times, autism spectrum disorder characteristics. The augmented self-modeling treatment has been relatively successful in promoting rapid diminishment of selective mutism…

  11. Examining Young Children's Perception toward Augmented Reality-Infused Dramatic Play

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Han, Jeonghye; Jo, Miheon; Hyun, Eunja; So, Hyo-jeong

    2015-01-01

    Amid the increasing interest in applying augmented reality (AR) in educational settings, this study explores the design and enactment of an AR-infused robot system to enhance children's satisfaction and sensory engagement with dramatic play activities. In particular, we conducted an exploratory study to empirically examine children's perceptions…

  12. The Anharmonic Force Field of Ethylene, C2H4, by Means of Accurate Ab Initio Calculations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, Jan M. L.; Lee, Timothy J.; Taylor, Peter R.; Francois, Jean-Pierre; Langhoff, Stephen R. (Technical Monitor)

    1995-01-01

    The quartic force field of ethylene, C2H4, has been calculated ab initio using augmented coupled cluster, CCSD(T), methods and correlation consistent basis sets of spdf quality. For the C-12 isotopomers C2H4, C2H3D, H2CCD2, cis-C2H2D2, trans-C2H2D2, C2HD3, and C2D4, all fundamentals could be reproduced to better than 10 per centimeter, except for three cases of severe Fermi type 1 resonance. The problem with these three bands is identified as a systematic overestimate of the Kiij Fermi resonance constants by a factor of two or more; if this is corrected for, the predicted fundamentals come into excellent agreement with experiment. No such systematic overestimate is seen for Fermi type 2 resonances. Our computed harmonic frequencies suggest a thorough revision of the accepted experimentally derived values. Our computed and empirically corrected re geometry differs substantially from experimentally derived values: both the predicted rz geometry and the ground-state rotational constants are, however, in excellent agreement with experiment, suggesting revision of the older values. Anharmonicity constants agree well with experiment for stretches, but differ substantially for stretch-bend interaction constants, due to equality constraints in the experimental analysis that do not hold. Improved criteria for detecting Fermi and Coriolis resonances are proposed and found to work well, contrary to the established method based on harmonic frequency differences that fails to detect several important resonances for C2H4 and its isotopomers. Surprisingly good results are obtained with a small spd basis at the CCSD(T) level. The well-documented strong basis set effect on the v8 out-of-plane motion is present to a much lesser extent when correlation-optimized polarization functions are used. Complete sets of anharmonic, rovibrational coupling, and centrifugal distortion constants for the isotopomers are available as supplementary material to the paper.

  13. Structure and binding energy of the H2S dimer at the CCSD(T) complete basis set limit.

    PubMed

    Lemke, Kono H

    2017-06-21

    This study presents results for the binding energy and geometry of the H 2 S dimer which have been computed using Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2, MP4) and coupled cluster (CCSD, CCSD(T)) calculations with basis sets up to aug-cc-pV5Z. Estimates of D e , E ZPE , D o , and dimer geometry have been obtained at each level of theory by taking advantage of the systematic convergence behavior toward the complete basis set (CBS) limit. The CBS limit binding energy values of D e are 1.91 (MP2), 1.75 (MP4), 1.41 (CCSD), and 1.69 kcal/mol (CCSD[T]). The most accurate values for the equilibrium S-S distance r SS (without counterpoise correction) are 4.080 (MP2/aug-cc-pV5Z), 4.131 (MP4/aug-cc-pVQZ), 4.225 (CCSD/aug-cc-pVQZ), and 4.146 Å (CCSD(T)/aug-cc-pVQZ). This study also evaluates the effect of counterpoise correction on the H 2 S dimer geometry and binding energy. As regards the structure of (H 2 S) 2 , MPn, CCSD, and CCSD(T) level values of r SS , obtained by performing geometry optimizations on the counterpoise-corrected potential energy surface, converge systematically to CBS limit values of 4.099 (MP2), 4.146 (MP4), 4.233 (CCSD), and 4.167 Å (CCSD(T)). The corresponding CBS limit values of the equilibrium binding energy D e are 1.88 (MP2), 1.76 (MP4), 1.41 (CCSD), and 1.69 kcal/mol (CCSD(T)), the latter in excellent agreement with the measured binding energy value of 1.68 ± 0.02 kcal/mol reported by Ciaffoni et al. [Appl. Phys. B 92, 627 (2008)]. Combining CBS electronic binding energies D e with E ZPE predicted by CCSD(T) vibrational second-order perturbation theory calculations yields D o = 1.08 kcal/mol, which is around 0.6 kcal/mol smaller than the measured value of 1.7 ± 0.3 kcal/mol. Overall, the results presented here demonstrate that the application of high level calculations, in particular CCSD(T), in combination with augmented correlation consistent basis sets provides valuable insight into the structure and energetics of the hydrogen sulfide dimer.

  14. Structure and binding energy of the H2S dimer at the CCSD(T) complete basis set limit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lemke, Kono H.

    2017-06-01

    This study presents results for the binding energy and geometry of the H2S dimer which have been computed using Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2, MP4) and coupled cluster (CCSD, CCSD(T)) calculations with basis sets up to aug-cc-pV5Z. Estimates of De, EZPE, Do, and dimer geometry have been obtained at each level of theory by taking advantage of the systematic convergence behavior toward the complete basis set (CBS) limit. The CBS limit binding energy values of De are 1.91 (MP2), 1.75 (MP4), 1.41 (CCSD), and 1.69 kcal/mol (CCSD[T]). The most accurate values for the equilibrium S-S distance rSS (without counterpoise correction) are 4.080 (MP2/aug-cc-pV5Z), 4.131 (MP4/aug-cc-pVQZ), 4.225 (CCSD/aug-cc-pVQZ), and 4.146 Å (CCSD(T)/aug-cc-pVQZ). This study also evaluates the effect of counterpoise correction on the H2S dimer geometry and binding energy. As regards the structure of (H2S)2, MPn, CCSD, and CCSD(T) level values of rSS, obtained by performing geometry optimizations on the counterpoise-corrected potential energy surface, converge systematically to CBS limit values of 4.099 (MP2), 4.146 (MP4), 4.233 (CCSD), and 4.167 Å (CCSD(T)). The corresponding CBS limit values of the equilibrium binding energy De are 1.88 (MP2), 1.76 (MP4), 1.41 (CCSD), and 1.69 kcal/mol (CCSD(T)), the latter in excellent agreement with the measured binding energy value of 1.68 ± 0.02 kcal/mol reported by Ciaffoni et al. [Appl. Phys. B 92, 627 (2008)]. Combining CBS electronic binding energies De with EZPE predicted by CCSD(T) vibrational second-order perturbation theory calculations yields Do = 1.08 kcal/mol, which is around 0.6 kcal/mol smaller than the measured value of 1.7 ± 0.3 kcal/mol. Overall, the results presented here demonstrate that the application of high level calculations, in particular CCSD(T), in combination with augmented correlation consistent basis sets provides valuable insight into the structure and energetics of the hydrogen sulfide dimer.

  15. Energy and Spectroscopic Characterization of the Isomers of C4H3-, C6H3-, and C6H5-

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wright, Danielle; Bera, Partha P.; Lee, Timothy J.

    2015-01-01

    Organic and inorganic molecules, neutral and ions have been observed in the interstellar medium. A few anions of organic molecules have also been observed recently. The Cassini spacecraft in the upper atmosphere of Titan has observed anions of large organic molecules. In this project we have studied the physical and spectroscopic properties of C4H3-, C6H3-, and C6H5-. We have optimized the geometrical structures of all low-lying isomers of the anions, calculated rotational, and harmonic vibrational frequencies of the anions mentioned above using the B3LYP density functional along with the augmented correlation consistent polar valence triple zeta (aug-cc-pVTZ) basis set. We have found many low-lying isomers on the potential energy surface of these anions.

  16. An accurate ab initio quartic force field for ammonia

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, J. M. L.; Lee, Timothy J.; Taylor, Peter R.

    1992-01-01

    The quartic force field of ammonia is computed using basis sets of spdf/spd and spdfg/spdf quality and an augmented coupled cluster method. After correcting for Fermi resonance, the computed fundamentals and nu 4 overtones agree on average to better than 3/cm with the experimental ones except for nu 2. The discrepancy for nu 2 is principally due to higher-order anharmonicity effects. The computed omega 1, omega 3, and omega 4 confirm the recent experimental determination by Lehmann and Coy (1988) but are associated with smaller error bars. The discrepancy between the computed and experimental omega 2 is far outside the expected error range, which is also attributed to higher-order anharmonicity effects not accounted for in the experimental determination. Spectroscopic constants are predicted for a number of symmetric and asymmetric top isotopomers of NH3.

  17. Repeated vertebral augmentation for new vertebral compression fractures of postvertebral augmentation patients: a nationwide cohort study

    PubMed Central

    Liang, Cheng-Loong; Wang, Hao-Kwan; Syu, Fei-Kai; Wang, Kuo-Wei; Lu, Kang; Liliang, Po-Chou

    2015-01-01

    Purpose Postvertebral augmentation vertebral compression fractures are common; repeated vertebral augmentation is usually performed for prompt pain relief. This study aimed to evaluate the incidence and risk factors of repeat vertebral augmentation. Methods We performed a retrospective, nationwide, population-based longitudinal observation study, using the National Health Insurance Research Database (NHIRD) of Taiwan. All patients who received vertebral augmentation for vertebral compression fractures were evaluated. The collected data included patient characteristics (demographics, comorbidities, and medication exposure) and repeat vertebral augmentation. Kaplan–Meier and stratified Cox proportional hazard regressions were performed for analyses. Results The overall incidence of repeat vertebral augmentation was 11.3% during the follow-up until 2010. Patients with the following characteristics were at greater risk for repeat vertebral augmentation: female sex (AOR=1.24; 95% confidence interval [CI]: 1.10–2.36), advanced age (AOR=1.60; 95% CI: 1.32–2.08), diabetes mellitus (AOR=4.31; 95% CI: 4.05–5.88), cerebrovascular disease (AOR=4.09; 95% CI: 3.44–5.76), dementia (AOR=1.97; 95% CI: 1.69–2.33), blindness or low vision (AOR=3.72; 95% CI: 2.32–3.95), hypertension (AOR=2.58; 95% CI: 2.35–3.47), and hyperlipidemia (AOR=2.09; 95% CI: 1.67–2.22). Patients taking calcium/vitamin D (AOR=2.98; 95% CI: 1.83–3.93), bisphosphonates (AOR=2.11; 95% CI: 1.26–2.61), or calcitonin (AOR=4.59; 95% CI: 3.40–5.77) were less likely to undergo repeat vertebral augmentation; however, those taking steroids (AOR=7.28; 95% CI: 6.32–8.08), acetaminophen (AOR=3.54; 95% CI: 2.75–4.83), or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) (AOR=6.14; 95% CI: 5.08–7.41) were more likely to undergo repeat vertebral augmentation. Conclusion We conclude that the incidence of repeat vertebral augmentation is rather high. An understanding of risk factors predicting repeat vertebral augmentation provides valuable basis to improve health care for geriatric populations. PMID:25848240

  18. The use of augmented reality glasses in central line simulation: “see one, simulate many, do one competently, and teach everyone”

    PubMed Central

    Huang, Cynthia Y; Thomas, Jonathan B; Alismail, Abdullah; Cohen, Avi; Almutairi, Waleed; Daher, Noha S; Terry, Michael H; Tan, Laren D

    2018-01-01

    Objective The aim of this study was to investigate the feasibility of using augmented reality (AR) glasses in central line simulation by novice operators and compare its efficacy to standard central line simulation/teaching. Design This was a prospective randomized controlled study enrolling 32 novice operators. Subjects were randomized on a 1:1 basis to either simulation using the augmented virtual reality glasses or simulation using conventional instruction. Setting The study was conducted in tertiary-care urban teaching hospital. Subjects A total of 32 adult novice central line operators with no visual or auditory impairments were enrolled. Medical doctors, respiratory therapists, and sleep technicians were recruited from the medical field. Measurements and main results The mean time for AR placement in the AR group was 71±43 s, and the time to internal jugular (IJ) cannulation was 316±112 s. There was no significant difference in median (minimum, maximum) time (seconds) to IJ cannulation for those who were in the AR group and those who were not (339 [130, 550] vs 287 [35, 475], p=0.09), respectively. There was also no significant difference between the two groups in median total procedure time (524 [329, 792] vs 469 [198, 781], p=0.29), respectively. There was a significant difference in the adherence level between the two groups favoring the AR group (p=0.003). Conclusion AR simulation of central venous catheters in manikins is feasible and efficacious in novice operators as an educational tool. Future studies are recommended in this area as it is a promising area of medical education. PMID:29785148

  19. Guidelines for the selection of optimal glenoid augment size for moderate to severe glenohumeral osteoarthritis.

    PubMed

    Sabesan, Vani; Callanan, Mark; Sharma, Vinay

    2014-07-01

    Total shoulder arthroplasty is technically demanding in regard to implantation of the glenoid component, especially in the setting of increased glenoid deformity and posterior glenoid wear. Augmented glenoid implants are an important and innovative option; however, there is little evidence accessible to surgeons to guide in the selection of the appropriate size augmented glenoid. Solid computer models of commercially available augmented glenoid components (+3, +5, +7) contained within the software allowed placement of the best fit glenoid component within the three-dimensional reconstruct of each patient's scapula. Peg perforation, amount of bone reamed, and amount of medialization were recorded for each augment size. There was strong correlation between the medialization of the joint line and the glenoid retroversion for each augmented component at neutral correction and correction to 6° of retroversion. At neutral, the range of retroversion that restored the anatomic joint line was -3° to -17° with use of the +3 augmented glenoid, -5° to -24° with the +5 augmented glenoid, and -9° to -31° with the +7 augmented glenoid. At 6° of retroversion, the range of retroversion that restored the anatomic joint line was -4° to -21° with use of the +3 augmented glenoid, -7° to -27° with the +5 augmented glenoid, and -9° to -34° with the +7 augmented glenoid. There was a strong correlation between glenoid retroversion and medialization for all augment sizes, supporting the recommendation for glenoid retroversion as the primary guide in selecting the amount of augmentation. Copyright © 2014. Published by Mosby, Inc.

  20. Integrated Authoring Tool for Mobile Augmented Reality-Based E-Learning Applications

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lobo, Marcos Fermin; Álvarez García, Víctor Manuel; del Puerto Paule Ruiz, María

    2013-01-01

    Learning management systems are increasingly being used to complement classroom teaching and learning and in some instances even replace traditional classroom settings with online educational tools. Mobile augmented reality is an innovative trend in e-learning that is creating new opportunities for teaching and learning. This article proposes a…

  1. Feasibility of Using an Augmented Immersive Virtual Reality Learning Environment to Enhance Music Conducting Skills

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Orman, Evelyn K.; Price, Harry E.; Russell, Christine R.

    2017-01-01

    Acquiring nonverbal skills necessary to appropriately communicate and educate members of performing ensembles is essential for wind band conductors. Virtual reality learning environments (VRLEs) provide a unique setting for developing these proficiencies. For this feasibility study, we used an augmented immersive VRLE to enhance eye contact, torso…

  2. The Substitution Augmentation Modification Redefinition (SAMR) Model: A Critical Review and Suggestions for Its Use

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hamilton, Erica R.; Rosenberg, Joshua M.; Akcaoglu, Mete

    2016-01-01

    The Substitution, Augmentation, Modification, and Redefinition (SAMR) model is a four-level, taxonomy-based approach for selecting, using, and evaluating technology in K-12 settings (Puentedura 2006). Despite its increasing popularity among practitioners, the SAMR model is not currently represented in the extant literature. To focus the ongoing…

  3. Theoretical studies of potential energy surface and rotational spectra of Xe -H2O van der Waals complex

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Lin; Yang, Minghui

    2008-11-01

    In this work we report an ab initio intermolecular potential energy surface and theoretical spectroscopic studies for Xe -H2O complex. The ab initio energies are calculated with CCSD(T) method and large basis sets (aug-cc-pVQZ for H and O and aug-cc-pVQZ-PP for Xe) augmented by a {3s3p2d2f1g} set of bond functions. This potential energy surface has a global minimum corresponding to a planar and nearly linear hydrogen bonded configuration with a well depth of 192.5cm-1 at intermolecular distance of 4.0Å, which is consistent with the previous determined potential by Wen and Jäger [J. Phys. Chem. A 110, 7560 (2006)]. The bound state calculations have been performed for the complex by approximating the water molecule as a rigid rotor. The theoretical rotational transition frequencies, isotopic shifts, nuclear quadrupole coupling constants, and structure parameters are in good agreement with the experimental observed values. The wavefunctions are analyzed to understand the dynamics of the ground and the first excited states.

  4. Text Summarization Model based on Maximum Coverage Problem and its Variant

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Takamura, Hiroya; Okumura, Manabu

    We discuss text summarization in terms of maximum coverage problem and its variant. To solve the optimization problem, we applied some decoding algorithms including the ones never used in this summarization formulation, such as a greedy algorithm with performance guarantee, a randomized algorithm, and a branch-and-bound method. We conduct comparative experiments. On the basis of the experimental results, we also augment the summarization model so that it takes into account the relevance to the document cluster. Through experiments, we showed that the augmented model is at least comparable to the best-performing method of DUC'04.

  5. Augmented burst-error correction for UNICON laser memory. [digital memory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lim, R. S.

    1974-01-01

    A single-burst-error correction system is described for data stored in the UNICON laser memory. In the proposed system, a long fire code with code length n greater than 16,768 bits was used as an outer code to augment an existing inner shorter fire code for burst error corrections. The inner fire code is a (80,64) code shortened from the (630,614) code, and it is used to correct a single-burst-error on a per-word basis with burst length b less than or equal to 6. The outer code, with b less than or equal to 12, would be used to correct a single-burst-error on a per-page basis, where a page consists of 512 32-bit words. In the proposed system, the encoding and error detection processes are implemented by hardware. A minicomputer, currently used as a UNICON memory management processor, is used on a time-demanding basis for error correction. Based upon existing error statistics, this combination of an inner code and an outer code would enable the UNICON system to obtain a very low error rate in spite of flaws affecting the recorded data.

  6. Changes in Peak Airflow Measurement During Maximal Cough After Vocal Fold Augmentation in Patients With Glottic Insufficiency.

    PubMed

    Dion, Gregory R; Achlatis, Efstratios; Teng, Stephanie; Fang, Yixin; Persky, Michael; Branski, Ryan C; Amin, Milan R

    2017-11-01

    Compromised cough effectiveness is correlated with dysphagia and aspiration. Glottic insufficiency likely yields decreased cough strength and effectiveness. Although vocal fold augmentation favorably affects voice and likely improves cough strength, few data exist to support this hypothesis. To assess whether vocal fold augmentation improves peak airflow measurements during maximal-effort cough following augmentation. This case series study was conducted in a tertiary, academic laryngology clinic. Participants included 14 consecutive individuals with glottic insufficiency due to vocal fold paralysis, which was diagnosed via videostrobolaryngoscopy as a component of routine clinical examination. All participants who chose to proceed with augmentation were considered for the study whether office-based or operative augmentation was planned. Postaugmentation data were collected only at the first follow-up visit, which was targeted for 14 days after augmentation but varied on the basis of participant availability. Data were collected from June 5, 2014, to October 1, 2015. Data analysis took place between October 2, 2015, and March 3, 2017. Peak airflow during maximal volitional cough was quantified before and after vocal fold augmentation. Participants performed maximal coughs, and peak expiratory flow during the maximal cough was captured according to American Thoracic Society guidelines. Among the 14 participants (7 men and 7 women), the mean (SD) age was 62 (18) years. Three types of injectable material were used for vocal fold augmentation: carboxymethylcellulose in 5 patients, hyaluronic acid in 5, and calcium hydroxylapatite in 4. Following augmentation, cough strength increased in 11 participants and decreased cough strength was observed in 3. Peak airflow measurements during maximal cough varied from a decrease of 40 L/min to an increase of 150 L/min following augmentation. When preaugmentation and postaugmentation peak airflow measurements were compared, the median improvement was 50 L/min (95% CI, 10-75 L/min; P = .01). Immediate peak airflow measurements during cough collected within 30 minutes of augmentation varied when compared with measurements collected at follow-up (103-380 vs 160-390 L/min). Peak airflow during maximal cough may improve with vocal fold augmentation. Additional assessment and measurements are needed to further delineate which patients will benefit most regarding their cough from vocal fold augmentation.

  7. Theoretical characterization of the F(2)O(3) molecule by coupled-cluster methods.

    PubMed

    Huang, Ming-Ju; Watts, John D

    2010-09-23

    Coupled-cluster calculations with extended basis sets that include noniterative connected triple excitations (CCSD(T)) have been used to study the FOOOF isomer of F(2)O(3). Second-order Moller-Plessett perturbation theory (MP2) and density-functional theory (B3LYP functional) calculations have also been performed for comparison. Two local minima of similar energy, namely, conformers of C(2) and C(s) symmetry have been located. Structures, harmonic vibrational frequencies, and standard enthalpies and free energies of formation have been calculated. The calculated bond lengths of F(2)O(3) are more characteristic of those in F(2)O and a "normal" peroxide than the unusual bond lengths in F(2)O(2). Both conformers have equal F-O and O-O bond lengths, contrary to a recent suggestion of an unsymmetrical structure. The harmonic vibrational frequencies can aid possible identification of gaseous F(2)O(3). The calculated Δ(f)H° and Δ(f)G° are 110 and 173 kJ mol(-1), respectively. These values are based on extrapolation of CCSD(T) results with augmented triple- and quadruple-ζ basis sets and are expected to be within chemical accuracy (i.e., 1 kcal mol(-1) or 4 kJ mol(-1)). F(2)O(3) is calculated to be stable to decomposition to either FO + FOO or F(2) + O(3), but unstable to decomposition to its elements, to F(2)O(2) + (1)/(2)O(2), and to F(2)O + O(2).

  8. CH3Cl, CH2Cl2, CHCl3, and CCl4: Infrared spectra, radiative efficiencies, and global warming potentials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wallington, Timothy J.; Pivesso, Bruno Pasquini; Lira, Alane Moura; Anderson, James E.; Nielsen, Claus Jørgen; Andersen, Niels Højmark; Hodnebrog, Øivind

    2016-05-01

    Infrared spectra for the title compounds were measured experimentally in 700 Torr of air at 295 K and systematically modeled in B3LYP, M06-2X and MP2 calculations employing various basis sets. Calibrated infrared spectra over the wavenumber range 600-3500 cm-1 are reported and combined with literature data to provide spectra for use in experimental studies and radiative transfer calculations. Integrated absorption cross sections are (units of cm-1 molecule-1): CH3Cl, 660-780 cm-1, (3.89±0.19)×10-18; CH2Cl2, 650-800 cm-1, (2.16±0.11)×10-17; CHCl3, 720-810 cm-1, (4.08±0.20)×10-17; and CCl4, 730-825 cm-1, (6.30±0.31)×10-17. CH3Cl, CH2Cl2, CHCl3, and CCl4 have radiative efficiencies of 0.004, 0.028, 0.070, and 0.174 W m-2 ppb-1 and global warming potentials (100 year horizon) of 5, 8, 15, and 1775, respectively. Quantum chemistry calculations generally predict larger band intensities than the experimental values. The best agreement with experiments is obtained in MP2(Full) calculations employing basis sets of at least triple-zeta quality augmented by diffuse functions. The B3LYP functional is found ill-suited for calculating vibrational frequencies and infrared intensities of halocarbons.

  9. Lanthanide complex coordination polyhedron geometry prediction accuracies of ab initio effective core potential calculations.

    PubMed

    Freire, Ricardo O; Rocha, Gerd B; Simas, Alfredo M

    2006-03-01

    lanthanide coordination compounds efficiently and accurately is central for the design of new ligands capable of forming stable and highly luminescent complexes. Accordingly, we present in this paper a report on the capability of various ab initio effective core potential calculations in reproducing the coordination polyhedron geometries of lanthanide complexes. Starting with all combinations of HF, B3LYP and MP2(Full) with STO-3G, 3-21G, 6-31G, 6-31G* and 6-31+G basis sets for [Eu(H2O)9]3+ and closing with more manageable calculations for the larger complexes, we computed the fully predicted ab initio geometries for a total of 80 calculations on 52 complexes of Sm(III), Eu(III), Gd(III), Tb(III), Dy(III), Ho(III), Er(III) and Tm(III), the largest containing 164 atoms. Our results indicate that RHF/STO-3G/ECP appears to be the most efficient model chemistry in terms of coordination polyhedron crystallographic geometry predictions from isolated lanthanide complex ion calculations. Moreover, both augmenting the basis set and/or including electron correlation generally enlarged the deviations and aggravated the quality of the predicted coordination polyhedron crystallographic geometry. Our results further indicate that Cosentino et al.'s suggestion of using RHF/3-21G/ECP geometries appears to be indeed a more robust, but not necessarily, more accurate recommendation to be adopted for the general lanthanide complex case. [Figure: see text].

  10. A Data Augmentation Approach to Short Text Classification

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rosario, Ryan Robert

    2017-01-01

    Text classification typically performs best with large training sets, but short texts are very common on the World Wide Web. Can we use resampling and data augmentation to construct larger texts using similar terms? Several current methods exist for working with short text that rely on using external data and contexts, or workarounds. Our focus is…

  11. An Inquiry-Based Augmented Reality Mobile Learning Approach to Fostering Primary School Students' Historical Reasoning in Non-Formal Settings

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Efstathiou, Irene; Kyza, Eleni A.; Georgiou, Yiannis

    2018-01-01

    This study investigated the contribution of a location-based augmented reality (AR) inquiry-learning environment in developing 3rd grade students' historical empathy and conceptual understanding. Historical empathy is an important element of historical thinking, which is considered to improve conceptual understanding and support the development of…

  12. Comparing Virtual and Location-Based Augmented Reality Mobile Learning: Emotions and Learning Outcomes

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harley, Jason M.; Poitras, Eric G.; Jarrell, Amanda; Duffy, Melissa C.; Lajoie, Susanne P.

    2016-01-01

    Research on the effectiveness of augmented reality (AR) on learning exists, but there is a paucity of empirical work that explores the role that positive emotions play in supporting learning in such settings. To address this gap, this study compared undergraduate students' emotions and learning outcomes during a guided historical tour using mobile…

  13. Visual Environment for Designing Interactive Learning Scenarios with Augmented Reality

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mota, José Miguel; Ruiz-Rube, Iván; Dodero, Juan Manuel; Figueiredo, Mauro

    2016-01-01

    Augmented Reality (AR) technology allows the inclusion of virtual elements on a vision of actual physical environment for the creation of a mixed reality in real time. This kind of technology can be used in educational settings. However, the current AR authoring tools present several drawbacks, such as, the lack of a mechanism for tracking the…

  14. Serotonin Augmentation Reduces Response to Attack in Aggressive Individuals

    PubMed Central

    Berman, Mitchell E.; McCloskey, Michael S.; Fanning, Jennifer R.; Schumacher, Julie A.; Coccaro, Emil F.

    2009-01-01

    We tested the theory that central serotonin (5- hydroxytryptamine, or 5-HT) activity regulates aggression by modulating response to provocation. Eighty men and women (40 with and 40 without a history of aggression) were randomly assigned to receive either 40 mg of paroxetine (to acutely augment serotonergic activity) or a placebo, administered using double-blind procedures. Aggression was assessed during a competitive reaction time game with a fictitious opponent. Shocks were selected by the participant and opponent before each trial, with the loser on each trial receiving the shock set by the other player. Provocation was manipulated by having the opponent select increasingly intense shocks for the participant and eventually an ostensibly severe shock toward the end of the trials. Aggression was measured by the number of severe shocks set by the participant for the opponent. As predicted, aggressive responding after provocation was attenuated by augmentation of serotonin in individuals with a pronounced history of aggression. PMID:19422623

  15. Validation and Improvement of SRTM Performance over Rugged Terrain

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zebker, Howard A.

    2004-01-01

    We have previously reported work related to basic technique development in phase unwrapping and generation of digital elevation models (DEM). In the final year of this work we have applied our technique work to the improvement of DEM's produced by SRTM. In particular, we have developed a rigorous mathematical algorithm and means to fill in missing data over rough terrain from other data sets. We illustrate this method by using a higher resolution, but globally less accurate, DEM produced by the TOPSAR airborne instrument over the Galapagos Islands to augment the SRTM data set in this area, We combine this data set with SRTM to use each set to fill in holes left over by the other imaging system. The infilling is done by first interpolating each data set using a prediction error filter that reproduces the same statistical characterization as exhibited by the entire data set within the interpolated region. After this procedure is implemented on each data set, the two are combined on a point by point basis with weights that reflect the accuracy of each data point in its original image. In areas that are better covered by SRTM, TOPSAR data are weighted down but still retain TOPSAR statistics. The reverse is true for regions better covered by TOPSAR. The resulting DEM passes statistical tests and appears quite feasible to the eye, but as this DEM is the best available for the region we cannot fully veri@ its accuracy. Spot checks with GPS points show that locally the technique results in a more comprehensive and accurate map than either data set alone.

  16. Integrated System Health Management: Foundational Concepts, Approach, and Implementation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Figueroa, Fernando

    2009-01-01

    A sound basis to guide the community in the conception and implementation of ISHM (Integrated System Health Management) capability in operational systems was provided. The concept of "ISHM Model of a System" and a related architecture defined as a unique Data, Information, and Knowledge (DIaK) architecture were described. The ISHM architecture is independent of the typical system architecture, which is based on grouping physical elements that are assembled to make up a subsystem, and subsystems combine to form systems, etc. It was emphasized that ISHM capability needs to be implemented first at a low functional capability level (FCL), or limited ability to detect anomalies, diagnose, determine consequences, etc. As algorithms and tools to augment or improve the FCL are identified, they should be incorporated into the system. This means that the architecture, DIaK management, and software, must be modular and standards-based, in order to enable systematic augmentation of FCL (no ad-hoc modifications). A set of technologies (and tools) needed to implement ISHM were described. One essential tool is a software environment to create the ISHM Model. The software environment encapsulates DIaK, and an infrastructure to focus DIaK on determining health (detect anomalies, determine causes, determine effects, and provide integrated awareness of the system to the operator). The environment includes gateways to communicate in accordance to standards, specially the IEEE 1451.1 Standard for Smart Sensors and Actuators.

  17. Kubo-Greenwood electrical conductivity formulation and implementation for projector augmented wave datasets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calderín, L.; Karasiev, V. V.; Trickey, S. B.

    2017-12-01

    As the foundation for a new computational implementation, we survey the calculation of the complex electrical conductivity tensor based on the Kubo-Greenwood (KG) formalism (Kubo, 1957; Greenwood, 1958), with emphasis on derivations and technical aspects pertinent to use of projector augmented wave datasets with plane wave basis sets (Blöchl, 1994). New analytical results and a full implementation of the KG approach in an open-source Fortran 90 post-processing code for use with Quantum Espresso (Giannozzi et al., 2009) are presented. Named KGEC ([K]ubo [G]reenwood [E]lectronic [C]onductivity), the code calculates the full complex conductivity tensor (not just the average trace). It supports use of either the original KG formula or the popular one approximated in terms of a Dirac delta function. It provides both Gaussian and Lorentzian representations of the Dirac delta function (though the Lorentzian is preferable on basic grounds). KGEC provides decomposition of the conductivity into intra- and inter-band contributions as well as degenerate state contributions. It calculates the dc conductivity tensor directly. It is MPI parallelized over k-points, bands, and plane waves, with an option to recover the plane wave processes for their use in band parallelization as well. It is designed to provide rapid convergence with respect to k-point density. Examples of its use are given.

  18. Formative Evaluation of a Neuroanatomy Course

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sterret, Patrick R.; Littlefield, John H.

    1976-01-01

    Student cognitive performance data and affective reactions provided the basis for a formative evaluation of this neuroanatomy curriculum for freshmen medical students. The cerebral hempispheres topic area was marked by poor cognitive performance and low ratings in lecture quality. Videotapes designed to augment neurophysiology also received low…

  19. A systematic review of Functional Communication Training (FCT) interventions involving augmentative and alternative communication in school settings.

    PubMed

    Walker, Virginia L; Lyon, Kristin J; Loman, Sheldon L; Sennott, Samuel

    2018-06-01

    The purpose of this meta-analysis was to summarize single-case intervention studies in which Functional Communication Training (FCT) involving augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) was implemented in school settings. Overall, the findings suggest that FCT involving AAC was effective in reducing challenging behaviour and promoting aided or unaided AAC use among participants with disability. FCT was more effective for the participants who engaged in less severe forms of challenging behaviour prior to intervention. Additionally, FCT was more effective when informed by a descriptive functional behaviour assessment and delivered within inclusive school settings. Implications for practice and directions for future research related to FCT for students who use AAC are addressed.

  20. Design and test of a prototype scale ejector wing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mefferd, L. A.; Alden, R. E.; Bevilacqua, P. M.

    1979-01-01

    A two dimensional momentum integral analysis was used to examine the effect of changing inlet area ratio, diffuser area ratio, and the ratio of ejector length to width. A relatively wide range of these parameters was considered. It was found that for constant inlet area ratio the augmentation increases with the ejector length, and for constant length: width ratio the augmentation increases with inlet area ratio. Scale model tests were used to verify these trends and to examine th effect of aspect ratio. On the basis of these results, an ejector configuration was selected for fabrication and testing at a scale representative of an ejector wing aircraft. The test ejector was powered by a Pratt-Whitney F401 engine developing approximately 12,000 pounds of thrust. The results of preliminary tests indicate that the ejector develops a thrust augmentation ratio better than 1.65.

  1. Thrust Measurements for a Pulse Detonation Engine Driven Ejector

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Santoro, Robert J.; Pak, Sibtosh; Shehadeh, R.; Saretto, S. R.; Lee, S.-Y.

    2005-01-01

    Results of an experimental effort on pulse detonation driven ejectors aimed at probing different aspects of PDE ejector processes, are presented and discussed. The PDE was operated using ethylene as the fuel and an equimolar oxygen/nitrogen mixture as the oxidizer at an equivalence ratio of one. The thrust measurements for the PDE alone are in excellent agreement with experimental and modeling results reported in the literature and serve as a Baseline for the ejector studies. These thrust measurements were then used as a basis for quantifying thrust augmentation for various PDE/ejector setups using constant diameter ejector tubes and various detonation tube/ejector tube overlap distances. The results show that for the geometries studied here, a maximum thrust augmentation of 24% is achieved. The thrust augmentation results are complemented by shadowgraph imaging of the flowfield in the ejector tube inlet area and high frequency pressure transducer measurements along the length of the ejector tube.

  2. The efficacy of palatal augmentation prostheses for speech and swallowing in patients undergoing glossectomy: a review of the literature.

    PubMed

    Marunick, Mark; Tselios, Nicholas

    2004-01-01

    This article provides a review of the literature to assist the clinician in determining the efficacy of palatal augmentation prosthesis regarding speech and swallowing for the patient undergoing glossectomy. A MEDLINE search was conducted. Peer-reviewed articles published from 1966 to July 2002 that addressed the question of the efficacy of this prosthesis to improve speech and swallowing after partial or total glossectomy were included. Studies reviewed had to incorporate an objective evaluation of one or both functions. Nine of 130 studies met the selection criteria (4 retrospective, 1 case control, and 4 case reports). A total of 50 subjects were studied, 42 for swallowing and 37 for speech. In 36/42 subjects, treatment was advantageous for swallowing and in 32/37 subjects, it was advantageous for speech. On the basis of the limited evidence available, the functional efficacy of the palatal augmentation prosthesis is supported.

  3. Augmented Reality: A Brand New Challenge for the Assessment and Treatment of Psychological Disorders

    PubMed Central

    Chicchi Giglioli, Irene Alice; Pedroli, Elisa

    2015-01-01

    Augmented Reality is a new technological system that allows introducing virtual contents in the real world in order to run in the same representation and, in real time, enhancing the user's sensory perception of reality. From another point of view, Augmented Reality can be defined as a set of techniques and tools that add information to the physical reality. To date, Augmented Reality has been used in many fields, such as medicine, entertainment, maintenance, architecture, education, and cognitive and motor rehabilitation but very few studies and applications of AR exist in clinical psychology. In the treatment of psychological disorders, Augmented Reality has given preliminary evidence to be a useful tool due to its adaptability to the patient needs and therapeutic purposes and interactivity. Another relevant factor is the quality of the user's experience in the Augmented Reality system determined from emotional engagement and sense of presence. This experience could increase the AR ecological validity in the treatment of psychological disorders. This paper reviews the recent studies on the use of Augmented Reality in the evaluation and treatment of psychological disorders, focusing on current uses of this technology and on the specific features that delineate Augmented Reality a new technique useful for psychology. PMID:26339283

  4. Augmented Reality: A Brand New Challenge for the Assessment and Treatment of Psychological Disorders.

    PubMed

    Chicchi Giglioli, Irene Alice; Pallavicini, Federica; Pedroli, Elisa; Serino, Silvia; Riva, Giuseppe

    2015-01-01

    Augmented Reality is a new technological system that allows introducing virtual contents in the real world in order to run in the same representation and, in real time, enhancing the user's sensory perception of reality. From another point of view, Augmented Reality can be defined as a set of techniques and tools that add information to the physical reality. To date, Augmented Reality has been used in many fields, such as medicine, entertainment, maintenance, architecture, education, and cognitive and motor rehabilitation but very few studies and applications of AR exist in clinical psychology. In the treatment of psychological disorders, Augmented Reality has given preliminary evidence to be a useful tool due to its adaptability to the patient needs and therapeutic purposes and interactivity. Another relevant factor is the quality of the user's experience in the Augmented Reality system determined from emotional engagement and sense of presence. This experience could increase the AR ecological validity in the treatment of psychological disorders. This paper reviews the recent studies on the use of Augmented Reality in the evaluation and treatment of psychological disorders, focusing on current uses of this technology and on the specific features that delineate Augmented Reality a new technique useful for psychology.

  5. Exploring the Impact of Varying Levels of Augmented Reality to Teach Probability and Sampling with a Mobile Device

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Conley, Quincy

    2013-01-01

    Statistics is taught at every level of education, yet teachers often have to assume their students have no knowledge of statistics and start from scratch each time they set out to teach statistics. The motivation for this experimental study comes from interest in exploring educational applications of augmented reality (AR) delivered via mobile…

  6. Augmented reality based real-time subcutaneous vein imaging system

    PubMed Central

    Ai, Danni; Yang, Jian; Fan, Jingfan; Zhao, Yitian; Song, Xianzheng; Shen, Jianbing; Shao, Ling; Wang, Yongtian

    2016-01-01

    A novel 3D reconstruction and fast imaging system for subcutaneous veins by augmented reality is presented. The study was performed to reduce the failure rate and time required in intravenous injection by providing augmented vein structures that back-project superimposed veins on the skin surface of the hand. Images of the subcutaneous vein are captured by two industrial cameras with extra reflective near-infrared lights. The veins are then segmented by a multiple-feature clustering method. Vein structures captured by the two cameras are matched and reconstructed based on the epipolar constraint and homographic property. The skin surface is reconstructed by active structured light with spatial encoding values and fusion displayed with the reconstructed vein. The vein and skin surface are both reconstructed in the 3D space. Results show that the structures can be precisely back-projected to the back of the hand for further augmented display and visualization. The overall system performance is evaluated in terms of vein segmentation, accuracy of vein matching, feature points distance error, duration times, accuracy of skin reconstruction, and augmented display. All experiments are validated with sets of real vein data. The imaging and augmented system produces good imaging and augmented reality results with high speed. PMID:27446690

  7. Augmented reality based real-time subcutaneous vein imaging system.

    PubMed

    Ai, Danni; Yang, Jian; Fan, Jingfan; Zhao, Yitian; Song, Xianzheng; Shen, Jianbing; Shao, Ling; Wang, Yongtian

    2016-07-01

    A novel 3D reconstruction and fast imaging system for subcutaneous veins by augmented reality is presented. The study was performed to reduce the failure rate and time required in intravenous injection by providing augmented vein structures that back-project superimposed veins on the skin surface of the hand. Images of the subcutaneous vein are captured by two industrial cameras with extra reflective near-infrared lights. The veins are then segmented by a multiple-feature clustering method. Vein structures captured by the two cameras are matched and reconstructed based on the epipolar constraint and homographic property. The skin surface is reconstructed by active structured light with spatial encoding values and fusion displayed with the reconstructed vein. The vein and skin surface are both reconstructed in the 3D space. Results show that the structures can be precisely back-projected to the back of the hand for further augmented display and visualization. The overall system performance is evaluated in terms of vein segmentation, accuracy of vein matching, feature points distance error, duration times, accuracy of skin reconstruction, and augmented display. All experiments are validated with sets of real vein data. The imaging and augmented system produces good imaging and augmented reality results with high speed.

  8. Basis sets for the calculation of core-electron binding energies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hanson-Heine, Magnus W. D.; George, Michael W.; Besley, Nicholas A.

    2018-05-01

    Core-electron binding energies (CEBEs) computed within a Δ self-consistent field approach require large basis sets to achieve convergence with respect to the basis set limit. It is shown that supplementing a basis set with basis functions from the corresponding basis set for the element with the next highest nuclear charge (Z + 1) provides basis sets that give CEBEs close to the basis set limit. This simple procedure provides relatively small basis sets that are well suited for calculations where the description of a core-ionised state is important, such as time-dependent density functional theory calculations of X-ray emission spectroscopy.

  9. Adapting Curriculum for Augumentative Communication.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Moos, Karen L.; Hartwig, Shirley K.

    This paper describes a program for adapting literature for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) users and students with other disabilities. The program is designed to teach specific language skills that will meet the students' Individualized Education Program goals and to be implemented on a daily basis by classroom instructors. The…

  10. Estimating the CCSD basis-set limit energy from small basis sets: basis-set extrapolations vs additivity schemes

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Spackman, Peter R.; Karton, Amir, E-mail: amir.karton@uwa.edu.au

    Coupled cluster calculations with all single and double excitations (CCSD) converge exceedingly slowly with the size of the one-particle basis set. We assess the performance of a number of approaches for obtaining CCSD correlation energies close to the complete basis-set limit in conjunction with relatively small DZ and TZ basis sets. These include global and system-dependent extrapolations based on the A + B/L{sup α} two-point extrapolation formula, and the well-known additivity approach that uses an MP2-based basis-set-correction term. We show that the basis set convergence rate can change dramatically between different systems(e.g.it is slower for molecules with polar bonds and/ormore » second-row elements). The system-dependent basis-set extrapolation scheme, in which unique basis-set extrapolation exponents for each system are obtained from lower-cost MP2 calculations, significantly accelerates the basis-set convergence relative to the global extrapolations. Nevertheless, we find that the simple MP2-based basis-set additivity scheme outperforms the extrapolation approaches. For example, the following root-mean-squared deviations are obtained for the 140 basis-set limit CCSD atomization energies in the W4-11 database: 9.1 (global extrapolation), 3.7 (system-dependent extrapolation), and 2.4 (additivity scheme) kJ mol{sup –1}. The CCSD energy in these approximations is obtained from basis sets of up to TZ quality and the latter two approaches require additional MP2 calculations with basis sets of up to QZ quality. We also assess the performance of the basis-set extrapolations and additivity schemes for a set of 20 basis-set limit CCSD atomization energies of larger molecules including amino acids, DNA/RNA bases, aromatic compounds, and platonic hydrocarbon cages. We obtain the following RMSDs for the above methods: 10.2 (global extrapolation), 5.7 (system-dependent extrapolation), and 2.9 (additivity scheme) kJ mol{sup –1}.« less

  11. Estimating the CCSD basis-set limit energy from small basis sets: basis-set extrapolations vs additivity schemes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Spackman, Peter R.; Karton, Amir

    2015-05-01

    Coupled cluster calculations with all single and double excitations (CCSD) converge exceedingly slowly with the size of the one-particle basis set. We assess the performance of a number of approaches for obtaining CCSD correlation energies close to the complete basis-set limit in conjunction with relatively small DZ and TZ basis sets. These include global and system-dependent extrapolations based on the A + B/Lα two-point extrapolation formula, and the well-known additivity approach that uses an MP2-based basis-set-correction term. We show that the basis set convergence rate can change dramatically between different systems(e.g.it is slower for molecules with polar bonds and/or second-row elements). The system-dependent basis-set extrapolation scheme, in which unique basis-set extrapolation exponents for each system are obtained from lower-cost MP2 calculations, significantly accelerates the basis-set convergence relative to the global extrapolations. Nevertheless, we find that the simple MP2-based basis-set additivity scheme outperforms the extrapolation approaches. For example, the following root-mean-squared deviations are obtained for the 140 basis-set limit CCSD atomization energies in the W4-11 database: 9.1 (global extrapolation), 3.7 (system-dependent extrapolation), and 2.4 (additivity scheme) kJ mol-1. The CCSD energy in these approximations is obtained from basis sets of up to TZ quality and the latter two approaches require additional MP2 calculations with basis sets of up to QZ quality. We also assess the performance of the basis-set extrapolations and additivity schemes for a set of 20 basis-set limit CCSD atomization energies of larger molecules including amino acids, DNA/RNA bases, aromatic compounds, and platonic hydrocarbon cages. We obtain the following RMSDs for the above methods: 10.2 (global extrapolation), 5.7 (system-dependent extrapolation), and 2.9 (additivity scheme) kJ mol-1.

  12. Computerised mirror therapy with Augmented Reflection Technology for early stroke rehabilitation: clinical feasibility and integration as an adjunct therapy.

    PubMed

    Hoermann, Simon; Ferreira Dos Santos, Luara; Morkisch, Nadine; Jettkowski, Katrin; Sillis, Moran; Devan, Hemakumar; Kanagasabai, Parimala S; Schmidt, Henning; Krüger, Jörg; Dohle, Christian; Regenbrecht, Holger; Hale, Leigh; Cutfield, Nicholas J

    2017-07-01

    New rehabilitation strategies for post-stroke upper limb rehabilitation employing visual stimulation show promising results, however, cost-efficient and clinically feasible ways to provide these interventions are still lacking. An integral step is to translate recent technological advances, such as in virtual and augmented reality, into therapeutic practice to improve outcomes for patients. This requires research on the adaptation of the technology for clinical use as well as on the appropriate guidelines and protocols for sustainable integration into therapeutic routines. Here, we present and evaluate a novel and affordable augmented reality system (Augmented Reflection Technology, ART) in combination with a validated mirror therapy protocol for upper limb rehabilitation after stroke. We evaluated components of the therapeutic intervention, from the patients' and the therapists' points of view in a clinical feasibility study at a rehabilitation centre. We also assessed the integration of ART as an adjunct therapy for the clinical rehabilitation of subacute patients at two different hospitals. The results showed that the combination and application of the Berlin Protocol for Mirror Therapy together with ART was feasible for clinical use. This combination was integrated into the therapeutic plan of subacute stroke patients at the two clinical locations where the second part of this research was conducted. Our findings pave the way for using technology to provide mirror therapy in clinical settings and show potential for the more effective use of inpatient time and enhanced recoveries for patients. Implications for Rehabilitation Computerised Mirror Therapy is feasible for clinical use Augmented Reflection Technology can be integrated as an adjunctive therapeutic intervention for subacute stroke patients in an inpatient setting Virtual Rehabilitation devices such as Augmented Reflection Technology have considerable potential to enhance stroke rehabilitation.

  13. 7 CFR 52.82 - Basis of survey and plant inspection.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... PRODUCTS THEREOF, AND CERTAIN OTHER PROCESSED FOOD PRODUCTS 1 Regulations Governing Inspection and... Regulations issued under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Human Foods; Good Manufacturing Practice (Sanitation) in Manufacture, Processing, Packing, or Holding (21 CFR part 110)—as may be modified or augmented...

  14. 7 CFR 52.82 - Basis of survey and plant inspection.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... PRODUCTS THEREOF, AND CERTAIN OTHER PROCESSED FOOD PRODUCTS 1 Regulations Governing Inspection and... Regulations issued under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Human Foods; Good Manufacturing Practice (Sanitation) in Manufacture, Processing, Packing, or Holding (21 CFR part 110)—as may be modified or augmented...

  15. 75 FR 32209 - North San Pablo Bay Restoration and Reuse Project

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-06-07

    ... Napa counties are facing long-term water supply shortfalls. Surface and groundwater supplies within... water levels and water quality. Recycled water can augment local water supplies on a regional basis... reliability. Additionally, reliable water supply is needed in order to continue the restoration of tidal...

  16. Mechanical stretch augments insulin-induced vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation by insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, Gang; Department of Anesthesiology, First Affiliated Hospital of China Medical University, Shenyang; Hitomi, Hirofumi, E-mail: hitomi@kms.ac.jp

    Insulin resistance and hypertension have been implicated in the pathogenesis of cardiovascular disease; however, little is known about the roles of insulin and mechanical force in vascular smooth muscle cell (VSMC) remodeling. We investigated the contribution of mechanical stretch to insulin-induced VSMC proliferation. Thymidine incorporation was stimulated by insulin in stretched VSMCs, but not in un-stretched VSMCs. Insulin increased 2-deoxy-glucose incorporation in both stretched and un-stretched VSMCs. Mechanical stretch augmented insulin-induced extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) and Akt phosphorylation. Inhibitors of epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor tyrosine kinase and Src attenuated insulin-induced ERK and Akt phosphorylation, as well as thymidine incorporation,more » whereas 2-deoxy-glucose incorporation was not affected by these inhibitors. Moreover, stretch augmented insulin-like growth factor (IGF)-1 receptor expression, although it did not alter the expression of insulin receptor and insulin receptor substrate-1. Insulin-induced ERK and Akt activation, and thymidine incorporation were inhibited by siRNA for the IGF-1 receptor. Mechanical stretch augments insulin-induced VSMC proliferation via upregulation of IGF-1 receptor, and downstream Src/EGF receptor-mediated ERK and Akt activation. Similar to in vitro experiment, IGF-1 receptor expression was also augmented in hypertensive rats. These results provide a basis for clarifying the molecular mechanisms of vascular remodeling in hypertensive patients with hyperinsulinemia. -- Highlights: {yields} Mechanical stretch augments insulin-induced VSMC proliferation via IGF-1 receptor. {yields} Src/EGFR-mediated ERK and Akt phosphorylation are augmented in stretched VSMCs. {yields} Similar to in vitro experiment, IGF-1 receptor is increased in hypertensive rats. {yields} Results provide possible mechanisms of vascular remodeling in hypertension with DM.« less

  17. The AIDLET Model: A Framework for Selecting Games, Simulations and Augmented Reality Environments in Mobile Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bidarra, José; Rothschild, Meagan; Squire, Kurt; Figueiredo, Mauro

    2013-01-01

    Smartphones and other mobile devices like the iPhone, Android, Kindle Fire, and iPad have boosted educators' interest in using mobile media for education. Applications from games to augmented reality are thriving in research settings, and in some cases schools and universities, but relatively little is known about how such devices may be used for…

  18. Augmented reality assisted surgery: a urologic training tool

    PubMed Central

    Dickey, Ryan M; Srikishen, Neel; Lipshultz, Larry I; Spiess, Philippe E; Carrion, Rafael E; Hakky, Tariq S

    2016-01-01

    Augmented reality is widely used in aeronautics and is a developing concept within surgery. In this pilot study, we developed an application for use on Google Glass® optical head-mounted display to train urology residents in how to place an inflatable penile prosthesis. We use the phrase Augmented Reality Assisted Surgery to describe this novel application of augmented reality in the setting of surgery. The application demonstrates the steps of the surgical procedure of inflatable penile prosthesis placement. It also contains software that allows for detection of interest points using a camera feed from the optical head-mounted display to enable faculty to interact with residents during placement of the penile prosthesis. Urology trainees and faculty who volunteered to take part in the study were given time to experience the technology in the operative or perioperative setting and asked to complete a feedback survey. From 30 total participants using a 10-point scale, educational usefulness was rated 8.6, ease of navigation was rated 7.6, likelihood to use was rated 7.4, and distraction in operating room was rated 4.9. When stratified between trainees and faculty, trainees found the technology more educationally useful, and less distracting. Overall, 81% of the participants want this technology in their residency program, and 93% see this technology in the operating room in the future. Further development of this technology is warranted before full release, and further studies are necessary to better characterize the effectiveness of Augmented Reality Assisted Surgery in urologic surgical training. PMID:26620455

  19. Augmented reality assisted surgery: a urologic training tool.

    PubMed

    Dickey, Ryan M; Srikishen, Neel; Lipshultz, Larry I; Spiess, Philippe E; Carrion, Rafael E; Hakky, Tariq S

    2016-01-01

    Augmented reality is widely used in aeronautics and is a developing concept within surgery. In this pilot study, we developed an application for use on Google Glass ® optical head-mounted display to train urology residents in how to place an inflatable penile prosthesis. We use the phrase Augmented Reality Assisted Surgery to describe this novel application of augmented reality in the setting of surgery. The application demonstrates the steps of the surgical procedure of inflatable penile prosthesis placement. It also contains software that allows for detection of interest points using a camera feed from the optical head-mounted display to enable faculty to interact with residents during placement of the penile prosthesis. Urology trainees and faculty who volunteered to take part in the study were given time to experience the technology in the operative or perioperative setting and asked to complete a feedback survey. From 30 total participants using a 10-point scale, educational usefulness was rated 8.6, ease of navigation was rated 7.6, likelihood to use was rated 7.4, and distraction in operating room was rated 4.9. When stratified between trainees and faculty, trainees found the technology more educationally useful, and less distracting. Overall, 81% of the participants want this technology in their residency program, and 93% see this technology in the operating room in the future. Further development of this technology is warranted before full release, and further studies are necessary to better characterize the effectiveness of Augmented Reality Assisted Surgery in urologic surgical training.

  20. Augmented Reality-Guided Lumbar Facet Joint Injections.

    PubMed

    Agten, Christoph A; Dennler, Cyrill; Rosskopf, Andrea B; Jaberg, Laurenz; Pfirrmann, Christian W A; Farshad, Mazda

    2018-05-08

    The aim of this study was to assess feasibility and accuracy of augmented reality-guided lumbar facet joint injections. A spine phantom completely embedded in hardened opaque agar with 3 ring markers was built. A 3-dimensional model of the phantom was uploaded to an augmented reality headset (Microsoft HoloLens). Two radiologists independently performed 20 augmented reality-guided and 20 computed tomography (CT)-guided facet joint injections each: for each augmented reality-guided injection, the hologram was manually aligned with the phantom container using the ring markers. The radiologists targeted the virtual facet joint and tried to place the needle tip in the holographic joint space. Computed tomography was performed after each needle placement to document final needle tip position. Time needed from grabbing the needle to final needle placement was measured for each simulated injection. An independent radiologist rated images of all needle placements in a randomized order blinded to modality (augmented reality vs CT) and performer as perfect, acceptable, incorrect, or unsafe. Accuracy and time to place needles were compared between augmented reality-guided and CT-guided facet joint injections. In total, 39/40 (97.5%) of augmented reality-guided needle placements were either perfect or acceptable compared with 40/40 (100%) CT-guided needle placements (P = 0.5). One augmented reality-guided injection missed the facet joint space by 2 mm. No unsafe needle placements occurred. Time to final needle placement was substantially faster with augmented reality guidance (mean 14 ± 6 seconds vs 39 ± 15 seconds, P < 0.001 for both readers). Augmented reality-guided facet joint injections are feasible and accurate without potentially harmful needle placement in an experimental setting.

  1. Analysis of multinomial models with unknown index using data augmentation

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Royle, J. Andrew; Dorazio, R.M.; Link, W.A.

    2007-01-01

    Multinomial models with unknown index ('sample size') arise in many practical settings. In practice, Bayesian analysis of such models has proved difficult because the dimension of the parameter space is not fixed, being in some cases a function of the unknown index. We describe a data augmentation approach to the analysis of this class of models that provides for a generic and efficient Bayesian implementation. Under this approach, the data are augmented with all-zero detection histories. The resulting augmented dataset is modeled as a zero-inflated version of the complete-data model where an estimable zero-inflation parameter takes the place of the unknown multinomial index. Interestingly, data augmentation can be justified as being equivalent to imposing a discrete uniform prior on the multinomial index. We provide three examples involving estimating the size of an animal population, estimating the number of diabetes cases in a population using the Rasch model, and the motivating example of estimating the number of species in an animal community with latent probabilities of species occurrence and detection.

  2. The augmentation algorithm and molecular phylogenetic trees

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Holmquist, R.

    1978-01-01

    Moore's (1977) augmentation procedure is discussed, and it is concluded that the procedure is valid for obtaining estimates of the total number of fixed nucleotide substitutions both theoretically and in practice, for both simulated and real data, and in agreement, for experimentally dense data sets, with stochastic estimates of the divergence, provided the restrictions on codon mutability resulting from natural selection are explicitly allowed for. Tateno and Nei's (1978) critique that the augmentation procedure has a systematic bias toward overestimation of the total number of nucleotide replacements is disputed, and a data analysis suggests that ancestral sequences inferred by the method of parsimony contain a large number of incorrectly assigned nucleotides.

  3. Thermophysical properties of krypton-helium gas mixtures from ab initio pair potentials

    PubMed Central

    2017-01-01

    A new potential energy curve for the krypton-helium atom pair was developed using supermolecular ab initio computations for 34 interatomic distances. Values for the interaction energies at the complete basis set limit were obtained from calculations with the coupled-cluster method with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations and correlation consistent basis sets up to sextuple-zeta quality augmented with mid-bond functions. Higher-order coupled-cluster excitations up to the full quadruple level were accounted for in a scheme of successive correction terms. Core-core and core-valence correlation effects were included. Relativistic corrections were considered not only at the scalar relativistic level but also using full four-component Dirac–Coulomb and Dirac–Coulomb–Gaunt calculations. The fitted analytical pair potential function is characterized by a well depth of 31.42 K with an estimated standard uncertainty of 0.08 K. Statistical thermodynamics was applied to compute the krypton-helium cross second virial coefficients. The results show a very good agreement with the best experimental data. Kinetic theory calculations based on classical and quantum-mechanical approaches for the underlying collision dynamics were utilized to compute the transport properties of krypton-helium mixtures in the dilute-gas limit for a large temperature range. The results were analyzed with respect to the orders of approximation of kinetic theory and compared with experimental data. Especially the data for the binary diffusion coefficient confirm the predictive quality of the new potential. Furthermore, inconsistencies between two empirical pair potential functions for the krypton-helium system from the literature could be resolved. PMID:28595411

  4. Thermophysical properties of krypton-helium gas mixtures from ab initio pair potentials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jäger, Benjamin; Bich, Eckard

    2017-06-01

    A new potential energy curve for the krypton-helium atom pair was developed using supermolecular ab initio computations for 34 interatomic distances. Values for the interaction energies at the complete basis set limit were obtained from calculations with the coupled-cluster method with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations and correlation consistent basis sets up to sextuple-zeta quality augmented with mid-bond functions. Higher-order coupled-cluster excitations up to the full quadruple level were accounted for in a scheme of successive correction terms. Core-core and core-valence correlation effects were included. Relativistic corrections were considered not only at the scalar relativistic level but also using full four-component Dirac-Coulomb and Dirac-Coulomb-Gaunt calculations. The fitted analytical pair potential function is characterized by a well depth of 31.42 K with an estimated standard uncertainty of 0.08 K. Statistical thermodynamics was applied to compute the krypton-helium cross second virial coefficients. The results show a very good agreement with the best experimental data. Kinetic theory calculations based on classical and quantum-mechanical approaches for the underlying collision dynamics were utilized to compute the transport properties of krypton-helium mixtures in the dilute-gas limit for a large temperature range. The results were analyzed with respect to the orders of approximation of kinetic theory and compared with experimental data. Especially the data for the binary diffusion coefficient confirm the predictive quality of the new potential. Furthermore, inconsistencies between two empirical pair potential functions for the krypton-helium system from the literature could be resolved.

  5. Gas-phase Conformational Analysis of (R,R)-Tartaric Acid, its Diamide, N,N,N',N'- Tetramethyldiamide and Model Compounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoffmann, Marcin; Szarecka, Agnieszka; Rychlewski, Jacek

    A review over most recent ab initio studies carried out at both RHF and MP2 levels on (R,R)-tartaric acid (TA), its diamide (DA), tetramethyldiamide (TMDA) and on three prototypic model systems (each of them constitutes a half of the respective parental molecule), i.e. 2-hydroxyacetic acid (HA), 2-hydroxyacetamide (HD) and 2-hydroxy-N,N-dimethylacetamide (HMD) is presented. (R,R)-tartaric acid and the derivatives have been completely optimized at RHF/6-31G* level and subsequently single-point energies of all conformers have been calculated with the use of second order perturbation theory according to the scheme: MP2/6-31G*//RHF/6-31G*. In the complete optimization of the model molecules at RHF level we have employed relatively large basis sets, augmented with polarisation and diffuse functions, namely 3-21G, 6-31G*, 6-31++G** and 6-311++G**. Electronic correlation has been included with the largest basis set used in this study, i.e. MP2/6-311++G**//RHF/6-311++G** single-point energy calculations have been performed. General confomational preferences of tartaric acid derivatives have been analysed as well as an attempt has been made to define main factors affecting the conformational behaviour of these molecules in the isolated state, in particular, the role and stability of intramolecular hydrogen bonding. In the case of the model compounds, our study principally concerned the conformational preferences and hydrogen bonding structure within the [alpha]-hydroxy-X moiety, where X=COOH, CONH2, CON(CH3)2.

  6. Structure, energetics and vibrational spectra of dimers, trimers, and tetramers of HX (X = Cl, Br, I)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Latajka, Zdzislaw; Scheiner, Steve

    1997-03-01

    The title complexes are studied by correlated ab initio methods using a pseudopotential double-ζ basis set, augmented by diffuse sp and two sets of polarization functions. The binding energies of the complexes decrease in the order HCl > HBr > HI. In the mixed HX…HX' dimers, the nature of the proton-donor molecule is more important than is the proton-acceptor with respect to the strength of the interaction. Only one minimum is found on the potential energy surface of the trimers and tetramers, which corresponds to the C nh cyclic structure. Enlargement of the complex leads to progressively greater individual H-bond energy and HX bond stretch, coupled with reduced intermolecular separation and smaller nonlinearity of each H-bond. Electron correlation makes a larger contribution as the atomic number of X increases. The highest degree of cooperativity is noted for oligomers of HCl and HBr, as compared to HI. The nonadditivity is dominated by terms present at the SCF level. The vibrational frequencies exhibit trends that generally parallel the energetics and geometry patterns, particularly the red shifts of the HX stretches and the intermolecular modes.

  7. Exercise as an augmentation strategy for treatment of major depression.

    PubMed

    Trivedi, Madhukar H; Greer, Tracy L; Grannemann, Bruce D; Chambliss, Heather O; Jordan, Alexander N

    2006-07-01

    The use of augmentation strategies among patients with major depression is increasing because rates of complete remission with standard antidepressant monotherapy are quite low. Clinical and neurobiological data suggest that exercise may be a good candidate for use as an augmentation treatment for depression. This pilot study examined the use of exercise to augment antidepressant medication in patients with major depression. Seventeen patients with incomplete remission of depressive symptoms began a 12-week exercise program while continuing their antidepressant medication (unchanged in type or dose). Individual exercise prescriptions were calculated based on an exercise dose consistent with currently recommended public health guidelines. The exercise consisted of both supervised and home-based sessions. The 17-item Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD17) and the Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology-Self-Report (IDS-SR30) were used to assess symptoms of depression on a weekly basis. Intent-to-treat analyses yielded significant decreases on both the HRSD17 (5.8 points, p < 0.008) and IDS-SR30 (13.9 points, p < 0.002). For patients who completed the study (n = 8), HRSD17 scores decreased by 10.4 points and IDS-SR30 scores decreased by 18.8 points. This study provides preliminary evidence for exercise as an effective augmentation treatment for antidepressant medication. This is a lower-cost augmentation strategy that has numerous health benefits and may further reduce depressive symptoms in partial responders to antidepressant treatment. Practical tips on how practitioners can use exercise to enhance antidepressant treatment are discussed. Longer-term use of exercise is also likely to confer additional health benefits for this population.

  8. Augmenting Learning in an Out-of-School Context: The Cognitive and Affective Impact of Two Cryogenics-Based Enrichment Programmes on Upper Primary Students

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Caleon, Imelda S.; Subramaniam, R.

    2007-01-01

    Concepts learned in the classroom were reinforced and augmented by presenting them in a different context using cryogenics-based enrichment programmes (CBEPs) held in an out-of-school setting. The effectiveness of two CBEPs, which involve the use of liquid nitrogen and liquid oxygen, was explored. Using a sample of 265 upper primary students, it…

  9. Augmented classical least squares multivariate spectral analysis

    DOEpatents

    Haaland, David M.; Melgaard, David K.

    2004-02-03

    A method of multivariate spectral analysis, termed augmented classical least squares (ACLS), provides an improved CLS calibration model when unmodeled sources of spectral variation are contained in a calibration sample set. The ACLS methods use information derived from component or spectral residuals during the CLS calibration to provide an improved calibration-augmented CLS model. The ACLS methods are based on CLS so that they retain the qualitative benefits of CLS, yet they have the flexibility of PLS and other hybrid techniques in that they can define a prediction model even with unmodeled sources of spectral variation that are not explicitly included in the calibration model. The unmodeled sources of spectral variation may be unknown constituents, constituents with unknown concentrations, nonlinear responses, non-uniform and correlated errors, or other sources of spectral variation that are present in the calibration sample spectra. Also, since the various ACLS methods are based on CLS, they can incorporate the new prediction-augmented CLS (PACLS) method of updating the prediction model for new sources of spectral variation contained in the prediction sample set without having to return to the calibration process. The ACLS methods can also be applied to alternating least squares models. The ACLS methods can be applied to all types of multivariate data.

  10. Augmented Classical Least Squares Multivariate Spectral Analysis

    DOEpatents

    Haaland, David M.; Melgaard, David K.

    2005-07-26

    A method of multivariate spectral analysis, termed augmented classical least squares (ACLS), provides an improved CLS calibration model when unmodeled sources of spectral variation are contained in a calibration sample set. The ACLS methods use information derived from component or spectral residuals during the CLS calibration to provide an improved calibration-augmented CLS model. The ACLS methods are based on CLS so that they retain the qualitative benefits of CLS, yet they have the flexibility of PLS and other hybrid techniques in that they can define a prediction model even with unmodeled sources of spectral variation that are not explicitly included in the calibration model. The unmodeled sources of spectral variation may be unknown constituents, constituents with unknown concentrations, nonlinear responses, non-uniform and correlated errors, or other sources of spectral variation that are present in the calibration sample spectra. Also, since the various ACLS methods are based on CLS, they can incorporate the new prediction-augmented CLS (PACLS) method of updating the prediction model for new sources of spectral variation contained in the prediction sample set without having to return to the calibration process. The ACLS methods can also be applied to alternating least squares models. The ACLS methods can be applied to all types of multivariate data.

  11. Augmented Classical Least Squares Multivariate Spectral Analysis

    DOEpatents

    Haaland, David M.; Melgaard, David K.

    2005-01-11

    A method of multivariate spectral analysis, termed augmented classical least squares (ACLS), provides an improved CLS calibration model when unmodeled sources of spectral variation are contained in a calibration sample set. The ACLS methods use information derived from component or spectral residuals during the CLS calibration to provide an improved calibration-augmented CLS model. The ACLS methods are based on CLS so that they retain the qualitative benefits of CLS, yet they have the flexibility of PLS and other hybrid techniques in that they can define a prediction model even with unmodeled sources of spectral variation that are not explicitly included in the calibration model. The unmodeled sources of spectral variation may be unknown constituents, constituents with unknown concentrations, nonlinear responses, non-uniform and correlated errors, or other sources of spectral variation that are present in the calibration sample spectra. Also, since the various ACLS methods are based on CLS, they can incorporate the new prediction-augmented CLS (PACLS) method of updating the prediction model for new sources of spectral variation contained in the prediction sample set without having to return to the calibration process. The ACLS methods can also be applied to alternating least squares models. The ACLS methods can be applied to all types of multivariate data.

  12. Augmented Hebbian reweighting accounts for accuracy and induced bias in perceptual learning with reverse feedback

    PubMed Central

    Liu, Jiajuan; Dosher, Barbara Anne; Lu, Zhong-Lin

    2015-01-01

    Using an asymmetrical set of vernier stimuli (−15″, −10″, −5″, +10″, +15″) together with reverse feedback on the small subthreshold offset stimulus (−5″) induces response bias in performance (Aberg & Herzog, 2012; Herzog, Eward, Hermens, & Fahle, 2006; Herzog & Fahle, 1999). These conditions are of interest for testing models of perceptual learning because the world does not always present balanced stimulus frequencies or accurate feedback. Here we provide a comprehensive model for the complex set of asymmetric training results using the augmented Hebbian reweighting model (Liu, Dosher, & Lu, 2014; Petrov, Dosher, & Lu, 2005, 2006) and the multilocation integrated reweighting theory (Dosher, Jeter, Liu, & Lu, 2013). The augmented Hebbian learning algorithm incorporates trial-by-trial feedback, when present, as another input to the decision unit and uses the observer's internal response to update the weights otherwise; block feedback alters the weights on bias correction (Liu et al., 2014). Asymmetric training with reversed feedback incorporates biases into the weights between representation and decision. The model correctly predicts the basic induction effect, its dependence on trial-by-trial feedback, and the specificity of bias to stimulus orientation and spatial location, extending the range of augmented Hebbian reweighting accounts of perceptual learning. PMID:26418382

  13. Augmented Hebbian reweighting accounts for accuracy and induced bias in perceptual learning with reverse feedback.

    PubMed

    Liu, Jiajuan; Dosher, Barbara Anne; Lu, Zhong-Lin

    2015-01-01

    Using an asymmetrical set of vernier stimuli (-15″, -10″, -5″, +10″, +15″) together with reverse feedback on the small subthreshold offset stimulus (-5″) induces response bias in performance (Aberg & Herzog, 2012; Herzog, Eward, Hermens, & Fahle, 2006; Herzog & Fahle, 1999). These conditions are of interest for testing models of perceptual learning because the world does not always present balanced stimulus frequencies or accurate feedback. Here we provide a comprehensive model for the complex set of asymmetric training results using the augmented Hebbian reweighting model (Liu, Dosher, & Lu, 2014; Petrov, Dosher, & Lu, 2005, 2006) and the multilocation integrated reweighting theory (Dosher, Jeter, Liu, & Lu, 2013). The augmented Hebbian learning algorithm incorporates trial-by-trial feedback, when present, as another input to the decision unit and uses the observer's internal response to update the weights otherwise; block feedback alters the weights on bias correction (Liu et al., 2014). Asymmetric training with reversed feedback incorporates biases into the weights between representation and decision. The model correctly predicts the basic induction effect, its dependence on trial-by-trial feedback, and the specificity of bias to stimulus orientation and spatial location, extending the range of augmented Hebbian reweighting accounts of perceptual learning.

  14. Multimodality: a basis for augmentative and alternative communication--psycholinguistic, cognitive, and clinical/educational aspects.

    PubMed

    Loncke, Filip T; Campbell, Jamie; England, Amanda M; Haley, Tanya

    2006-02-15

    Message generating is a complex process involving a number of processes, including the selection of modes to use. When expressing a message, human communicators typically use a combination of modes. This phenomenon is often termed multimodality. This article explores the use of models that explain multimodality as an explanatory framework for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). Multimodality is analysed from a communication, psycholinguistic, and cognitive perspective. Theoretical and applied topics within AAC can be explained or described within the multimodality framework considering iconicity, simultaneous communication, lexical organization, and compatibility of communication modes. Consideration of multimodality is critical to understanding underlying processes in individuals who use AAC and individuals who interact with them.

  15. Correlation consistent basis sets for the atoms In–Xe

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mahler, Andrew; Wilson, Angela K., E-mail: akwilson@unt.edu

    In this work, the correlation consistent family of Gaussian basis sets has been expanded to include all-electron basis sets for In–Xe. The methodology for developing these basis sets is described, and several examples of the performance and utility of the new sets have been provided. Dissociation energies and bond lengths for both homonuclear and heteronuclear diatomics demonstrate the systematic convergence behavior with respect to increasing basis set quality expected by the family of correlation consistent basis sets in describing molecular properties. Comparison with recently developed correlation consistent sets designed for use with the Douglas-Kroll Hamiltonian is provided.

  16. The Law, Policy, and Politics of Formal Hypnosis in the Public Community College Classroom.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sachs, Steven Mark

    Information from printed sources, legal documents, and interviews with community college administrators formed the basis of an investigation of the legal, policy, and political implications of the use of formal hypnosis as an instructional augmentation in the community college classroom. Study findings included the following: (1) no formal policy…

  17. Putting Industrial Arts on Wheels.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schwaar, Walter L.

    1967-01-01

    A discussion augmented by plans of a partially transportable industrial arts learning laboratory. The design calls for four laboratories, parts of which are fixed and parts of which are capsule sections which can be rotated between four junior high schools on a nine week basis. Advantages and disadvantages of the design are discussed in sections…

  18. What's Cooler Than Being Cool? Ice-Sheet Models Using a Fluidity-Based FOSLS Approach to Nonlinear-Stokes Flow

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allen, Jeffery M.

    This research involves a few First-Order System Least Squares (FOSLS) formulations of a nonlinear-Stokes flow model for ice sheets. In Glen's flow law, a commonly used constitutive equation for ice rheology, the viscosity becomes infinite as the velocity gradients approach zero. This typically occurs near the ice surface or where there is basal sliding. The computational difficulties associated with the infinite viscosity are often overcome by an arbitrary modification of Glen's law that bounds the maximum viscosity. The FOSLS formulations developed in this thesis are designed to overcome this difficulty. The first FOSLS formulation is just the first-order representation of the standard nonlinear, full-Stokes and is known as the viscosity formulation and suffers from the problem above. To overcome the problem of infinite viscosity, two new formulation exploit the fact that the deviatoric stress, the product of viscosity and strain-rate, approaches zero as the viscosity goes to infinity. Using the deviatoric stress as the basis for a first-order system results in the the basic fluidity system. Augmenting the basic fluidity system with a curl-type equation results in the augmented fluidity system, which is more amenable to the iterative solver, Algebraic MultiGrid (AMG). A Nested Iteration (NI) Newton-FOSLS-AMG approach is used to solve the nonlinear-Stokes problems. Several test problems from the ISMIP set of benchmarks is examined to test the effectiveness of the various formulations. These test show that the viscosity based method is more expensive and less accurate. The basic fluidity system shows optimal finite-element convergence. However, there is not yet an efficient iterative solver for this type of system and this is the topic of future research. Alternatively, AMG performs better on the augmented fluidity system when using specific scaling. Unfortunately, this scaling results in reduced finite-element convergence.

  19. What is going on in augmented reality simulation in laparoscopic surgery?

    PubMed

    Botden, Sanne M B I; Jakimowicz, Jack J

    2009-08-01

    To prevent unnecessary errors and adverse results of laparoscopic surgery, proper training is of paramount importance. A safe way to train surgeons for laparoscopic skills is simulation. For this purpose traditional box trainers are often used, however they lack objective assessment of performance. Virtual reality laparoscopic simulators assess performance, but lack realistic haptic feedback. Augmented reality (AR) combines a virtual reality (VR) setting with real physical materials, instruments, and feedback. This article presents the current developments in augmented reality laparoscopic simulation. Pubmed searches were performed to identify articles regarding surgical simulation and augmented reality. Identified companies manufacturing an AR laparoscopic simulator received the same questionnaire referring to the features of the simulator. Seven simulators that fitted the definition of augmented reality were identified during the literature search. Five of the approached manufacturers returned a completed questionnaire, of which one simulator appeared to be VR and was therefore not applicable for this review. Several augmented reality simulators have been developed over the past few years and they are improving rapidly. We recommend the development of AR laparoscopic simulators for component tasks of procedural training. AR simulators should be implemented in current laparoscopic training curricula, in particular for laparoscopic suturing training.

  20. Flow interaction of diffuser augmented wind turbines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Göltenbott, U.; Ohya, Y.; Yoshida, S.; Jamieson, P.

    2016-09-01

    Up-scaling of wind turbines has been a major trend in order to reduce the cost of energy generation from the wind. Recent studies however show that for a given technology, the cost always rises with upscaling, notably due to the increased mass of the system. To reach capacities beyond 10 MW, multi-rotor systems (MRS) have promising advantages. On the other hand, diffuser augmented wind turbines (DAWTs) can significantly increase the performance of the rotor. Up to now, diffuser augmentation has only been applied to single small wind turbines. In the present research, DAWTs are used in a multi-rotor system. In wind tunnel experiments, the aerodynamics of two and three DAWTs, spaced in close vicinity in the same plane normal to a uniform flow, have been analysed. Power increases of up to 5% and 9% for the two and three rotor configurations are respectively achieved in comparison to a stand-alone turbine. The physical dynamics of the flows are analysed on the basis of the results obtained with a stand-alone turbine.

  1. Augmenting Probabilistic Risk Assesment with Malevolent Initiators

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Curtis Smith; David Schwieder

    2011-11-01

    As commonly practiced, the use of probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) in nuclear power plants only considers accident initiators such as natural hazards, equipment failures, and human error. Malevolent initiators are ignored in PRA, but are considered the domain of physical security, which uses vulnerability assessment based on an officially specified threat (design basis threat). This paper explores the implications of augmenting and extending existing PRA models by considering new and modified scenarios resulting from malevolent initiators. Teaming the augmented PRA models with conventional vulnerability assessments can cost-effectively enhance security of a nuclear power plant. This methodology is useful for operatingmore » plants, as well as in the design of new plants. For the methodology, we have proposed an approach that builds on and extends the practice of PRA for nuclear power plants for security-related issues. Rather than only considering 'random' failures, we demonstrated a framework that is able to represent and model malevolent initiating events and associated plant impacts.« less

  2. Reductive half-reaction of aldehyde oxidoreductase toward acetaldehyde: Ab initio and free energy quantum mechanical/molecular mechanical calculations.

    PubMed

    Dieterich, Johannes M; Werner, Hans-Joachim; Mata, Ricardo A; Metz, Sebastian; Thiel, Walter

    2010-01-21

    Energy and free energy barriers for acetaldehyde conversion in aldehyde oxidoreductase are determined for three reaction pathways using quantum mechanical/molecular mechanical (QM/MM) calculations on the solvated enzyme. Ab initio single-point QM/MM energies are obtained at the stationary points optimized at the DFT(B3LYP)/MM level. These ab initio calculations employ local correlation treatments [LMP2 and LCCSD(T0)] in combination with augmented triple- and quadruple-zeta basis sets, and the final coupled cluster results include MP2-based corrections for basis set incompleteness and for the domain approximation. Free energy perturbation (FEP) theory is used to generate free energy profiles at the DFT(B3LYP)/MM level for the most important reaction steps by sampling along the corresponding reaction paths using molecular dynamics. The ab initio and FEP QM/MM results are combined to derive improved estimates of the free energy barriers, which differ from the corresponding DFT(B3LYP)/MM energy barriers by about 3 kcal mol(-1). The present results confirm the qualitative mechanistic conclusions from a previous DFT(B3LYP)/MM study. Most favorable is a three-step Lewis base catalyzed mechanism with an initial proton transfer from the cofactor to the Glu869 residue, a subsequent nucleophilic attack that yields a tetrahedral intermediate (IM2), and a final rate-limiting hydride transfer. The competing metal center activated pathway has the same final step but needs to overcome a higher barrier in the initial step on the route to IM2. The concerted mechanism has the highest free energy barrier and can be ruled out. While confirming the qualitative mechanistic scenario proposed previously on the basis of DFT(B3LYP)/MM energy profiles, the present ab initio and FEP QM/MM calculations provide corrections to the barriers that are important when aiming at high accuracy.

  3. Patient Communication in Health Care Settings: new Opportunities for Augmentative and Alternative Communication.

    PubMed

    Blackstone, Sarah W; Pressman, Harvey

    2016-01-01

    Delivering quality health care requires effective communication between health care providers and their patients. In this article, we call on augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) practitioners to offer their knowledge and skills in support of a broader range of patients who confront communication challenges in health care settings. We also provide ideas and examples about ways to prepare people with complex communication needs for the inevitable medical encounters that they will face. We argue that AAC practitioners, educators, and researchers have a unique role to play, important expertise to share, and an extraordinary opportunity to advance the profession, while positively affecting patient outcomes across the health care continuum for a large number of people.

  4. Zn Coordination Chemistry:  Development of Benchmark Suites for Geometries, Dipole Moments, and Bond Dissociation Energies and Their Use To Test and Validate Density Functionals and Molecular Orbital Theory.

    PubMed

    Amin, Elizabeth A; Truhlar, Donald G

    2008-01-01

    We present nonrelativistic and relativistic benchmark databases (obtained by coupled cluster calculations) of 10 Zn-ligand bond distances, 8 dipole moments, and 12 bond dissociation energies in Zn coordination compounds with O, S, NH3, H2O, OH, SCH3, and H ligands. These are used to test the predictions of 39 density functionals, Hartree-Fock theory, and seven more approximate molecular orbital theories. In the nonrelativisitic case, the M05-2X, B97-2, and mPW1PW functionals emerge as the most accurate ones for this test data, with unitless balanced mean unsigned errors (BMUEs) of 0.33, 0.38, and 0.43, respectively. The best local functionals (i.e., functionals with no Hartree-Fock exchange) are M06-L and τ-HCTH with BMUEs of 0.54 and 0.60, respectively. The popular B3LYP functional has a BMUE of 0.51, only slightly better than the value of 0.54 for the best local functional, which is less expensive. Hartree-Fock theory itself has a BMUE of 1.22. The M05-2X functional has a mean unsigned error of 0.008 Å for bond lengths, 0.19 D for dipole moments, and 4.30 kcal/mol for bond energies. The X3LYP functional has a smaller mean unsigned error (0.007 Å) for bond lengths but has mean unsigned errors of 0.43 D for dipole moments and 5.6 kcal/mol for bond energies. The M06-2X functional has a smaller mean unsigned error (3.3 kcal/mol) for bond energies but has mean unsigned errors of 0.017 Å for bond lengths and 0.37 D for dipole moments. The best of the semiempirical molecular orbital theories are PM3 and PM6, with BMUEs of 1.96 and 2.02, respectively. The ten most accurate functionals from the nonrelativistic benchmark analysis are then tested in relativistic calculations against new benchmarks obtained with coupled-cluster calculations and a relativistic effective core potential, resulting in M05-2X (BMUE = 0.895), PW6B95 (BMUE = 0.90), and B97-2 (BMUE = 0.93) as the top three functionals. We find significant relativistic effects (∼0.01 Å in bond lengths, ∼0.2 D in dipole moments, and ∼4 kcal/mol in Zn-ligand bond energies) that cannot be neglected for accurate modeling, but the same density functionals that do well in all-electron nonrelativistic calculations do well with relativistic effective core potentials. Although most tests are carried out with augmented polarized triple-ζ basis sets, we also carried out some tests with an augmented polarized double-ζ basis set, and we found, on average, that with the smaller basis set DFT has no loss in accuracy for dipole moments and only ∼10% less accurate bond lengths.

  5. Identifiability of Additive, Time-Varying Actuator and Sensor Faults by State Augmentation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Upchurch, Jason M.; Gonzalez, Oscar R.; Joshi, Suresh M.

    2014-01-01

    Recent work has provided a set of necessary and sucient conditions for identifiability of additive step faults (e.g., lock-in-place actuator faults, constant bias in the sensors) using state augmentation. This paper extends these results to an important class of faults which may affect linear, time-invariant systems. In particular, the faults under consideration are those which vary with time and affect the system dynamics additively. Such faults may manifest themselves in aircraft as, for example, control surface oscillations, control surface runaway, and sensor drift. The set of necessary and sucient conditions presented in this paper are general, and apply when a class of time-varying faults affects arbitrary combinations of actuators and sensors. The results in the main theorems are illustrated by two case studies, which provide some insight into how the conditions may be used to check the theoretical identifiability of fault configurations of interest for a given system. It is shown that while state augmentation can be used to identify certain fault configurations, other fault configurations are theoretically impossible to identify using state augmentation, giving practitioners valuable insight into such situations. That is, the limitations of state augmentation for a given system and configuration of faults are made explicit. Another limitation of model-based methods is that there can be large numbers of fault configurations, thus making identification of all possible configurations impractical. However, the theoretical identifiability of known, credible fault configurations can be tested using the theorems presented in this paper, which can then assist the efforts of fault identification practitioners.

  6. Push it to the limit: Characterizing the convergence of common sequences of basis sets for intermolecular interactions as described by density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Witte, Jonathon; Neaton, Jeffrey B.; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2016-05-01

    With the aim of systematically characterizing the convergence of common families of basis sets such that general recommendations for basis sets can be made, we have tested a wide variety of basis sets against complete-basis binding energies across the S22 set of intermolecular interactions—noncovalent interactions of small and medium-sized molecules consisting of first- and second-row atoms—with three distinct density functional approximations: SPW92, a form of local-density approximation; B3LYP, a global hybrid generalized gradient approximation; and B97M-V, a meta-generalized gradient approximation with nonlocal correlation. We have found that it is remarkably difficult to reach the basis set limit; for the methods and systems examined, the most complete basis is Jensen's pc-4. The Dunning correlation-consistent sequence of basis sets converges slowly relative to the Jensen sequence. The Karlsruhe basis sets are quite cost effective, particularly when a correction for basis set superposition error is applied: counterpoise-corrected def2-SVPD binding energies are better than corresponding energies computed in comparably sized Dunning and Jensen bases, and on par with uncorrected results in basis sets 3-4 times larger. These trends are exhibited regardless of the level of density functional approximation employed. A sense of the magnitude of the intrinsic incompleteness error of each basis set not only provides a foundation for guiding basis set choice in future studies but also facilitates quantitative comparison of existing studies on similar types of systems.

  7. Using theories of behaviour change to inform interventions for addictive behaviours.

    PubMed

    Webb, Thomas L; Sniehotta, Falko F; Michie, Susan

    2010-11-01

    This paper reviews a set of theories of behaviour change that are used outside the field of addiction and considers their relevance for this field. Ten theories are reviewed in terms of (i) the main tenets of each theory, (ii) the implications of the theory for promoting change in addictive behaviours and (iii) studies in the field of addiction that have used the theory. An augmented feedback loop model based on Control Theory is used to organize the theories and to show how different interventions might achieve behaviour change. Briefly, each theory provided the following recommendations for intervention: Control Theory: prompt behavioural monitoring, Goal-Setting Theory: set specific and challenging goals, Model of Action Phases: form 'implementation intentions', Strength Model of Self-Control: bolster self-control resources, Social Cognition Models (Protection Motivation Theory, Theory of Planned Behaviour, Health Belief Model): modify relevant cognitions, Elaboration Likelihood Model: consider targets' motivation and ability to process information, Prototype Willingness Model: change perceptions of the prototypical person who engages in behaviour and Social Cognitive Theory: modify self-efficacy. There are a range of theories in the field of behaviour change that can be applied usefully to addiction, each one pointing to a different set of modifiable determinants and/or behaviour change techniques. Studies reporting interventions should describe theoretical basis, behaviour change techniques and mode of delivery accurately so that effective interventions can be understood and replicated. © 2010 The Authors. Journal compilation © 2010 Society for the Study of Addiction.

  8. Natural Environment Illumination: Coherent Interactive Augmented Reality for Mobile and Non-Mobile Devices.

    PubMed

    Rohmer, Kai; Jendersie, Johannes; Grosch, Thorsten

    2017-11-01

    Augmented Reality offers many applications today, especially on mobile devices. Due to the lack of mobile hardware for illumination measurements, photorealistic rendering with consistent appearance of virtual objects is still an area of active research. In this paper, we present a full two-stage pipeline for environment acquisition and augmentation of live camera images using a mobile device with a depth sensor. We show how to directly work on a recorded 3D point cloud of the real environment containing high dynamic range color values. For unknown and automatically changing camera settings, a color compensation method is introduced. Based on this, we show photorealistic augmentations using variants of differential light simulation techniques. The presented methods are tailored for mobile devices and run at interactive frame rates. However, our methods are scalable to trade performance for quality and can produce quality renderings on desktop hardware.

  9. Usability engineering for augmented reality: employing user-based studies to inform design.

    PubMed

    Gabbard, Joseph L; Swan, J Edward

    2008-01-01

    A major challenge, and thus opportunity, in the field of human-computer interaction and specifically usability engineering is designing effective user interfaces for emerging technologies that have no established design guidelines or interaction metaphors or introduce completely new ways for users to perceive and interact with technology and the world around them. Clearly, augmented reality is one such emerging technology. We propose a usability engineering approach that employs user-based studies to inform design, by iteratively inserting a series of user-based studies into a traditional usability engineering lifecycle to better inform initial user interface designs. We present an exemplar user-based study conducted to gain insight into how users perceive text in outdoor augmented reality settings and to derive implications for design in outdoor augmented reality. We also describe lessons learned from our experiences conducting user-based studies as part of the design process.

  10. Sensor-Augmented Virtual Labs: Using Physical Interactions with Science Simulations to Promote Understanding of Gas Behavior

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chao, Jie; Chiu, Jennifer L.; DeJaegher, Crystal J.; Pan, Edward A.

    2016-02-01

    Deep learning of science involves integration of existing knowledge and normative science concepts. Past research demonstrates that combining physical and virtual labs sequentially or side by side can take advantage of the unique affordances each provides for helping students learn science concepts. However, providing simultaneously connected physical and virtual experiences has the potential to promote connections among ideas. This paper explores the effect of augmenting a virtual lab with physical controls on high school chemistry students' understanding of gas laws. We compared students using the augmented virtual lab to students using a similar sensor-based physical lab with teacher-led discussions. Results demonstrate that students in the augmented virtual lab condition made significant gains from pretest and posttest and outperformed traditional students on some but not all concepts. Results provide insight into incorporating mixed-reality technologies into authentic classroom settings.

  11. a Generic Augmented Reality Telescope for Heritage Valorization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chendeb, S.; Ridene, T.; Leroy, L.

    2013-08-01

    Heritage valorisation is one of the greatest challenges that face countries in preserving their own identity from the globalization process. One of those scientific areas which allow this valorisation to be more attractive and at its bravest is the augmented reality. In this paper, we present an innovative augmented reality telescope used by tourists to explore a panoramic view with optional zooming facility, allowing thereby an accurate access to heritage information. The telescope we produced is generic, ergonomic, extensible, and modular by nature. It is designed to be conveniently set up anywhere in the world. We improve the practical use of our system by testing it right in the heart of Paris within a specific use case.

  12. Utilization of the Space Vision System as an Augmented Reality System For Mission Operations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Maida, James C.; Bowen, Charles

    2003-01-01

    Augmented reality is a technique whereby computer generated images are superimposed on live images for visual enhancement. Augmented reality can also be characterized as dynamic overlays when computer generated images are registered with moving objects in a live image. This technique has been successfully implemented, with low to medium levels of registration precision, in an NRA funded project entitled, "Improving Human Task Performance with Luminance Images and Dynamic Overlays". Future research is already being planned to also utilize a laboratory-based system where more extensive subject testing can be performed. However successful this might be, the problem will still be whether such a technology can be used with flight hardware. To answer this question, the Canadian Space Vision System (SVS) will be tested as an augmented reality system capable of improving human performance where the operation requires indirect viewing. This system has already been certified for flight and is currently flown on each shuttle mission for station assembly. Successful development and utilization of this system in a ground-based experiment will expand its utilization for on-orbit mission operations. Current research and development regarding the use of augmented reality technology is being simulated using ground-based equipment. This is an appropriate approach for development of symbology (graphics and annotation) optimal for human performance and for development of optimal image registration techniques. It is anticipated that this technology will become more pervasive as it matures. Because we know what and where almost everything is on ISS, this reduces the registration problem and improves the computer model of that reality, making augmented reality an attractive tool, provided we know how to use it. This is the basis for current research in this area. However, there is a missing element to this process. It is the link from this research to the current ISS video system and to flight hardware capable of utilizing this technology. This is the basis for this proposed Space Human Factors Engineering project, the determination of the display symbology within the performance limits of the Space Vision System that will objectively improve human performance. This utilization of existing flight hardware will greatly reduce the costs of implementation for flight. Besides being used onboard shuttle and space station and as a ground-based system for mission operational support, it also has great potential for science and medical training and diagnostics, remote learning, team learning, video/media conferencing, and educational outreach.

  13. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Witte, Jonathon; Molecular Foundry, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720; Neaton, Jeffrey B.

    With the aim of systematically characterizing the convergence of common families of basis sets such that general recommendations for basis sets can be made, we have tested a wide variety of basis sets against complete-basis binding energies across the S22 set of intermolecular interactions—noncovalent interactions of small and medium-sized molecules consisting of first- and second-row atoms—with three distinct density functional approximations: SPW92, a form of local-density approximation; B3LYP, a global hybrid generalized gradient approximation; and B97M-V, a meta-generalized gradient approximation with nonlocal correlation. We have found that it is remarkably difficult to reach the basis set limit; for the methodsmore » and systems examined, the most complete basis is Jensen’s pc-4. The Dunning correlation-consistent sequence of basis sets converges slowly relative to the Jensen sequence. The Karlsruhe basis sets are quite cost effective, particularly when a correction for basis set superposition error is applied: counterpoise-corrected def2-SVPD binding energies are better than corresponding energies computed in comparably sized Dunning and Jensen bases, and on par with uncorrected results in basis sets 3-4 times larger. These trends are exhibited regardless of the level of density functional approximation employed. A sense of the magnitude of the intrinsic incompleteness error of each basis set not only provides a foundation for guiding basis set choice in future studies but also facilitates quantitative comparison of existing studies on similar types of systems.« less

  14. Which is the preferred revision technique for loosened iliac screw? A novel technique of boring cement injection from the outer cortical shell.

    PubMed

    Yu, Bin-Sheng; Yang, Zhan-Kun; Li, Ze-Min; Zeng, Li-Wen; Wang, Li-Bing; Lu, William Weijia

    2011-08-01

    An in vitro biomechanical cadaver study. To evaluate the pull-out strength after 5000 cyclic loading among 4 revision techniques for the loosened iliac screw using corticocancellous bone, longer screw, traditional cement augmentation, and boring cement augmentation. Iliac screw loosening is still a clinical problem for lumbo-iliac fusion. Although many revision techniques using corticocancellous bone, larger screw, and polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) augmentation were applied in repairing pedicle screw loosening, their biomechanical effects on the loosened iliac screw remain undetermined. Eight fresh human cadaver pelvises with the bone mineral density values ranging from 0.83 to 0.97 g/cm were adopted in this study. After testing the primary screw of 7.5 mm diameter and 70 mm length, 4 revision techniques were sequentially established and tested on the same pelvis as follows: corticocancellous bone, longer screw with 100 mm length, traditional PMMA augmentation, and boring PMMA augmentation. The difference of the boring technique from traditional PMMA augmentation is that PMMA was injected into the screw tract through 3 boring holes of outer cortical shell without removing the screw. On an MTS machine, after 5000 cyclic compressive loading of -200∼-500 N to the screw head, axial maximum pull-out strengths of the 5 screws were measured and analyzed. The pull-out strengths of the primary screw and 4 revised screws with corticocancellous bone, longer screw and traditional and boring PMMA augmentation were 1167 N, 361 N, 854 N, 1954 N, and 1820 N, respectively. Although longer screw method obtained significantly higher pull-out strength than corticocancellous bone (P<0.05), the revised screws using these 2 techniques exhibited notably lower pull-out strength than the primary screw and 2 PMMA-augmented screws (P<0.05). Either traditional or boring PMMA screw showed obviously higher pull-out strength than the primary screw (P<0.05); however, no significant difference of pull-out strength was detected between the 2 PMMA screws (P>0.05). Wadding corticocancellous bone and increasing screw length failed to provide sufficient anchoring strength for a loosened iliac screw; however, both traditional and boring PMMA-augmented techniques could effectively increase the fixation strength. On the basis of the viewpoint of minimal invasion, the boring PMMA augmentation may serve as a suitable salvage technique for iliac screw loosening.

  15. Accuracy of Lagrange-sinc functions as a basis set for electronic structure calculations of atoms and molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Choi, Sunghwan; Hong, Kwangwoo; Kim, Jaewook

    2015-03-07

    We developed a self-consistent field program based on Kohn-Sham density functional theory using Lagrange-sinc functions as a basis set and examined its numerical accuracy for atoms and molecules through comparison with the results of Gaussian basis sets. The result of the Kohn-Sham inversion formula from the Lagrange-sinc basis set manifests that the pseudopotential method is essential for cost-effective calculations. The Lagrange-sinc basis set shows faster convergence of the kinetic and correlation energies of benzene as its size increases than the finite difference method does, though both share the same uniform grid. Using a scaling factor smaller than or equal tomore » 0.226 bohr and pseudopotentials with nonlinear core correction, its accuracy for the atomization energies of the G2-1 set is comparable to all-electron complete basis set limits (mean absolute deviation ≤1 kcal/mol). The same basis set also shows small mean absolute deviations in the ionization energies, electron affinities, and static polarizabilities of atoms in the G2-1 set. In particular, the Lagrange-sinc basis set shows high accuracy with rapid convergence in describing density or orbital changes by an external electric field. Moreover, the Lagrange-sinc basis set can readily improve its accuracy toward a complete basis set limit by simply decreasing the scaling factor regardless of systems.« less

  16. Augmentation with a reinforced acellular fascia lata strip graft limits cyclic gapping of supraspinatus repairs in a human cadaveric model.

    PubMed

    Milks, Ryan A; Kolmodin, Joel D; Ricchetti, Eric T; Iannotti, Joseph P; Derwin, Kathleen A

    2018-06-01

    A reinforced biologic strip graft was designed to mechanically augment the repair of rotator cuff tears that are fully reparable by arthroscopic techniques yet have a likelihood of failure. This study assessed the extent to which augmentation of human supraspinatus repairs with a reinforced fascia strip can reduce gap formation during in vitro cyclic loading. The supraspinatus tendon was sharply released from the proximal humerus and repaired back to its insertion with anchors in 9 matched pairs of human cadaveric shoulders. One repair from each pair was also augmented with a reinforced fascia strip. All repairs were subjected to cyclic mechanical loading of 5 to 180 N for 1000 cycles. All augmented and nonaugmented repair constructs completed 1000 cycles of loading. Augmentation with a reinforced fascia strip graft significantly decreased the amount of gap formation compared with nonaugmented repairs. The average gap formation of augmented repairs was 1.5 ± 0.7 mm after the first cycle vs. 3.0 ± 1.2 mm for nonaugmented repairs (P = .003) and 5.0 ± 1.5 mm after 1000 cycles of loading, which averaged 24% ± 21% less than the gap formation of nonaugmented repairs (7.0 ± 2.8 mm, P = .014). Cadaveric human supraspinatus repairs augmented with a reinforced fascia strip have significantly less initial stroke elongation and gap formation than repairs without augmentation. Augmentation limited gap formation to the greatest extent early in the testing protocol. Human studies are necessary to confirm the appropriate indications and effectiveness of augmentation scaffolds for rotator cuff repair healing in the clinical setting. Copyright © 2017 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Improvement of trout streams in Wisconsin by augmenting low flows with ground water

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Novitzki, R.P.

    1973-01-01

    Approximately 2 cubic feet per second of ground water were introduced into the Little Plover River in 1968 when natural streamflow ranged from 3 to 4 cubic feet per second. These augmentation flows were retained undiminished through the 2-mile reach of stream monitored. Maximum stream temperatures were reduced as much as 5?F (3?C) at the augmentation site during the test period, although changes became insignificant more than 1 mile downstream. Maximum temperatures might be reduced as much as 10?F (6?C) during critical periods, based on estimates using a stream temperature model developed as part of the study. During critical periods significant temperature improvement may extend 2 miles or more downstream. Changes in minimum DO (dissolved oxygen) levels were slight, primarily because of the high natural DO levels occurring during the test period. Criteria for considering other streams for flow augmentation are developed on the basis of the observed hydrologic responses in the Little Plover River. Augmentation flows of nearly 2? cubic feet per second of ground water were introduced into the headwater reach of Black Earth Creek from the end of June through mid-October 1969. Streamflow ranged from 1 to 2 cubic feet per second at the augmentation site, and the average flow at the gaging station at Black Earth, approximately 8 miles downstream, ranged from 25 to 50 cubic feet per second. Augmentation flows were retained through the 8-mile reach of stream. Temperature of the augmentation flow as it entered the stream ranged from 60? to 70?F (about 16? to 21?C) during the test period, and minimum stream temperatures were raised 5?F (3?C) or more at the augmentation site, with changes extending from 2 to 3 miles downstream. Augmentation during critical periods could maintain stream temperatures between 40? and 70?F (4? and 21?C) through most of the study reach. DO levels were increased by as much as 2 milligrams per liter or more below the augmentation site, although the improvement diminished to approximately 1 milligram per liter downstream in the problem reach. During critical periods DO improvement in the problem reach would be somewhat greater. Flow augmentation would not be necessary during normal conditions in either of the streams studied. Critical DO and temperature levels are not known to occur in the Little Plover River. Since the construction of secondary treatment facilities at the Cross Plains sewage-treatment plant, critical DO levels are no longer expected to be a problem in Black Earth Creek. However, results from this study may be used to estimate the effectiveness of flow augmentation in other streams in similar areas in which critical DO or temperature levels may occur.

  18. Optimization of selected molecular orbitals in group basis sets.

    PubMed

    Ferenczy, György G; Adams, William H

    2009-04-07

    We derive a local basis equation which may be used to determine the orbitals of a group of electrons in a system when the orbitals of that group are represented by a group basis set, i.e., not the basis set one would normally use but a subset suited to a specific electronic group. The group orbitals determined by the local basis equation minimize the energy of a system when a group basis set is used and the orbitals of other groups are frozen. In contrast, under the constraint of a group basis set, the group orbitals satisfying the Huzinaga equation do not minimize the energy. In a test of the local basis equation on HCl, the group basis set included only 12 of the 21 functions in a basis set one might ordinarily use, but the calculated active orbital energies were within 0.001 hartree of the values obtained by solving the Hartree-Fock-Roothaan (HFR) equation using all 21 basis functions. The total energy found was just 0.003 hartree higher than the HFR value. The errors with the group basis set approximation to the Huzinaga equation were larger by over two orders of magnitude. Similar results were obtained for PCl(3) with the group basis approximation. Retaining more basis functions allows an even higher accuracy as shown by the perfect reproduction of the HFR energy of HCl with 16 out of 21 basis functions in the valence basis set. When the core basis set was also truncated then no additional error was introduced in the calculations performed for HCl with various basis sets. The same calculations with fixed core orbitals taken from isolated heavy atoms added a small error of about 10(-4) hartree. This offers a practical way to calculate wave functions with predetermined fixed core and reduced base valence orbitals at reduced computational costs. The local basis equation can also be used to combine the above approximations with the assignment of local basis sets to groups of localized valence molecular orbitals and to derive a priori localized orbitals. An appropriately chosen localization and basis set assignment allowed a reproduction of the energy of n-hexane with an error of 10(-5) hartree, while the energy difference between its two conformers was reproduced with a similar accuracy for several combinations of localizations and basis set assignments. These calculations include localized orbitals extending to 4-5 heavy atoms and thus they require to solve reduced dimension secular equations. The dimensions are not expected to increase with increasing system size and thus the local basis equation may find use in linear scaling electronic structure calculations.

  19. Multimedia Modular Approach for Augmenting the Speaking Skill of the Student-Teachers

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jose, G. Rexlin; Raja, B. William Dharma

    2012-01-01

    Language is the most important instrument for communication. It enables and facilitates both the speaker and the listener to exchange their thoughts and feelings. It is the basis for social, cultural, aesthetic, spiritual and economic development and growth of every human being. Unless the spoken language is free from errors and barriers, it can…

  20. Inverse sequential procedures for the monitoring of time series

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Radok, Uwe; Brown, Timothy

    1993-01-01

    Climate changes traditionally have been detected from long series of observations and long after they happened. The 'inverse sequential' monitoring procedure is designed to detect changes as soon as they occur. Frequency distribution parameters are estimated both from the most recent existing set of observations and from the same set augmented by 1,2,...j new observations. Individual-value probability products ('likelihoods') are then calculated which yield probabilities for erroneously accepting the existing parameter(s) as valid for the augmented data set and vice versa. A parameter change is signaled when these probabilities (or a more convenient and robust compound 'no change' probability) show a progressive decrease. New parameters are then estimated from the new observations alone to restart the procedure. The detailed algebra is developed and tested for Gaussian means and variances, Poisson and chi-square means, and linear or exponential trends; a comprehensive and interactive Fortran program is provided in the appendix.

  1. A full-dimensional potential energy surface and quantum dynamics of inelastic collision process for H2-HF

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Dongzheng; Huang, Jing; Zuo, Junxiang; Hu, Xixi; Xie, Daiqian

    2018-05-01

    A full-dimensional ab initio potential energy surface for the H2-HF van der Waals complex was constructed by employing the coupled-cluster singles and doubles with noniterative inclusion of connected triples with augmented correlation-consistent polarised valence quadruple-zeta basis set plus bond functions. Using the improved coupled-states approximation including the nearest neighbor Coriolis couplings, we calculated the state-to-state scattering dynamics for pure rotational and ro-vibrational energy transfer processes. For pure rotational energy transfer, our results showed a different dynamical behavior for para-H2 and ortho-H2 in collision with hydrogen fluoride (HF), which is consistent with the previous study. Interestingly, some strong resonant peaks were presented in the cross sections for ro-vibrational energy transfer. In addition, the calculated vibrational-resolved rate constant is in agreement with the experimental results reported by Bott et al. These dynamics data can be further applied to the numerical simulation of HF chemical lasers.

  2. Confidence and Loose Opportunism in the Science Classroom: Towards a pedagogy of investigative science for beginning teachers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    McNally, Jim

    2006-03-01

    This paper attempts to establish a conceptual basis on which beginning teachers may be introduced to investigative science teaching in a way that accommodates the teacher voice. It draws mainly on preliminary theory from the shared reflections of 20 science teachers, augmented by a more general interview-based study of the experience of early professional learning of 18 new teachers. Internationally, it is situated in the wider concern in the literature with the nature of science, mainly in initial teacher education. Empirically located within the Scottish context, a grounded epistemological base of teacher knowledge is illustrated and presented as components of confidence in a cycle of professional learning that needs to be set in motion during initial teacher education. It is proposed that, given protected experience in their early attempts to teach investigatively, new teachers can begin to develop a confident pedagogy of loose opportunism that comes close to authentic science for the children they teach.

  3. Sparse time-frequency decomposition based on dictionary adaptation.

    PubMed

    Hou, Thomas Y; Shi, Zuoqiang

    2016-04-13

    In this paper, we propose a time-frequency analysis method to obtain instantaneous frequencies and the corresponding decomposition by solving an optimization problem. In this optimization problem, the basis that is used to decompose the signal is not known a priori. Instead, it is adapted to the signal and is determined as part of the optimization problem. In this sense, this optimization problem can be seen as a dictionary adaptation problem, in which the dictionary is adaptive to one signal rather than a training set in dictionary learning. This dictionary adaptation problem is solved by using the augmented Lagrangian multiplier (ALM) method iteratively. We further accelerate the ALM method in each iteration by using the fast wavelet transform. We apply our method to decompose several signals, including signals with poor scale separation, signals with outliers and polluted by noise and a real signal. The results show that this method can give accurate recovery of both the instantaneous frequencies and the intrinsic mode functions. © 2016 The Author(s).

  4. Computer-assisted revision total knee replacement.

    PubMed

    Sikorski, J M

    2004-05-01

    A technique for performing allograft-augmented revision total knee replacement (TKR) using computer assistance is described, on the basis of the results in 14 patients. Bone deficits were made up with impaction grafting. Femoral grafting was made possible by the construction of a retaining wall or dam which allowed pressurisation and retention of the graft. Tibial grafting used a mixture of corticocancellous and morsellised allograft. The position of the implants was monitored by the computer system and adjusted while the cement was setting. The outcome was determined using a six-parameter, quantitative technique (the Perth CT protocol) which measured the alignment of the prosthesis and provided an objective score. The final outcomes were not perfect with errors being made in femoral rotation and in producing a mismatch between the femoral and tibial components. In spite of the shortcomings the alignments were comparable in accuracy with those after primary TKR. Computer assistance shows considerable promise in producing accurate alignment in revision TKR with bone deficits.

  5. Accurate Methods for Large Molecular Systems (Preprint)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2009-01-06

    tensor, EFP calculations are basis set dependent. The smallest recommended basis set is 6- 31++G( d , p )52 The dependence of the computational cost of...and second order perturbation theory (MP2) levels with the 6-31G( d , p ) basis set. Additional SFM tests are presented for a small set of alpha...helices using the 6-31++G( d , p ) basis set. The larger 6-311++G(3df,2p) basis set is employed for creating all EFPs used for non- bonded interactions, since

  6. Cardiac Limited Ultrasound Examination Techniques to Augment the Bedside Cardiac Physical Examination.

    PubMed

    Kimura, Bruce J; Shaw, David J; Amundson, Stan A; Phan, James N; Blanchard, Daniel G; DeMaria, Anthony N

    2015-09-01

    The current practice of physical diagnosis is dependent on physician skills and biases, inductive reasoning, and time efficiency. Although the clinical utility of echocardiography is well known, few data exist on how to integrate 2-dimensional screening "quick-look" ultrasound applications into a novel, modernized cardiac physical examination. We discuss the evidence basis behind ultrasound "signs" pertinent to the cardiovascular system and elemental in synthesis of bedside diagnoses and propose the application of a brief cardiac limited ultrasound examination based on these signs. An ultrasound-augmented cardiac physical examination can be taught in traditional medical education and has the potential to improve bedside diagnosis and patient care. © 2015 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine.

  7. Augmented reality & gesture-based architecture in games for the elderly.

    PubMed

    McCallum, Simon; Boletsis, Costas

    2013-01-01

    Serious games for health and, more specifically, for elderly people have developed rapidly in recent years. The recent popularization of novel interaction methods of consoles, such as the Nintendo Wii and Microsoft Kinect, has provided an opportunity for the elderly to engage in computer and video games. These interaction methods, however, still present various challenges for elderly users. To address these challenges, we propose an architecture consisted of Augmented Reality (as an output mechanism) combined with gestured-based devices (as an input method). The intention of this work is to provide a theoretical justification for using these technologies and to integrate them into an architecture, acting as a basis for potentially creating suitable interaction techniques for the elderly players.

  8. Habanapp: Havana's Architectural Heritage a Click Away

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morganti, C.; Bartolomei, C.

    2018-05-01

    The research treats the application of technologies related with augmented and virtual reality to architectural and historical context in the city of Havana, Cuba, on the basis of historical studies and Range-Imaging techniques on buildings bordering old city's five main squares. The specific aim is to transfer all of the data received thanks to the most recent mobiles apps about Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual reality (VR), in order to give birth to an innovative App never seen before in Cuba. The "Oficina del Historiador de la ciudad de La Habana", institution supervising architectural and cultural asset in Cuba, is widely interested in the topic in order to develop a new educational, cultural and artistic tool to be used both online and offline.

  9. Approaching the theoretical limit in periodic local MP2 calculations with atomic-orbital basis sets: the case of LiH.

    PubMed

    Usvyat, Denis; Civalleri, Bartolomeo; Maschio, Lorenzo; Dovesi, Roberto; Pisani, Cesare; Schütz, Martin

    2011-06-07

    The atomic orbital basis set limit is approached in periodic correlated calculations for solid LiH. The valence correlation energy is evaluated at the level of the local periodic second order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2), using basis sets of progressively increasing size, and also employing "bond"-centered basis functions in addition to the standard atom-centered ones. Extended basis sets, which contain linear dependencies, are processed only at the MP2 stage via a dual basis set scheme. The local approximation (domain) error has been consistently eliminated by expanding the orbital excitation domains. As a final result, it is demonstrated that the complete basis set limit can be reached for both HF and local MP2 periodic calculations, and a general scheme is outlined for the definition of high-quality atomic-orbital basis sets for solids. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  10. An expanded calibration study of the explicitly correlated CCSD(T)-F12b method using large basis set standard CCSD(T) atomization energies.

    PubMed

    Feller, David; Peterson, Kirk A

    2013-08-28

    The effectiveness of the recently developed, explicitly correlated coupled cluster method CCSD(T)-F12b is examined in terms of its ability to reproduce atomization energies derived from complete basis set extrapolations of standard CCSD(T). Most of the standard method findings were obtained with aug-cc-pV7Z or aug-cc-pV8Z basis sets. For a few homonuclear diatomic molecules it was possible to push the basis set to the aug-cc-pV9Z level. F12b calculations were performed with the cc-pVnZ-F12 (n = D, T, Q) basis set sequence and were also extrapolated to the basis set limit using a Schwenke-style, parameterized formula. A systematic bias was observed in the F12b method with the (VTZ-F12/VQZ-F12) basis set combination. This bias resulted in the underestimation of reference values associated with small molecules (valence correlation energies <0.5 E(h)) and an even larger overestimation of atomization energies for bigger systems. Consequently, caution should be exercised in the use of F12b for high accuracy studies. Root mean square and mean absolute deviation error metrics for this basis set combination were comparable to complete basis set values obtained with standard CCSD(T) and the aug-cc-pVDZ through aug-cc-pVQZ basis set sequence. However, the mean signed deviation was an order of magnitude larger. Problems partially due to basis set superposition error were identified with second row compounds which resulted in a weak performance for the smaller VDZ-F12/VTZ-F12 combination of basis sets.

  11. Horizontal alveolar ridge augmentation using autologous press fit bone cylinders and micro-lag-screw fixation: technical note and initial experience.

    PubMed

    Streckbein, Philipp; Kähling, Christopher; Wilbrand, Jan-Falco; Malik, Christoph-Yves; Schaaf, Heidrun; Howaldt, Hans-Peter; Streckbein, Roland

    2014-07-01

    The use of autologous block bone grafts for horizontal alveolar ridge augmentation in dental implantology is a common surgical procedure. Typically, bone grafts are individually moulded. The aim of this paper is to introduce an innovative procedure in lateral bone augmentation, where the recipient side is adjusted to the graft, not vice versa as in common procedures. Our initial clinical experience of twenty-five consecutive cases is presented. Adjusted trephine drills were used to harvest partly cylindrical grafts from the retromolar region of the mandible. After preparing the recipient site with accurately fitting grinding drills, the bone grafts were transplanted. The horizontally compromised alveolar ridges were successfully augmented and treated with dental implants. No major complication occurred during transplantation, the healing period, and subsequent implant therapy in our experimental setting with 25 patients and 38 augmentation procedures. One out of twenty-five patients presented with temporary dysaesthesia of the inferior alveolar nerve. The new method presented is an effective treatment option for horizontal alveolar ridge augmentation prior to single implant installation. Further studies should evaluate the donor site morbidity and long-term outcome on a larger population. Copyright © 2014 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  12. [Significance of Matrix-augmented Bone Marrow Stimulation for Treatment of Cartilage Defects of the Knee: A Consensus Statement of the DGOU Working Group on Tissue Regeneration].

    PubMed

    Niemeyer, Philipp; Becher, Christoph; Buhs, Matthias; Fickert, Stefan; Gelse, Kolja; Günther, Daniel; Kaelin, Raphael; Kreuz, Peter; Lützner, Jörg; Nehrer, Stefan; Madry, Henning; Marlovits, Stefan; Mehl, Julian; Ott, Henning; Pietschmann, Matthias; Spahn, Gunther; Tischer, Thomas; Volz, Martin; Walther, Markus; Welsch, Götz; Zellner, Johannes; Zinser, Wolfgang; Angele, Peter

    2018-06-18

    Surgical principles for treatment of full-thickness cartilage defects of the knee include bone marrow stimulation techniques (i.e. arthroscopic microfracturing) and transplantation techniques (i.e. autologous chondrocyte implantation and osteochondral transplantation). On the basis of increasing scientific evidence, indications for these established therapeutical concepts have been specified and clear recommendations for practical use have been given. Within recent years, matrix-augmented bone marrow stimulation has been established as a new treatment concept for chondral lesions. To date, scientific evidence is limited and specific indications are still unclear. The present paper gives an overview of available products as well as preclinical and clinical scientific evidence. On the basis of the present evidence and an expert consensus from the "Working Group on Tissue Regeneration" of the German Orthopaedic and Trauma Society (DGOU), indications are specified and recommendations for the use of matrix-augmented bone marrow stimulation are given. In principle, it can be stated that the various products offered in this field differ considerably in terms of the number and quality of related studies (evidence level). Against the background of the current data situation, their application is currently seen in the border area between cell transplantation and bone marrow stimulation techniques, but also as an improvement on traditional bone marrow stimulation within the indication range of microfracturing. The recommendations of the Working Group have preliminary character and require re-evaluation after improvement of the study situation. Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

  13. 40 CFR 80.48 - Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data set that includes vehicle testing... logarithm of emissions contained in this combined data set: (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect... nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented complex model. (B) “B” shall be set equal to the...

  14. 40 CFR 80.48 - Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data set that includes vehicle testing... logarithm of emissions contained in this combined data set: (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect... nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented complex model. (B) “B” shall be set equal to the...

  15. 40 CFR 80.48 - Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data set that includes vehicle testing... logarithm of emissions contained in this combined data set: (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect... nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented complex model. (B) “B” shall be set equal to the...

  16. 40 CFR 80.48 - Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data set that includes vehicle testing... logarithm of emissions contained in this combined data set: (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect... nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented complex model. (B) “B” shall be set equal to the...

  17. 40 CFR 80.48 - Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data set that includes vehicle testing... logarithm of emissions contained in this combined data set: (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect... nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented complex model. (B) “B” shall be set equal to the...

  18. Optimized auxiliary basis sets for density fitted post-Hartree-Fock calculations of lanthanide containing molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chmela, Jiří; Harding, Michael E.

    2018-06-01

    Optimised auxiliary basis sets for lanthanide atoms (Ce to Lu) for four basis sets of the Karlsruhe error-balanced segmented contracted def2 - series (SVP, TZVP, TZVPP and QZVPP) are reported. These auxiliary basis sets enable the use of the resolution-of-the-identity (RI) approximation in post Hartree-Fock methods - as for example, second-order perturbation theory (MP2) and coupled cluster (CC) theory. The auxiliary basis sets are tested on an enlarged set of about a hundred molecules where the test criterion is the size of the RI error in MP2 calculations. Our tests also show that the same auxiliary basis sets can be used together with different effective core potentials. With these auxiliary basis set calculations of MP2 and CC quality can now be performed efficiently on medium-sized molecules containing lanthanides.

  19. Training Instructional Skills with Paraprofessional Service Providers at a Community-Based Habilitation Setting

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wood, Amanda L.; Luiselli, James K.; Harchik, Alan E.

    2007-01-01

    The present study evaluates a training program with paraprofessional service providers at a community-based habilitation setting. Four staff were taught to implement alternative and augmentative communication instruction with an adult who had autism and mental retardation through a combination of instruction, demonstration, behavior rehearsal, and…

  20. Virtual patients in a real clinical context using augmented reality: impact on antibiotics prescription behaviors.

    PubMed

    Nifakos, Sokratis; Zary, Nabil

    2014-01-01

    The research community has called for the development of effective educational interventions for addressing prescription behaviour since antimicrobial resistance remains a global health issue. Examining the potential to displace the educational process from Personal Computers to Mobile devices, in this paper we investigated a new method of integration of Virtual Patients into Mobile devices with augmented reality technology, enriching the practitioner's education in prescription behavior. Moreover, we also explored which information are critical during the prescription behavior education and we visualized these information on real context with augmented reality technology, simultaneously with a running Virtual Patient's scenario. Following this process, we set the educational frame of experiential knowledge to a mixed (virtual and real) environment.

  1. Ab Initio Density Fitting: Accuracy Assessment of Auxiliary Basis Sets from Cholesky Decompositions.

    PubMed

    Boström, Jonas; Aquilante, Francesco; Pedersen, Thomas Bondo; Lindh, Roland

    2009-06-09

    The accuracy of auxiliary basis sets derived by Cholesky decompositions of the electron repulsion integrals is assessed in a series of benchmarks on total ground state energies and dipole moments of a large test set of molecules. The test set includes molecules composed of atoms from the first three rows of the periodic table as well as transition metals. The accuracy of the auxiliary basis sets are tested for the 6-31G**, correlation consistent, and atomic natural orbital basis sets at the Hartree-Fock, density functional theory, and second-order Møller-Plesset levels of theory. By decreasing the decomposition threshold, a hierarchy of auxiliary basis sets is obtained with accuracies ranging from that of standard auxiliary basis sets to that of conventional integral treatments.

  2. Franck-Condon simulation of the single-vibronic-level emission spectra of HPCl/DPCl and the chemiluminescence spectrum of HPCl, including anharmonicity.

    PubMed

    Chau, Foo-Tim; Mok, Daniel K W; Lee, Edmond P F; Dyke, John M

    2004-07-22

    Restricted-spin coupled-cluster single-double plus perturbative triple excitation [RCCSD(T)] potential energy functions (PEFs) were calculated for the X (2)A" and A (2)A' states of HPCl employing the augmented correlation-consistent polarized-valence-quadruple-zeta (aug-cc-pVQZ) basis set. Further geometry optimization calculations were carried out on both electronic states of HPCl at the RCCSD(T) level with all electron and quasirelativistic effective core potential basis sets of better than the aug-cc-pVQZ quality, and also including some core electrons, in order to obtain more reliable geometrical parameters and relative electronic energy of the two states. Anharmonic vibrational wave functions of the two states of HPCl and DPCl, and Franck-Condon (FC) factors of the A (2)A'-X (2)A" transition were computed employing the RCCSD(T)/aug-cc-pVQZ PEFs. Calculated FC factors with allowance for Duschinsky rotation and anharmonicity were used to simulate the single-vibronic-level (SVL) emission spectra of HPCl and DPCl reported by Brandon et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 119, 2037 (2003)] and the chemiluminescence spectrum reported by Bramwell et al. [Chem. Phys. Lett. 331, 483 (2000)]. Comparison between simulated and observed SVL emission spectra gives the experimentally derived equilibrium geometry of the A (2)A' state of HPCl of r(e)(PCl) = 2.0035 +/- 0.0015 A, theta(e) = 116.08 +/- 0.60 degrees, and r(e)(HP) = 1.4063+/-0.0015 A via the iterative Franck-Condon analysis procedure. Comparison between simulated and observed chemiluminescence spectra confirms that the vibrational population distribution of the A (2)A' state of HPCl is non-Boltzmann, as proposed by Baraille et al. [Chem. Phys. 289, 263 (2003)].

  3. High-level ab initio calculations for the four low-lying families of minima of (H2O)(20): 1. Estimates of MP2/CBS binding energies and comparison with empirical potentials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fanourgakis, Georgios S.; Apra, Edoardo; Xantheas, Sotiris S.

    2004-08-08

    We report estimates of complete basis set (CBS) limits at the second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation level of theory (MP2) for the binding energies of the lowest lying isomers within each of the four major families of minima of (H2O)20. These were obtained by performing MP2 calculations with the family of correlation-consistent basis sets up to quadruple zeta quality, augmented with additional diffuse functions (aug-cc-pVnZ, n=D, T, Q). The MP2/CBS estimates are: -200.1 kcal/mol (dodecahedron, 30 hydrogen bonds), -212.6 kcal/mol (fused cubes, 36 hydrogen bonds), -215.0 (face-sharing pentagonal prisms, 35 hydrogen bonds) and –217.9 kcal/mol (edge-sharing pentagonal prisms, 34 hydrogen bonds). Themore » energetic ordering of the various (H2O)20 isomers does not follow monotonically the number of hydrogen bonds as in the case of smaller clusters such as the different isomers of the water hexamer. The dodecahedron lies ca. 18 kcal/mol higher in energy than the most stable edge-sharing pentagonal prism isomer. The TIP4P, ASP-W4, TTM2-R, AMOEBA and TTM2-F empirical potentials also predict the energetic stabilization of the edge-sharing pentagonal prisms with respect to the dodecahedron, albeit they universally underestimate the cluster binding energies with respect to the MP2/CBS result. Among them, the TTM2-F potential was found to predict the absolute cluster binding energies to within < 1% from the corresponding MP2/CBS values, whereas the error for the rest of the potentials considered in this study ranges from 3-5%.« less

  4. Understanding density functional theory (DFT) and completing it in practice

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bagayoko, Diola

    2014-12-15

    We review some salient points in the derivation of density functional theory (DFT) and of the local density approximation (LDA) of it. We then articulate an understanding of DFT and LDA that seems to be ignored in the literature. We note the well-established failures of many DFT and LDA calculations to reproduce the measured energy gaps of finite systems and band gaps of semiconductors and insulators. We then illustrate significant differences between the results from self consistent calculations using single trial basis sets and those from computations following the Bagayoko, Zhao, and Williams (BZW) method, as enhanced by Ekuma andmore » Franklin (BZW-EF). Unlike the former, the latter calculations verifiably attain the absolute minima of the occupied energies, as required by DFT. These minima are one of the reasons for the agreement between their results and corresponding, experimental ones for the band gap and a host of other properties. Further, we note predictions of DFT BZW-EF calculations that have been confirmed by experiment. Our subsequent description of the BZW-EF method ends with the application of the Rayleigh theorem in the selection, among the several calculations the method requires, of the one whose results have a full, physics content ascribed to DFT. This application of the Rayleigh theorem adds to or completes DFT, in practice, to preserve the physical content of unoccupied, low energy levels. Discussions, including implications of the method, and a short conclusion follow the description of the method. The successive augmentation of the basis set in the BZW-EF method, needed for the application of the Rayleigh theorem, is also necessary in the search for the absolute minima of the occupied energies, in practice.« less

  5. The Shock and Vibration Bulletin. Part 2. Model Test and Analysis, Testing Techniques, Machinery Dynamics, Isolation and Damping, Structural Dynamics

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-08-01

    each subsystem wist include more than a set of rigid body and normal modes to properly represent the dynamics of the entire system. Various types of...MCM 1 AUGMENTATION HETNO-MrifaOII FIELD TflACKER »f Tl BASIC EXPERIMENT Figure 3. Dynamics augmentation experiment. i i mnc...Villeurbanne - France Today the dynamic behavior of rotors must be predicted with the greatest care. This work deals with the influence of disc flexi

  6. Research In Nonlinear Flight Control for Tiltrotor Aircraft Operating in the Terminal Area

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Calise, A. J.; Rysdyk, R.

    1996-01-01

    The research during the first year of the effort focused on the implementation of the recently developed combination of neural net work adaptive control and feedback linearization. At the core of this research is the comprehensive simulation code Generic Tiltrotor Simulator (GTRS) of the XV-15 tilt rotor aircraft. For this research the GTRS code has been ported to a Fortran environment for use on PC. The emphasis of the research is on terminal area approach procedures, including conversion from aircraft to helicopter configuration. This report focuses on the longitudinal control which is the more challenging case for augmentation. Therefore, an attitude command attitude hold (ACAH) control augmentation is considered which is typically used for the pitch channel during approach procedures. To evaluate the performance of the neural network adaptive control architecture it was necessary to develop a set of low order pilot models capable of performing such tasks as, follow desired altitude profiles, follow desired speed profiles, operate on both sides of powercurve, convert, including flaps as well as mastangle changes, operate with different stability and control augmentation system (SCAS) modes. The pilot models are divided in two sets, one for the backside of the powercurve and one for the frontside. These two sets are linearly blended with speed. The mastangle is also scheduled with speed. Different aspects of the proposed architecture for the neural network (NNW) augmented model inversion were also demonstrated. The demonstration involved implementation of a NNW architecture using linearized models from GTRS, including rotor states, to represent the XV-15 at various operating points. The dynamics used for the model inversion were based on the XV-15 operating at 30 Kts, with residualized rotor dynamics, and not including cross coupling between translational and rotational states. The neural network demonstrated ACAH control under various circumstances. Future efforts will include the implementation into the Fortran environment of GTRS, including pilot modeling and NNW augmentation for the lateral channels. These efforts should lead to the development of architectures that will provide for fully automated approach, using similar strategies.

  7. An Integrated Textbook, Video, and Software Environment for Novice and Expert Prolog Programmers. Technical Report No. 23.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Eisenstadt, Marc; Brayshaw, Mike

    This paper describes a Prolog execution model which serves as the uniform basis of textbook material, video-based teaching material, and an advanced graphical user interface for Prolog programmers. The model, based upon an augmented AND/OR tree representation of Prolog programs, uses an enriched "status box" in place of the traditional…

  8. Searching for consensus in molt terminology 11 years after Howell et al.'s "first basic problem"

    Treesearch

    Jared D. Wolfe; Erik I. Johnson; Ryan S. Terrill

    2014-01-01

    Howell et al. (2003) published an innovative augmentation to terminology proposed by Humphrey and Parkes (1959) that classified bird molt on the basis of perceived evolutionary relationships. Despite apparent universal applicability, Howell et al.’s (2003) proposed terminological changes were met with criticism that cited a failure to verify the evolutionary...

  9. Characteristics of repaglinide effects on insulin secretion.

    PubMed

    Takahashi, Harumi; Hidaka, Shihomi; Seki, Chihiro; Yokoi, Norihide; Seino, Susumu

    2018-06-05

    The dynamics of insulin secretion stimulated by repaglinide, a glinide, and the combinatorial effects of repaglinide and incretin were investigated. At 4.4 mM glucose, repaglinide induced insulin secretion with a gradually increasing first phase, showing different dynamics from that induced by glimepiride, a sulfonylurea. In the presence of glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), insulin secretion by repaglinide was augmented significantly but to lesser extent and showed different dynamics from that by glimepiride. At 4.4 mM glucose, the intracellular Ca 2+ level was gradually increased by repaglinide alone or repaglinide plus GLP-1, which differs from the Ca 2+ dynamics by glimepiride alone or glimepiride plus GLP-1, suggesting that the difference in Ca 2+ dynamics contributes to the difference in the dynamics of insulin secretion. At a higher concentration (8.8 mM) of glucose, the dynamics of insulin secretion stimulated by repaglinide was similar to that by glimepiride. Combination of repaglinide and GLP-1 significantly augmented insulin secretion, the amount of which was comparable to that by the combination of glimepiride and GLP-1. The Ca 2+ dynamics was similar for repaglinide and glimepiride at 8.8 mM glucose. Our data indicate that repaglinide has characteristic properties in its effects on the dynamics of insulin secretion and intracellular Ca 2+ and that the combination of repaglinide and GLP-1 stimulates insulin secretion more effectively than the combination of glimepiride and GLP-1 at a high concentration of glucose, providing a basis for its use in clinical settings. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Nonsurgical Medical Penile Girth Augmentation: Experience-Based Recommendations.

    PubMed

    Oates, Jayson; Sharp, Gemma

    2017-10-01

    Penile augmentation is increasingly sought by men who are dissatisfied with the size and/or appearance of their penis. However, augmentation procedures are still considered to be highly controversial with no standardized recommendations reported in the medical literature and limited outcome data. Nevertheless, these procedures continue to be performed in increasing numbers in private settings. Therefore, there is a need for safe, effective, and minimally invasive procedures to be developed, evaluated, and reported in the research literature. In this article, we focus particularly on girth enhancement procedures rather than lengthening procedures as penile girth appears to be particularly important for sexual satisfaction. We discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the common techniques to date, with a focus on the minimally invasive injectable girth augmentation techniques. Based on considerable operative experience, we offer our own suggestions for patient screening, technique selection, and perioperative care. © 2017 The American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, Inc. Reprints and permission: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  11. Aripiprazole augmentation in highly treatment-resistant obsessive-compulsive disorder - experience from a specialty clinic in India.

    PubMed

    Hegde, Aditya; Kalyani, Bangalore G; Arumugham, Shyam Sundar; Narayanaswamy, Janardhanan C; Math, Suresh Bada; Reddy, Y C Janardhan

    2017-03-01

    To study the effectiveness and tolerability of aripiprazole augmentation in patients with highly treatment-resistant obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) in a real-world scenario. We conducted a chart review of patients who were initiated on aripiprazole augmentation at a specialty OCD clinic in India between 2004 and 2014. Primary outcome measure was all-cause discontinuation. 23 patients were eligible for analysis. Patients had not achieved symptom remission despite a mean of over 3 prior SRI trials. Aripiprazole was continued to be used in seven patients (30%) at the time of last follow-up. Thirteen patients (57%) discontinued the drug due to side effects, and three patients (13%) discontinued aripiprazole citing no improvement. Six patients (26%) were noted to have ≥25% reduction on the Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale. The study demonstrated, in a real-world setting, that aripiprazole may be a useful augmenting agent in a proportion of patients with highly treatment-resistant OCD. However, side effects may lead to premature discontinuation in many of them.

  12. The vibrational spectrum of H2O3: An ab initio investigation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jackels, Charles F.

    1991-01-01

    Theoretically determined frequencies and absorption intensities are reported for the vibrational spectrum of the covalent HOOOH and hydrogen bonded HO---HOO intermediates that may form in the reaction of the hydroxyl and hydroperoxyl radicals. Basis sets of DZP quality, augmented by diffuse and second sets of polarization functions have been used with CASSCF wave functions. The calculated harmonic vibrational frequencies of HOOOH have been corrected with empirical factors and presented in the form of a 'stick' spectrum. The oxygen backbone vibrations, predicted to occur at 519, 760, and 870 cm(exp -1), are well separated from most interferences, and may be the most useful for the species' identification. In the case of the hydrogen bonded isomer, emphasis has been placed upon prediction of the shifts in the intramolecular vibrational frequencies that take place upon formation of the complex. In particular, the HO stretch and HOO bend of HO2 are predicted to have shifts of -59 and 53 cm(exp -1), respectively, which should facilitate their identification. It is also noted that the antisymmetric stretching frequency of the oxygen backbone in HOOOH exhibits a strong sensitivity to the degree of electron correlation, such as has been previously observed for the same mode in ozone.

  13. Augmented Reality: Sustaining Autonomous Way-Finding in the Community for Older Persons with Cognitive Impairment.

    PubMed

    Sejunaite, K; Lanza, C; Ganders, S; Iljaitsch, A; Riepe, M W

    2017-01-01

    Impairment of autonomous way-finding subsequent to a multitude of neurodegenerative and other diseases impedes independence of older persons and their everyday activities. It was the goal to use augmented reality to aid autonomous way-finding in a community setting. A spatial map and directional information were shown via head-up display to guide patients from the start zone on the hospital campus to a bakery in the nearby community. Hospital campus and nearby community. Patients with mild cognitive impairment (age 63 to 89). A head-up display was used to help patients find their way. Time needed to reach goal and number of assists needed. With use of augmented reality device, patients preceded along the correct path in 113 out of 120 intersections. Intermittent reassurance was needed for most patients. Patients affirmed willingness to use such an augmented reality device in everyday life if needed or even pay for it. Augmented reality guided navigation is a promising means to sustain autonomous way-finding as a prerequisite for autonomy of older persons in everyday activities. Thus, this study lays ground for a field trial in the community using assistive technology for older persons with cognitive impairment.

  14. Augmented reality in the surgery of cerebral aneurysms: a technical report.

    PubMed

    Cabrilo, Ivan; Bijlenga, Philippe; Schaller, Karl

    2014-06-01

    Augmented reality is the overlay of computer-generated images on real-world structures. It has previously been used for image guidance during surgical procedures, but it has never been used in the surgery of cerebral aneurysms. To report our experience of cerebral aneurysm surgery aided by augmented reality. Twenty-eight patients with 39 unruptured aneurysms were operated on in a prospective manner with augmented reality. Preoperative 3-dimensional image data sets (angio-magnetic resonance imaging, angio-computed tomography, and 3-dimensional digital subtraction angiography) were used to create virtual segmentations of patients' vessels, aneurysms, aneurysm necks, skulls, and heads. These images were injected intraoperatively into the eyepiece of the operating microscope. An example case of an unruptured posterior communicating artery aneurysm clipping is illustrated in a video. The described operating procedure allowed continuous monitoring of the accuracy of patient registration with neuronavigation data and assisted in the performance of tailored surgical approaches and optimal clipping with minimized exposition. Augmented reality may add to the performance of a minimally invasive approach, although further studies need to be performed to evaluate whether certain groups of aneurysms are more likely to benefit from it. Further technological development is required to improve its user friendliness.

  15. Effective empirical corrections for basis set superposition error in the def2-SVPD basis: gCP and DFT-C

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Witte, Jonathon; Neaton, Jeffrey B.; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2017-06-01

    With the aim of mitigating the basis set error in density functional theory (DFT) calculations employing local basis sets, we herein develop two empirical corrections for basis set superposition error (BSSE) in the def2-SVPD basis, a basis which—when stripped of BSSE—is capable of providing near-complete-basis DFT results for non-covalent interactions. Specifically, we adapt the existing pairwise geometrical counterpoise (gCP) approach to the def2-SVPD basis, and we develop a beyond-pairwise approach, DFT-C, which we parameterize across a small set of intermolecular interactions. Both gCP and DFT-C are evaluated against the traditional Boys-Bernardi counterpoise correction across a set of 3402 non-covalent binding energies and isomerization energies. We find that the DFT-C method represents a significant improvement over gCP, particularly for non-covalently-interacting molecular clusters. Moreover, DFT-C is transferable among density functionals and can be combined with existing functionals—such as B97M-V—to recover large-basis results at a fraction of the cost.

  16. The role of sensory augmentation for people with vestibular deficits: Real-time balance aid and/or rehabilitation device?

    PubMed

    Sienko, K H; Whitney, S L; Carender, W J; Wall, C

    2017-01-01

    This narrative review highlights findings from the sensory augmentation field for people with vestibular deficits and addresses the outstanding questions that are critical to the translation of this technology into clinical and/or personal use. Prior research has demonstrated that the real-time use of visual, vibrotactile, auditory, and multimodal sensory augmentation technologies can improve balance during static and dynamic stance tasks within a laboratory setting. However, its application in improving gait requires additional investigation, as does its efficacy as a rehabilitation device for people with vestibular deficits. In some locomotor studies involving sensory augmentation, gait velocity decreased and secondary task performance worsened, and subjects negatively altered their segmental control strategies when cues were provided following short training sessions. A further question is whether the retention and/or carry-over effects of training with a sensory augmentation technology exceed the retention and/or carry-over effects of training alone, thereby supporting its use as a rehabilitation device. Preliminary results suggest that there are short-term improvements in balance performance following a small number of training sessions with a sensory augmentation device. Long-term clinical and home-based controlled training studies are needed. It is hypothesized that sensory augmentation provides people with vestibular deficits with additional sensory input to promote central compensation during a specific exercise/activity; however, research is needed to substantiate this theory. Major obstacles standing in the way of its use for these critical applications include determining exercise/activity specific feedback parameters and dosage strategies. This paper summarizes the reported findings that support sensory augmentation as a balance aid and rehabilitation device, but does not critically examine efficacy or the quality of the research methods used in the reviewed studies.

  17. Social Studies Instruction in a Non-Classroom Setting.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Murphy, Margaret M.

    Certain areas in the social studies can be effectively taught in a non-classroom setting. This experiment determined if, in a supermarket situation, consumer preferences (as measured in sales figures and augmented by questionnaire data) could be altered by the addition of nutritional information to the labels of sixteen items which had moderate…

  18. Using augmented reality as a clinical support tool to assist combat medics in the treatment of tension pneumothoraces.

    PubMed

    Wilson, Kenneth L; Doswell, Jayfus T; Fashola, Olatokunbo S; Debeatham, Wayne; Darko, Nii; Walker, Travelyan M; Danner, Omar K; Matthews, Leslie R; Weaver, William L

    2013-09-01

    This study was to extrapolate potential roles of augmented reality goggles as a clinical support tool assisting in the reduction of preventable causes of death on the battlefield. Our pilot study was designed to improve medic performance in accurately placing a large bore catheter to release tension pneumothorax (prehospital setting) while using augmented reality goggles. Thirty-four preclinical medical students recruited from Morehouse School of Medicine performed needle decompressions on human cadaver models after hearing a brief training lecture on tension pneumothorax management. Clinical vignettes identifying cadavers as having life-threatening tension pneumothoraces as a consequence of improvised explosive device attacks were used. Study group (n = 13) performed needle decompression using augmented reality goggles whereas the control group (n = 21) relied solely on memory from the lecture. The two groups were compared according to their ability to accurately complete the steps required to decompress a tension pneumothorax. The medical students using augmented reality goggle support were able to treat the tension pneumothorax on the human cadaver models more accurately than the students relying on their memory (p < 0.008). Although the augmented reality group required more time to complete the needle decompression intervention (p = 0.0684), this did not reach statistical significance. Reprint & Copyright © 2013 Association of Military Surgeons of the U.S.

  19. Adipose-derived stem-cell-implanted poly(ϵ-caprolactone)/chitosan scaffold improves bladder regeneration in a rat model.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Zhe; Yan, Hao; Liu, Yidong; Xiao, Dongdong; Li, Wei; Wang, Qiong; Zhao, Yang; Sun, Kang; Zhang, Ming; Lu, Mujun

    2018-04-01

    The study investigated the feasibility of seeding adipose-derived stem cells (ASCs) onto a poly(ϵ-caprolactone)/chitosan (PCL/CS) scaffold for bladder reconstruction using a rat model of bladder augmentation. In the experimental group, the autologous ASCs were seeded onto the PCL/CS scaffold for bladder augmentation. An unseeded scaffold was used for bladder augmentation as control group. The sham group was also set. 8 weeks after implantation, more densely smooth muscles were detected in the experimental group with a larger bladder capacity and more intensive blood vessels. Immunofluorescence staining demonstrated that some of the smooth muscle cells were transdifferentiated from the ASCs. Our findings indicated that ASC-seeded PCL/CS may be a potential scaffold for bladder tissue engineering.

  20. Quantum Dynamics with Short-Time Trajectories and Minimal Adaptive Basis Sets.

    PubMed

    Saller, Maximilian A C; Habershon, Scott

    2017-07-11

    Methods for solving the time-dependent Schrödinger equation via basis set expansion of the wave function can generally be categorized as having either static (time-independent) or dynamic (time-dependent) basis functions. We have recently introduced an alternative simulation approach which represents a middle road between these two extremes, employing dynamic (classical-like) trajectories to create a static basis set of Gaussian wavepackets in regions of phase-space relevant to future propagation of the wave function [J. Chem. Theory Comput., 11, 8 (2015)]. Here, we propose and test a modification of our methodology which aims to reduce the size of basis sets generated in our original scheme. In particular, we employ short-time classical trajectories to continuously generate new basis functions for short-time quantum propagation of the wave function; to avoid the continued growth of the basis set describing the time-dependent wave function, we employ Matching Pursuit to periodically minimize the number of basis functions required to accurately describe the wave function. Overall, this approach generates a basis set which is adapted to evolution of the wave function while also being as small as possible. In applications to challenging benchmark problems, namely a 4-dimensional model of photoexcited pyrazine and three different double-well tunnelling problems, we find that our new scheme enables accurate wave function propagation with basis sets which are around an order-of-magnitude smaller than our original trajectory-guided basis set methodology, highlighting the benefits of adaptive strategies for wave function propagation.

  1. Discharge Identity of Medullary Inspiratory Neurons is Altered during Repetitive Fictive Cough

    PubMed Central

    Segers, L. S.; Nuding, S. C.; Vovk, A.; Pitts, T.; Baekey, D. M.; O’Connor, R.; Morris, K. F.; Lindsey, B. G.; Shannon, R.; Bolser, Donald C.

    2012-01-01

    This study investigated the stability of the discharge identity of inspiratory decrementing (I-Dec) and augmenting (I-Aug) neurons in the caudal (cVRC) and rostral (rVRC) ventral respiratory column during repetitive fictive cough in the cat. Inspiratory neurons in the cVRC (n = 23) and rVRC (n = 17) were recorded with microelectrodes. Fictive cough was elicited by mechanical stimulation of the intrathoracic trachea. Approximately 43% (10 of 23) of I-Dec neurons shifted to an augmenting discharge pattern during the first cough cycle (C1). By the second cough cycle (C2), half of these returned to a decrementing pattern. Approximately 94% (16 of 17) of I-Aug neurons retained an augmenting pattern during C1 of a multi-cough response episode. Phrenic burst amplitude and inspiratory duration increased during C1, but decreased with each subsequent cough in a series of repetitive coughs. As a step in evaluating the model-driven hypothesis that VRC I-Dec neurons contribute to the augmentation of inspiratory drive during cough via inhibition of VRC tonic expiratory neurons that inhibit premotor inspiratory neurons, cross-correlation analysis was used to assess relationships of tonic expiratory cells with simultaneously recorded inspiratory neurons. Our results suggest that reconfiguration of inspiratory-related sub-networks of the respiratory pattern generator occurs on a cycle-by-cycle basis during repetitive coughing. PMID:22754536

  2. Polarization functions for the modified m6-31G basis sets for atoms Ga through Kr.

    PubMed

    Mitin, Alexander V

    2013-09-05

    The 2df polarization functions for the modified m6-31G basis sets of the third-row atoms Ga through Kr (Int J Quantum Chem, 2007, 107, 3028; Int J. Quantum Chem, 2009, 109, 1158) are proposed. The performances of the m6-31G, m6-31G(d,p), and m6-31G(2df,p) basis sets were examined in molecular calculations carried out by the density functional theory (DFT) method with B3LYP hybrid functional, Møller-Plesset perturbation theory of the second order (MP2), quadratic configuration interaction method with single and double substitutions and were compared with those for the known 6-31G basis sets as well as with the other similar 641 and 6-311G basis sets with and without polarization functions. Obtained results have shown that the performances of the m6-31G, m6-31G(d,p), and m6-31G(2df,p) basis sets are better in comparison with the performances of the known 6-31G, 6-31G(d,p) and 6-31G(2df,p) basis sets. These improvements are mainly reached due to better approximations of different electrons belonging to the different atomic shells in the modified basis sets. Applicability of the modified basis sets in thermochemical calculations is also discussed. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  3. Convergent translational evidence of a role for anandamide in amygdala-mediated fear extinction, threat processing and stress-reactivity.

    PubMed

    Gunduz-Cinar, O; MacPherson, K P; Cinar, R; Gamble-George, J; Sugden, K; Williams, B; Godlewski, G; Ramikie, T S; Gorka, A X; Alapafuja, S O; Nikas, S P; Makriyannis, A; Poulton, R; Patel, S; Hariri, A R; Caspi, A; Moffitt, T E; Kunos, G; Holmes, A

    2013-07-01

    Endocannabinoids are released 'on-demand' on the basis of physiological need, and can be pharmacologically augmented by inhibiting their catabolic degradation. The endocannabinoid anandamide is degraded by the catabolic enzyme fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH). Anandamide is implicated in the mediation of fear behaviors, including fear extinction, suggesting that selectively elevating brain anandamide could modulate plastic changes in fear. Here we first tested this hypothesis with preclinical experiments employing a novel, potent and selective FAAH inhibitor, AM3506 (5-(4-hydroxyphenyl)pentanesulfonyl fluoride). Systemic AM3506 administration before extinction decreased fear during a retrieval test in a mouse model of impaired extinction. AM3506 had no effects on fear in the absence of extinction training, or on various non-fear-related measures. Anandamide levels in the basolateral amygdala were increased by extinction training and augmented by systemic AM3506, whereas application of AM3506 to amygdala slices promoted long-term depression of inhibitory transmission, a form of synaptic plasticity linked to extinction. Further supporting the amygdala as effect-locus, the fear-reducing effects of systemic AM3506 were blocked by intra-amygdala infusion of a CB1 receptor antagonist and were fully recapitulated by intra-amygdala infusion of AM3506. On the basis of these preclinical findings, we hypothesized that variation in the human FAAH gene would predict individual differences in amygdala threat-processing and stress-coping traits. Consistent with this, carriers of a low-expressing FAAH variant (385A allele; rs324420) exhibited quicker habituation of amygdala reactivity to threat, and had lower scores on the personality trait of stress-reactivity. Our findings show that augmenting amygdala anandamide enables extinction-driven reductions in fear in mouse and may promote stress-coping in humans.

  4. Online tracking of outdoor lighting variations for augmented reality with moving cameras.

    PubMed

    Liu, Yanli; Granier, Xavier

    2012-04-01

    In augmented reality, one of key tasks to achieve a convincing visual appearance consistency between virtual objects and video scenes is to have a coherent illumination along the whole sequence. As outdoor illumination is largely dependent on the weather, the lighting condition may change from frame to frame. In this paper, we propose a full image-based approach for online tracking of outdoor illumination variations from videos captured with moving cameras. Our key idea is to estimate the relative intensities of sunlight and skylight via a sparse set of planar feature-points extracted from each frame. To address the inevitable feature misalignments, a set of constraints are introduced to select the most reliable ones. Exploiting the spatial and temporal coherence of illumination, the relative intensities of sunlight and skylight are finally estimated by using an optimization process. We validate our technique on a set of real-life videos and show that the results with our estimations are visually coherent along the video sequences.

  5. Reconfigurable Control Design with Neural Network Augmentation for a Modified F-15 Aircraft

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Burken, John J.

    2007-01-01

    The viewgraphs present background information about reconfiguration control design, design methods used for paper, control failure survivability results, and results and time histories of tests. Topics examined include control reconfiguration, general information about adaptive controllers, model reference adaptive control (MRAC), the utility of neural networks, radial basis functions (RBF) neural network outputs, neurons, and results of investigations of failures.

  6. Approaching the basis set limit for DFT calculations using an environment-adapted minimal basis with perturbation theory: Formulation, proof of concept, and a pilot implementation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mao, Yuezhi; Horn, Paul R.; Mardirossian, Narbe

    2016-07-28

    Recently developed density functionals have good accuracy for both thermochemistry (TC) and non-covalent interactions (NC) if very large atomic orbital basis sets are used. To approach the basis set limit with potentially lower computational cost, a new self-consistent field (SCF) scheme is presented that employs minimal adaptive basis (MAB) functions. The MAB functions are optimized on each atomic site by minimizing a surrogate function. High accuracy is obtained by applying a perturbative correction (PC) to the MAB calculation, similar to dual basis approaches. Compared to exact SCF results, using this MAB-SCF (PC) approach with the same large target basis set producesmore » <0.15 kcal/mol root-mean-square deviations for most of the tested TC datasets, and <0.1 kcal/mol for most of the NC datasets. The performance of density functionals near the basis set limit can be even better reproduced. With further improvement to its implementation, MAB-SCF (PC) is a promising lower-cost substitute for conventional large-basis calculations as a method to approach the basis set limit of modern density functionals.« less

  7. Simple and efficient LCAO basis sets for the diffuse states in carbon nanostructures.

    PubMed

    Papior, Nick R; Calogero, Gaetano; Brandbyge, Mads

    2018-06-27

    We present a simple way to describe the lowest unoccupied diffuse states in carbon nanostructures in density functional theory calculations using a minimal LCAO (linear combination of atomic orbitals) basis set. By comparing plane wave basis calculations, we show how these states can be captured by adding long-range orbitals to the standard LCAO basis sets for the extreme cases of planar sp 2 (graphene) and curved carbon (C 60 ). In particular, using Bessel functions with a long range as additional basis functions retain a minimal basis size. This provides a smaller and simpler atom-centered basis set compared to the standard pseudo-atomic orbitals (PAOs) with multiple polarization orbitals or by adding non-atom-centered states to the basis.

  8. Simple and efficient LCAO basis sets for the diffuse states in carbon nanostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Papior, Nick R.; Calogero, Gaetano; Brandbyge, Mads

    2018-06-01

    We present a simple way to describe the lowest unoccupied diffuse states in carbon nanostructures in density functional theory calculations using a minimal LCAO (linear combination of atomic orbitals) basis set. By comparing plane wave basis calculations, we show how these states can be captured by adding long-range orbitals to the standard LCAO basis sets for the extreme cases of planar sp 2 (graphene) and curved carbon (C60). In particular, using Bessel functions with a long range as additional basis functions retain a minimal basis size. This provides a smaller and simpler atom-centered basis set compared to the standard pseudo-atomic orbitals (PAOs) with multiple polarization orbitals or by adding non-atom-centered states to the basis.

  9. Derivation of a formula for the resonance integral for a nonorthogonal basis set

    PubMed Central

    Yim, Yung-Chang; Eyring, Henry

    1981-01-01

    In a self-consistent field calculation, a formula for the off-diagonal matrix elements of the core Hamiltonian is derived for a nonorthogonal basis set by a polyatomic approach. A set of parameters is then introduced for the repulsion integral formula of Mataga-Nishimoto to fit the experimental data. The matrix elements computed for the nonorthogonal basis set in the π-electron approximation are transformed to those for an orthogonal basis set by the Löwdin symmetrical orthogonalization. PMID:16593009

  10. Preparing a prescription drug monitoring program data set for research purposes.

    PubMed

    O'Kane, Nicole; Hallvik, Sara E; Marino, Miguel; Van Otterloo, Joshua; Hildebran, Christi; Leichtling, Gillian; Deyo, Richard A

    2016-09-01

    To develop a complete and consistent prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) data set for use by drug safety researchers in evaluating patterns of high-risk use and potential abuse of scheduled drugs. Using publically available data references from the US Food and Drug Administration and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, we developed a strategic methodology to assign drug categories based on pharmaceutical class for the majority of prescriptions in the PDMP data set. We augmented data elements required to calculate morphine milligram equivalents and assigned duration of action (short-acting or long acting) properties for a majority of opioids in the data set. About 10% of prescriptions in the PDMP data set did not have a vendor-assigned drug category, and 20% of opioid prescriptions were missing data needed to calculate risk metrics. Using inclusive methods, 19 133 167 (>99.9%) of prescriptions in the PDMP data set were assigned a drug category. For the opioid category, augmenting data elements resulted in 10 760 669 (99.8%) having required values to calculate morphine milligram equivalents and evaluate duration of action properties. Drug safety researchers who require a complete and consistent PDMP data set can use the methods described here to ensure that prescriptions of interest are assigned consistent drug categories and complete opioid risk variable values. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  11. STACCATO: a novel solution to supernova photometric classification with biased training sets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Revsbech, E. A.; Trotta, R.; van Dyk, D. A.

    2018-01-01

    We present a new solution to the problem of classifying Type Ia supernovae from their light curves alone given a spectroscopically confirmed but biased training set, circumventing the need to obtain an observationally expensive unbiased training set. We use Gaussian processes (GPs) to model the supernovae's (SN's) light curves, and demonstrate that the choice of covariance function has only a small influence on the GPs ability to accurately classify SNe. We extend and improve the approach of Richards et al. - a diffusion map combined with a random forest classifier - to deal specifically with the case of biased training sets. We propose a novel method called Synthetically Augmented Light Curve Classification (STACCATO) that synthetically augments a biased training set by generating additional training data from the fitted GPs. Key to the success of the method is the partitioning of the observations into subgroups based on their propensity score of being included in the training set. Using simulated light curve data, we show that STACCATO increases performance, as measured by the area under the Receiver Operating Characteristic curve (AUC), from 0.93 to 0.96, close to the AUC of 0.977 obtained using the 'gold standard' of an unbiased training set and significantly improving on the previous best result of 0.88. STACCATO also increases the true positive rate for SNIa classification by up to a factor of 50 for high-redshift/low-brightness SNe.

  12. SU-E-J-128: Two-Stage Atlas Selection in Multi-Atlas-Based Image Segmentation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhao, T; Ruan, D

    2015-06-15

    Purpose: In the new era of big data, multi-atlas-based image segmentation is challenged by heterogeneous atlas quality and high computation burden from extensive atlas collection, demanding efficient identification of the most relevant atlases. This study aims to develop a two-stage atlas selection scheme to achieve computational economy with performance guarantee. Methods: We develop a low-cost fusion set selection scheme by introducing a preliminary selection to trim full atlas collection into an augmented subset, alleviating the need for extensive full-fledged registrations. More specifically, fusion set selection is performed in two successive steps: preliminary selection and refinement. An augmented subset is firstmore » roughly selected from the whole atlas collection with a simple registration scheme and the corresponding preliminary relevance metric; the augmented subset is further refined into the desired fusion set size, using full-fledged registration and the associated relevance metric. The main novelty of this work is the introduction of an inference model to relate the preliminary and refined relevance metrics, based on which the augmented subset size is rigorously derived to ensure the desired atlases survive the preliminary selection with high probability. Results: The performance and complexity of the proposed two-stage atlas selection method were assessed using a collection of 30 prostate MR images. It achieved comparable segmentation accuracy as the conventional one-stage method with full-fledged registration, but significantly reduced computation time to 1/3 (from 30.82 to 11.04 min per segmentation). Compared with alternative one-stage cost-saving approach, the proposed scheme yielded superior performance with mean and medium DSC of (0.83, 0.85) compared to (0.74, 0.78). Conclusion: This work has developed a model-guided two-stage atlas selection scheme to achieve significant cost reduction while guaranteeing high segmentation accuracy. The benefit in both complexity and performance is expected to be most pronounced with large-scale heterogeneous data.« less

  13. The application of parameter estimation to flight measurements to obtain lateral-directional stability derivatives of an augmented jet-flap STOL airplane

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stephenson, J. D.

    1983-01-01

    Flight experiments with an augmented jet flap STOL aircraft provided data from which the lateral directional stability and control derivatives were calculated by applying a linear regression parameter estimation procedure. The tests, which were conducted with the jet flaps set at a 65 deg deflection, covered a large range of angles of attack and engine power settings. The effect of changing the angle of the jet thrust vector was also investigated. Test results are compared with stability derivatives that had been predicted. The roll damping derived from the tests was significantly larger than had been predicted, whereas the other derivatives were generally in agreement with the predictions. Results obtained using a maximum likelihood estimation procedure are compared with those from the linear regression solutions.

  14. Analysis of the Westland Data Set

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wen, Fang; Willett, Peter; Deb, Somnath

    2001-01-01

    The "Westland" set of empirical accelerometer helicopter data with seeded and labeled faults is analyzed with the aim of condition monitoring. The autoregressive (AR) coefficients from a simple linear model encapsulate a great deal of information in a relatively few measurements; and it has also been found that augmentation of these by harmonic and other parameters call improve classification significantly. Several techniques have been explored, among these restricted Coulomb energy (RCE) networks, learning vector quantization (LVQ), Gaussian mixture classifiers and decision trees. A problem with these approaches, and in common with many classification paradigms, is that augmentation of the feature dimension can degrade classification ability. Thus, we also introduce the Bayesian data reduction algorithm (BDRA), which imposes a Dirichlet prior oil training data and is thus able to quantify probability of error in all exact manner, such that features may be discarded or coarsened appropriately.

  15. Comparing "pick and place" task in spatial Augmented Reality versus non-immersive Virtual Reality for rehabilitation setting.

    PubMed

    Khademi, Maryam; Hondori, Hossein Mousavi; Dodakian, Lucy; Cramer, Steve; Lopes, Cristina V

    2013-01-01

    Introducing computer games to the rehabilitation market led to development of numerous Virtual Reality (VR) training applications. Although VR has provided tremendous benefit to the patients and caregivers, it has inherent limitations, some of which might be solved by replacing it with Augmented Reality (AR). The task of pick-and-place, which is part of many activities of daily living (ADL's), is one of the major affected functions stroke patients mainly expect to recover. We developed an exercise consisting of moving an object between various points, following a flash light that indicates the next target. The results show superior performance of subjects in spatial AR versus non-immersive VR setting. This could be due to the extraneous hand-eye coordination which exists in VR whereas it is eliminated in spatial AR.

  16. Effects of long-term balance training with vibrotactile sensory augmentation among community-dwelling healthy older adults: a randomized preliminary study.

    PubMed

    Bao, Tian; Carender, Wendy J; Kinnaird, Catherine; Barone, Vincent J; Peethambaran, Geeta; Whitney, Susan L; Kabeto, Mohammed; Seidler, Rachael D; Sienko, Kathleen H

    2018-01-18

    Sensory augmentation has been shown to improve postural stability during real-time balance applications. Limited long-term controlled studies have examined retention of balance improvements in healthy older adults after training with sensory augmentation has ceased. This pilot study aimed to assess the efficacy of long-term balance training with and without sensory augmentation among community-dwelling healthy older adults. Twelve participants (four males, eight females; 75.6 ± 4.9 yrs) were randomly assigned to the experimental group (n = 6) or control group (n = 6). Participants trained in their homes for eight weeks, completing three 45-min exercise sessions per week using smart phone balance trainers that provided written, graphic, and video guidance, and monitored trunk sway. During each session, participants performed six repetitions of six exercises selected from five categories (static standing, compliant surface standing, weight shifting, modified center of gravity, and gait). The experimental group received vibrotactile sensory augmentation for four of the six repetitions per exercise via the smart phone balance trainers, while the control group performed exercises without sensory augmentation. The smart phone balance trainers sent exercise performance data to a physical therapist, who recommended exercises on a weekly basis. Balance performance was assessed using a battery of clinical balance tests (Activity Balance Confidence Scale, Sensory Organization Test, Mini Balance Evaluation Systems Test, Five Times Sit to Stand Test, Four Square Step Test, Functional Reach Test, Gait Speed Test, Timed Up and Go, and Timed Up and Go with Cognitive Task) before training, after four weeks of training, and after eight weeks of training. Participants in the experimental group were able to use vibrotactile sensory augmentation independently in their homes. After training, the experimental group had significantly greater improvements in Sensory Organization Test and Mini Balance Evaluation Systems Test scores than the control group. Significant improvement was also observed for Five Times Sit to Stand Test duration within the experimental group, but not in the control group. No significant improvements between the two groups were observed in the remaining clinical outcome measures. The findings of this study support the use of sensory augmentation devices by community-dwelling healthy older adults as balance rehabilitation tools, and indicate feasibility of telerehabilitation therapy with reduced input from clinicians.

  17. Hyaluron Filler Containing Lidocaine on a CPM Basis for Lip Augmentation: Reports from Practical Experience.

    PubMed

    Fischer, Tanja C; Sattler, Gerhard; Gauglitz, Gerd G

    2016-06-01

    Lip augmentation with hyaluronic acid fillers is established. As monophasic polydensified hyaluronic acid products with variable density, CPM-HAL1 (Belotero Balance Lidocaine, Merz Aesthetics, Raleigh, NC) and CPM-HAL2 (Belotero Intense Lidocaine, Merz Aesthetics, Raleigh, NC) are qualified for beautification and particularly natural-looking rejuvenation, respectively. The aim of this article was to assess the handling and outcome of lip augmentation using the lidocaine-containing hyaluronic acid fillers, CPM-HAL1 and CPM-HAL2. Data were documented from patients who received lip augmentation by means of beautification and/or rejuvenation using CPM-HAL1 and/or CPM-HAL2. Observation period was 4 months, with assessment of natural outcome, evenness, distribution, fluidity, handling, malleability, tolerability, as well as patient satisfaction and pain. A total of 146 patients from 21 German centers participated. Physicians rated natural outcome and evenness as good or very good for more than 95% of patients. Distribution, fluidity, handling, and malleability were assessed for both fillers as good or very good in more than 91% of patients. At every evaluation point, more than 93% of patients were very or very much satisfied with the product. A total of 125 patients (85.6%) experienced transient injection-related side effects. Pain intensity during the procedure was mild (2.72 ± 1.72 on the 0-10 pain assessment scale) and abated markedly within 30 minutes (0.42 ± 0.57). Lip augmentation with hyaluronic acid fillers produced a long-term cosmetic result. Due to the lidocaine content, procedural pain was low and transient. Accordingly, a high degree of patient satisfaction was achieved that was maintained throughout the observation period. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.

  18. [Lidocaine-containing hyaluronic acid filler on a CPM® basis for lip augmentation : Experience from clinical practice].

    PubMed

    Fischer, T; Sattler, G; Gauglitz, G

    2016-06-01

    Lip augmentation with hyaluronic acid fillers is an established procedure. As monophasic polydensified hyaluronic acid products with variable density CPM-HAL1 (Belotero® Balance Lidocaine) and CPM-HAL2 (Belotero® Intense Lidocaine) are qualified for beautification and particularly natural-looking rejuvenation, respectively. Assessment of handling and outcome of lip augmentation using the lidocaine-containing hyaluronic acid fillers CPM-HAL1 and CPM-HAL2. Data from patients who received lip augmentation by means of bautification and/or rejuvenation using CPM-HAL1 and/or CPM-HAL2 were documented. Observation period was 4 months, with assessment of natural outcome, evenness, handling, fluidity, distribution, malleability, tolerability, as well as patient satisfaction and pain. In total, 146 patients from 21 German centres participated. Physicians rated natural outcome and evenness as good or very good for > 95 % of patients. Handling, fluidity, distribution and malleability were assessed for both fillers as good or very good in > 91 % of patients. At every evaluation point, more than 93 % of patients were very or very much satisfied with the product. A total of 125 patients (85.6 %) experienced transient injection-related side effects. Pain intensity during the procedure was mild (2.72 ± 1.72 on the 0-10 pain assessment scale) and abated markedly within 30 min (0.42 ± 0.57). Lip augmentation with hyaluronic acid fillers produced a long-term cosmetic result. Due to the lidocaine content, procedural pain was low and transient. Accordingly, a high degree of patient satisfaction was achieved that was maintained throughout the observation period.

  19. Quantitative analysis of eyes and other optical systems in linear optics.

    PubMed

    Harris, William F; Evans, Tanya; van Gool, Radboud D

    2017-05-01

    To show that 14-dimensional spaces of augmented point P and angle Q characteristics, matrices obtained from the ray transference, are suitable for quantitative analysis although only the latter define an inner-product space and only on it can one define distances and angles. The paper examines the nature of the spaces and their relationships to other spaces including symmetric dioptric power space. The paper makes use of linear optics, a three-dimensional generalization of Gaussian optics. Symmetric 2 × 2 dioptric power matrices F define a three-dimensional inner-product space which provides a sound basis for quantitative analysis (calculation of changes, arithmetic means, etc.) of refractive errors and thin systems. For general systems the optical character is defined by the dimensionally-heterogeneous 4 × 4 symplectic matrix S, the transference, or if explicit allowance is made for heterocentricity, the 5 × 5 augmented symplectic matrix T. Ordinary quantitative analysis cannot be performed on them because matrices of neither of these types constitute vector spaces. Suitable transformations have been proposed but because the transforms are dimensionally heterogeneous the spaces are not naturally inner-product spaces. The paper obtains 14-dimensional spaces of augmented point P and angle Q characteristics. The 14-dimensional space defined by the augmented angle characteristics Q is dimensionally homogenous and an inner-product space. A 10-dimensional subspace of the space of augmented point characteristics P is also an inner-product space. The spaces are suitable for quantitative analysis of the optical character of eyes and many other systems. Distances and angles can be defined in the inner-product spaces. The optical systems may have multiple separated astigmatic and decentred refracting elements. © 2017 The Authors Ophthalmic & Physiological Optics © 2017 The College of Optometrists.

  20. Fusion of an Ensemble of Augmented Image Detectors for Robust Object Detection

    PubMed Central

    Wei, Pan; Anderson, Derek T.

    2018-01-01

    A significant challenge in object detection is accurate identification of an object’s position in image space, whereas one algorithm with one set of parameters is usually not enough, and the fusion of multiple algorithms and/or parameters can lead to more robust results. Herein, a new computational intelligence fusion approach based on the dynamic analysis of agreement among object detection outputs is proposed. Furthermore, we propose an online versus just in training image augmentation strategy. Experiments comparing the results both with and without fusion are presented. We demonstrate that the augmented and fused combination results are the best, with respect to higher accuracy rates and reduction of outlier influences. The approach is demonstrated in the context of cone, pedestrian and box detection for Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) applications. PMID:29562609

  1. Facial skeletal augmentation using hydroxyapatite cement.

    PubMed

    Shindo, M L; Costantino, P D; Friedman, C D; Chow, L C

    1993-02-01

    This study investigates the use of a new calcium phosphate cement, which sets to solid, microporous hydroxyapatite, for facial bone augmentation. In six dogs, the supraorbital ridges were augmented bilaterally with this hydroxyapatite cement. On one side, the hydroxyapatite cement was placed directly onto the bone within a subperiosteal pocket. On the opposite side, the cement was contained within a collagen membrane tubule and then inserted into a subperiosteal pocket. The use of collagen tubules facilitated easy, precise placement of the cement. All implants maintained their original augmented height throughout the duration of the study. They were well tolerated without extrusion or migration, and there was no significant sustained inflammatory response. Histologic studies, performed at 3, 6, and 9 months revealed that when the cement was placed directly onto bone, progressive replacement of the implant by bone (osseointegration of the hydroxyapatite with the underlying bone) without a loss of volume was observed. In contrast, when the cement-collagen tubule combination was inserted, primarily a fibrous union was noted. Despite such fibrous union, the hydroxyapatite-collagen implant solidly bonded to the underlying bone, and no implant resorption was observed. Hydroxyapatite cement can be used successfully for the experimental augmentation of the craniofacial skeleton and may be applicable for such uses in humans.

  2. Flight Testing of the Space Launch System (SLS) Adaptive Augmenting Control (AAC) Algorithm on an F/A-18

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dennehy, Cornelius J.; VanZwieten, Tannen S.; Hanson, Curtis E.; Wall, John H.; Miller, Chris J.; Gilligan, Eric T.; Orr, Jeb S.

    2014-01-01

    The Marshall Space Flight Center (MSFC) Flight Mechanics and Analysis Division developed an adaptive augmenting control (AAC) algorithm for launch vehicles that improves robustness and performance on an as-needed basis by adapting a classical control algorithm to unexpected environments or variations in vehicle dynamics. This was baselined as part of the Space Launch System (SLS) flight control system. The NASA Engineering and Safety Center (NESC) was asked to partner with the SLS Program and the Space Technology Mission Directorate (STMD) Game Changing Development Program (GCDP) to flight test the AAC algorithm on a manned aircraft that can achieve a high level of dynamic similarity to a launch vehicle and raise the technology readiness of the algorithm early in the program. This document reports the outcome of the NESC assessment.

  3. Approximations to complete basis set-extrapolated, highly correlated non-covalent interaction energies.

    PubMed

    Mackie, Iain D; DiLabio, Gino A

    2011-10-07

    The first-principles calculation of non-covalent (particularly dispersion) interactions between molecules is a considerable challenge. In this work we studied the binding energies for ten small non-covalently bonded dimers with several combinations of correlation methods (MP2, coupled-cluster single double, coupled-cluster single double (triple) (CCSD(T))), correlation-consistent basis sets (aug-cc-pVXZ, X = D, T, Q), two-point complete basis set energy extrapolations, and counterpoise corrections. For this work, complete basis set results were estimated from averaged counterpoise and non-counterpoise-corrected CCSD(T) binding energies obtained from extrapolations with aug-cc-pVQZ and aug-cc-pVTZ basis sets. It is demonstrated that, in almost all cases, binding energies converge more rapidly to the basis set limit by averaging the counterpoise and non-counterpoise corrected values than by using either counterpoise or non-counterpoise methods alone. Examination of the effect of basis set size and electron correlation shows that the triples contribution to the CCSD(T) binding energies is fairly constant with the basis set size, with a slight underestimation with CCSD(T)∕aug-cc-pVDZ compared to the value at the (estimated) complete basis set limit, and that contributions to the binding energies obtained by MP2 generally overestimate the analogous CCSD(T) contributions. Taking these factors together, we conclude that the binding energies for non-covalently bonded systems can be accurately determined using a composite method that combines CCSD(T)∕aug-cc-pVDZ with energy corrections obtained using basis set extrapolated MP2 (utilizing aug-cc-pVQZ and aug-cc-pVTZ basis sets), if all of the components are obtained by averaging the counterpoise and non-counterpoise energies. With such an approach, binding energies for the set of ten dimers are predicted with a mean absolute deviation of 0.02 kcal/mol, a maximum absolute deviation of 0.05 kcal/mol, and a mean percent absolute deviation of only 1.7%, relative to the (estimated) complete basis set CCSD(T) results. Use of this composite approach to an additional set of eight dimers gave binding energies to within 1% of previously published high-level data. It is also shown that binding within parallel and parallel-crossed conformations of naphthalene dimer is predicted by the composite approach to be 9% greater than that previously reported in the literature. The ability of some recently developed dispersion-corrected density-functional theory methods to predict the binding energies of the set of ten small dimers was also examined. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  4. Hexamethonium-induced augmentation of the electrical twitch response in the guinea-pig ileum longitudinal muscle-myenteric plexus strip.

    PubMed

    Donnerer, Josef; Liebmann, Ingrid; Holzer-Petsche, Ulrike

    2014-08-08

    Longitudinal muscle-myenteric plexus strips of the guinea-pig ileum were used to investigate the nature of the hexamethonium-induced augmentation of the twitch response. All preparations were set up in Tyrode solution and intermittent longitudinal twitch contractions were evoked by single pulse electrical field stimulation. Hexamethonium, a blocker of nicotinic ganglionic transmission, at 300 μmol/l and 1 mmol/l augmented the twitch contractions by 21% and 35%, respectively. First we tested for a possible nicotinic drive onto an inhibitory neuronal component to the longitudinal smooth muscle cells. However, guanethidine (5 μmol/l), naloxone (1 μmol/l), or l-NAME (300 μmol/l) were without effect on the hexamethonium-induced augmentation. The P2 purinoceptor antagonist pyridoxalphosphate-6-azophenyl-2'-4'-disulphonic acid (PPADS), 25-100 μmol/l, without altering the control twitch responses, dose-dependently reduced the hexamethonium-induced augmentation; at 100 μmol/l a statistically significantly inhibition was observed. Based on these functional experiments we found no evidence that blocking nicotinic transmission removed a tonic adrenergic, opioidergic or nitrergic inhibitory input to the longitudinal muscle. However, we provide evidence for a hexamethonium-induced augmentation of the P2 purinergic input to cholinergic motoneurons of the guinea-pig ileum longitudinal muscle. The P2-nicotinic receptor interaction presents a novel modulatory mechanism to cholinergic myenteric motor neurons. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

  5. Communication: A novel implementation to compute MP2 correlation energies without basis set superposition errors and complete basis set extrapolation.

    PubMed

    Dixit, Anant; Claudot, Julien; Lebègue, Sébastien; Rocca, Dario

    2017-06-07

    By using a formulation based on the dynamical polarizability, we propose a novel implementation of second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation (MP2) theory within a plane wave (PW) basis set. Because of the intrinsic properties of PWs, this method is not affected by basis set superposition errors. Additionally, results are converged without relying on complete basis set extrapolation techniques; this is achieved by using the eigenvectors of the static polarizability as an auxiliary basis set to compactly and accurately represent the response functions involved in the MP2 equations. Summations over the large number of virtual states are avoided by using a formalism inspired by density functional perturbation theory, and the Lanczos algorithm is used to include dynamical effects. To demonstrate this method, applications to three weakly interacting dimers are presented.

  6. Feature Augmentation via Nonparametrics and Selection (FANS) in High-Dimensional Classification.

    PubMed

    Fan, Jianqing; Feng, Yang; Jiang, Jiancheng; Tong, Xin

    We propose a high dimensional classification method that involves nonparametric feature augmentation. Knowing that marginal density ratios are the most powerful univariate classifiers, we use the ratio estimates to transform the original feature measurements. Subsequently, penalized logistic regression is invoked, taking as input the newly transformed or augmented features. This procedure trains models equipped with local complexity and global simplicity, thereby avoiding the curse of dimensionality while creating a flexible nonlinear decision boundary. The resulting method is called Feature Augmentation via Nonparametrics and Selection (FANS). We motivate FANS by generalizing the Naive Bayes model, writing the log ratio of joint densities as a linear combination of those of marginal densities. It is related to generalized additive models, but has better interpretability and computability. Risk bounds are developed for FANS. In numerical analysis, FANS is compared with competing methods, so as to provide a guideline on its best application domain. Real data analysis demonstrates that FANS performs very competitively on benchmark email spam and gene expression data sets. Moreover, FANS is implemented by an extremely fast algorithm through parallel computing.

  7. Feature Augmentation via Nonparametrics and Selection (FANS) in High-Dimensional Classification

    PubMed Central

    Feng, Yang; Jiang, Jiancheng; Tong, Xin

    2015-01-01

    We propose a high dimensional classification method that involves nonparametric feature augmentation. Knowing that marginal density ratios are the most powerful univariate classifiers, we use the ratio estimates to transform the original feature measurements. Subsequently, penalized logistic regression is invoked, taking as input the newly transformed or augmented features. This procedure trains models equipped with local complexity and global simplicity, thereby avoiding the curse of dimensionality while creating a flexible nonlinear decision boundary. The resulting method is called Feature Augmentation via Nonparametrics and Selection (FANS). We motivate FANS by generalizing the Naive Bayes model, writing the log ratio of joint densities as a linear combination of those of marginal densities. It is related to generalized additive models, but has better interpretability and computability. Risk bounds are developed for FANS. In numerical analysis, FANS is compared with competing methods, so as to provide a guideline on its best application domain. Real data analysis demonstrates that FANS performs very competitively on benchmark email spam and gene expression data sets. Moreover, FANS is implemented by an extremely fast algorithm through parallel computing. PMID:27185970

  8. CNN-SVM for Microvascular Morphological Type Recognition with Data Augmentation.

    PubMed

    Xue, Di-Xiu; Zhang, Rong; Feng, Hui; Wang, Ya-Lei

    2016-01-01

    This paper focuses on the problem of feature extraction and the classification of microvascular morphological types to aid esophageal cancer detection. We present a patch-based system with a hybrid SVM model with data augmentation for intraepithelial papillary capillary loop recognition. A greedy patch-generating algorithm and a specialized CNN named NBI-Net are designed to extract hierarchical features from patches. We investigate a series of data augmentation techniques to progressively improve the prediction invariance of image scaling and rotation. For classifier boosting, SVM is used as an alternative to softmax to enhance generalization ability. The effectiveness of CNN feature representation ability is discussed for a set of widely used CNN models, including AlexNet, VGG-16, and GoogLeNet. Experiments are conducted on the NBI-ME dataset. The recognition rate is up to 92.74% on the patch level with data augmentation and classifier boosting. The results show that the combined CNN-SVM model beats models of traditional features with SVM as well as the original CNN with softmax. The synthesis results indicate that our system is able to assist clinical diagnosis to a certain extent.

  9. Comprehension: an overlooked component in augmented language development.

    PubMed

    Sevcik, Rose A

    2006-02-15

    Despite the importance of children's receptive skills as a foundation for later productive word use, the role of receptive language traditionally has received very limited attention since the focus in linguistic development has centered on language production. For children with significant developmental disabilities and communication impairments, augmented language systems have been devised as a tool both for language input and output. The role of both speech and symbol comprehension skills is emphasized in this paper. Data collected from two longitudinal studies of children and youth with severe disabilities and limited speech serve as illustrations in this paper. The acquisition and use of the System for Augmenting Language (SAL) was studied in home and school settings. Communication behaviors of the children and youth and their communication partners were observed and language assessment measures were collected. Two patterns of symbol learning and achievement--beginning and advanced--were observed. Extant speech comprehension skills brought to the augmented language learning task impacted the participants' patterns of symbol learning and use. Though often overlooked, the importance of speech and symbol comprehension skills were underscored in the studies described. Future areas for research are identified.

  10. Correlation consistent valence basis sets for use with the Stuttgart-Dresden-Bonn relativistic effective core potentials: The atoms Ga-Kr and In-Xe

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martin, Jan M. L.; Sundermann, Andreas

    2001-02-01

    We propose large-core correlation-consistent (cc) pseudopotential basis sets for the heavy p-block elements Ga-Kr and In-Xe. The basis sets are of cc-pVTZ and cc-pVQZ quality, and have been optimized for use with the large-core (valence-electrons only) Stuttgart-Dresden-Bonn (SDB) relativistic pseudopotentials. Validation calculations on a variety of third-row and fourth-row diatomics suggest them to be comparable in quality to the all-electron cc-pVTZ and cc-pVQZ basis sets for lighter elements. Especially the SDB-cc-pVQZ basis set in conjunction with a core polarization potential (CPP) yields excellent agreement with experiment for compounds of the later heavy p-block elements. For accurate calculations on Ga (and, to a lesser extent, Ge) compounds, explicit treatment of 13 valence electrons appears to be desirable, while it seems inevitable for In compounds. For Ga and Ge, we propose correlation consistent basis sets extended for (3d) correlation. For accurate calculations on organometallic complexes of interest to homogenous catalysis, we recommend a combination of the standard cc-pVTZ basis set for first- and second-row elements, the presently derived SDB-cc-pVTZ basis set for heavier p-block elements, and for transition metals, the small-core [6s5p3d] Stuttgart-Dresden basis set-relativistic effective core potential combination supplemented by (2f1g) functions with exponents given in the Appendix to the present paper.

  11. Kinetics and dynamics of the C(3P) + H2O reaction on a full-dimensional accurate triplet state potential energy surface.

    PubMed

    Li, Jun; Xie, Changjian; Guo, Hua

    2017-08-30

    A full dimensional accurate potential energy surface (PES) for the C( 3 P) and H 2 O reaction is developed based on ∼34 000 data points calculated at the level of the explicitly correlated unrestricted coupled cluster method with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations with the augmented correlation-consistent polarized triple zeta basis set (CCSD(T)-F12a/AVTZ). The PES is invariant with respect to the permutation of the two hydrogen atoms and the total root mean square error (RMSE) of the fit is only 0.31 kcal mol -1 . The PES features two barriers in the entrance channel and several potential minima, as well as multiple product channels. The rate coefficients of this reaction calculated using a transition-state theory and quasi-classical trajectory (QCT) method are small near room temperature, consistent with experiments. The reaction dynamics is also investigated with QCT on the new PES, which found that the reactivity is constrained by the entrance barriers and the final product branching is not statistical.

  12. On the Determinants and Outcomes of Passion for Playing Pokémon Go

    PubMed Central

    Orosz, Gábor; Zsila, Ágnes; Vallerand, Robert J.; Böthe, Beáta

    2018-01-01

    In 2016, Pokémon Go became the most popular smartphone game. Despite the increasing popularity of this augmented reality game, to date, no studies have investigated passion for playing Pokémon Go. On the theoretical basis of the Dualistic Model of Passion (DMP), our goal was to investigate the associations between Pokémon Go playing motives, passion, and impulsivity. A total of 621 Pokémon Go players participated in the study (54.9% female; Mage = 22.6 years, SDage = 4.4). It was found that impulsivity was more strongly associated with obsessive passion (OP) than with harmonious passion (HP). HP was associated with adaptive motives (i.e., outdoor activity, social, recreation, and nostalgia), while OP was associated with less adaptive motives (i.e., fantasy, escape, boredom, competition, and coping). Therefore, in line with the DMP, HP and OP for playing Pokémon Go can predict an almost perfectly distinguished set of adaptive or maladaptive playing motives, and OP has a noteworthy relationship with impulsivity as a determinant. PMID:29599735

  13. On the Determinants and Outcomes of Passion for Playing Pokémon Go.

    PubMed

    Orosz, Gábor; Zsila, Ágnes; Vallerand, Robert J; Böthe, Beáta

    2018-01-01

    In 2016, Pokémon Go became the most popular smartphone game. Despite the increasing popularity of this augmented reality game, to date, no studies have investigated passion for playing Pokémon Go. On the theoretical basis of the Dualistic Model of Passion (DMP), our goal was to investigate the associations between Pokémon Go playing motives, passion, and impulsivity. A total of 621 Pokémon Go players participated in the study (54.9% female; M age = 22.6 years, SD age = 4.4). It was found that impulsivity was more strongly associated with obsessive passion (OP) than with harmonious passion (HP). HP was associated with adaptive motives (i.e., outdoor activity, social, recreation, and nostalgia), while OP was associated with less adaptive motives (i.e., fantasy, escape, boredom, competition, and coping). Therefore, in line with the DMP, HP and OP for playing Pokémon Go can predict an almost perfectly distinguished set of adaptive or maladaptive playing motives, and OP has a noteworthy relationship with impulsivity as a determinant.

  14. A new ab initio potential energy surface for the Ne-H 2 interaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lique, François

    2009-03-01

    A new accurate three-dimensional potential energy surface for the Ne-H 2 system, which explicitly takes into account the r-dependence of the H 2 vibration, was determined from ab initio calculations. It was obtained with the single and double excitation coupled-cluster method with noniterative perturbational treatment of triple excitation [CCSD(T)]. Calculations was been performed using the augmented correlation-consistent polarized quintuple zeta basis set (aug-cc-pV5Z) for the three atoms. We checked the accuracy of the present ab initio calculations. We have determined, using the new Ne-H 2 potential energy surface, differential cross-sections for the rotational excitation of the H 2 and D 2 molecules in collision with Ne and we have compared them with experimental results of Faubel et al. [M. Faubel, F.A. Gianturco, F. Ragnetti, L.Y. Rusin, F. Sondermann, U. Tappe, J.P. Toennies, J. Chem. Phys. 101 (1994) 8800]. The overall agreement confirms that the new potential energy surface can be used for the simulation of molecular collisions and/or molecular spectroscopy of the van der Waals complex Ne-H 2.

  15. Solid-State 87Sr NMR Spectroscopy at Natural Abundance and High Magnetic Field Strength.

    PubMed

    Faucher, Alexandra; Terskikh, Victor V; Ye, Eric; Bernard, Guy M; Wasylishen, Roderick E

    2015-12-10

    Twenty-five strontium-containing solids were characterized via (87)Sr NMR spectroscopy at natural abundance and high magnetic field strength (B0 = 21.14 T). Strontium nuclear quadrupole coupling constants in these compounds are sensitive to the strontium site symmetry and range from 0 to 50.5 MHz. An experimental (87)Sr chemical shift scale is proposed, and available data indicate a chemical shift range of approximately 550 ppm, from -200 to +350 ppm relative to Sr(2+)(aq). In general, magnetic shielding increased with strontium coordination number. Experimentally measured chemical shift anisotropy is reported for stationary samples of solid powdered SrCl2·6H2O, SrBr2·6H2O, and SrCO3, with δaniso((87)Sr) values of +28, +26, and -65 ppm, respectively. NMR parameters were calculated using CASTEP, a gauge including projector augmented wave (GIPAW) DFT-based program, which addresses the periodic nature of solids using plane-wave basis sets. Calculated NMR parameters are in good agreement with those measured.

  16. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yu, Kuang; Libisch, Florian; Carter, Emily A., E-mail: eac@princeton.edu

    We report a new implementation of the density functional embedding theory (DFET) in the VASP code, using the projector-augmented-wave (PAW) formalism. Newly developed algorithms allow us to efficiently perform optimized effective potential optimizations within PAW. The new algorithm generates robust and physically correct embedding potentials, as we verified using several test systems including a covalently bound molecule, a metal surface, and bulk semiconductors. We show that with the resulting embedding potential, embedded cluster models can reproduce the electronic structure of point defects in bulk semiconductors, thereby demonstrating the validity of DFET in semiconductors for the first time. Compared to ourmore » previous version, the new implementation of DFET within VASP affords use of all features of VASP (e.g., a systematic PAW library, a wide selection of functionals, a more flexible choice of U correction formalisms, and faster computational speed) with DFET. Furthermore, our results are fairly robust with respect to both plane-wave and Gaussian type orbital basis sets in the embedded cluster calculations. This suggests that the density functional embedding method is potentially an accurate and efficient way to study properties of isolated defects in semiconductors.« less

  17. The Kinetics and Thermodynamics of CO2 Capture by Aqueous Ammonia Derived Using Meta-GGA Density Functional Theory and Wavefunction-Based Model Chemistry Methods

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Beste, Ariana; Attalla, Moetaz; Jackson, Phil

    2012-01-01

    A meta GGA-DFT study of CO{sub 2} activation in aqueous ammonia solutions, with an emphasis on the reaction barrier and molecularity, has been undertaken using the M06-2X functional with an augmented triple-zeta split-valence basis set (6-311++G(d,p)). Up to five base molecules were treated explicitly in order to establish the effects of solvent catalysis in the chemical capture process. Aqueous free energies of solvation were determined for optimized reactant and transition structures using SM8/M06-2X/6-311++G(d,p). The concept of the solvent pre-complex as presented by Dixon and coworkers (Nguyen, M. T.; Matus, M. H.; Jackson, V. E.; Ngan, V. T.; Rustad, J. R.;more » Dixon, D. A. J. Phys. Chem. A 2008, 112, 10386-10398) was exploited to account for the energetics of disruption of the hydrogen-bonding solvent nano-network prior to the CO{sub 2} activation step. Selected gas- and aqueous-phase thermodynamic quantities have also been derived.« less

  18. Sliding Mode Fault Tolerant Control with Adaptive Diagnosis for Aircraft Engines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiao, Lingfei; Du, Yanbin; Hu, Jixiang; Jiang, Bin

    2018-03-01

    In this paper, a novel sliding mode fault tolerant control method is presented for aircraft engine systems with uncertainties and disturbances on the basis of adaptive diagnostic observer. By taking both sensors faults and actuators faults into account, the general model of aircraft engine control systems which is subjected to uncertainties and disturbances, is considered. Then, the corresponding augmented dynamic model is established in order to facilitate the fault diagnosis and fault tolerant controller design. Next, a suitable detection observer is designed to detect the faults effectively. Through creating an adaptive diagnostic observer and based on sliding mode strategy, the sliding mode fault tolerant controller is constructed. Robust stabilization is discussed and the closed-loop system can be stabilized robustly. It is also proven that the adaptive diagnostic observer output errors and the estimations of faults converge to a set exponentially, and the converge rate greater than some value which can be adjusted by choosing designable parameters properly. The simulation on a twin-shaft aircraft engine verifies the applicability of the proposed fault tolerant control method.

  19. Rotationally inelastic scattering of PN by para-H2(j = 0) at low/moderate temperature

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Najar, F.; Naouai, M.; Hanini, H. El; Jaidane, N.

    2017-12-01

    Calculation of the collisional rate coefficients with the most abundant species has been motivated by the desire to interpret observations of molecules in the interstellar medium. This paper will be concerned with rotational excitation of the phosphorus nitride (PN) molecule in its ground vibrational state by collisions with para-H2(j = 0). Ab intio potential energy surface for the PN-H2 van der Waals system, considering both molecules as rigid rotors, was computed via CCSD(T) method using the aug-cc-pVTZ basis sets, augmented by a bond functions placed at midway between the PN and H2 centres of mass. Cross-sections among the 40 first rotational levels of PN in collisions with para-H2(j = 0) were obtained using close coupling and coupled states calculations, for total energies up to 3000 cm- 1. Rate coefficients are presented for temperatures ranging from 5 to 300 K. A strong propensity favouring even Δj transitions is found. The comparison of the new PN-H2 rate coefficients with previously calculated PN-He rate coefficients shows that significant differences exist.

  20. Does bone cement in percutaneous vertebroplasty act as a stress riser?

    PubMed

    Aquarius, René; van der Zijden, Astrid Maria; Homminga, Jasper; Verdonschot, Nico; Tanck, Esther

    2013-11-15

    An in vitro cadaveric study. To determine whether percutaneous vertebroplasty (PVP) with a clinically relevant amount of bone cement is capable of causing stress peaks in adjacent-level vertebrae. It is often suggested that PVP of a primary spinal fracture causes stress peaks in adjacent vertebrae, thereby leading to additional fractures. The in vitro studies that demonstrated this relationship, however, use bigger volumes of bone cement used clinically. Ten fresh-frozen vertebrae were loaded until failure, while registering force and displacement as well as the pressure under the lower endplate. After failure, the vertebrae were augmented with clinically relevant amounts of bone cement and then again loaded until failure. The force, displacement, and pressure under the lower endplate were again registered. Stress peaks were not related to the location of the injected bone cement. Both failure load and stiffness were significantly lower after augmentation. On the basis of our findings, we conclude that vertebral augmentation with clinically relevant amounts of bone cement does not lead to stress peaks under the endplate. It is therefore unlikely that PVP, in itself, causes detrimental stresses in the adjacent vertebrae, leading to new vertebral fractures. N/A.

  1. Parameter-expanded data augmentation for Bayesian analysis of capture-recapture models

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Royle, J. Andrew; Dorazio, Robert M.

    2012-01-01

    Data augmentation (DA) is a flexible tool for analyzing closed and open population models of capture-recapture data, especially models which include sources of hetereogeneity among individuals. The essential concept underlying DA, as we use the term, is based on adding "observations" to create a dataset composed of a known number of individuals. This new (augmented) dataset, which includes the unknown number of individuals N in the population, is then analyzed using a new model that includes a reformulation of the parameter N in the conventional model of the observed (unaugmented) data. In the context of capture-recapture models, we add a set of "all zero" encounter histories which are not, in practice, observable. The model of the augmented dataset is a zero-inflated version of either a binomial or a multinomial base model. Thus, our use of DA provides a general approach for analyzing both closed and open population models of all types. In doing so, this approach provides a unified framework for the analysis of a huge range of models that are treated as unrelated "black boxes" and named procedures in the classical literature. As a practical matter, analysis of the augmented dataset by MCMC is greatly simplified compared to other methods that require specialized algorithms. For example, complex capture-recapture models of an augmented dataset can be fitted with popular MCMC software packages (WinBUGS or JAGS) by providing a concise statement of the model's assumptions that usually involves only a few lines of pseudocode. In this paper, we review the basic technical concepts of data augmentation, and we provide examples of analyses of closed-population models (M 0, M h , distance sampling, and spatial capture-recapture models) and open-population models (Jolly-Seber) with individual effects.

  2. Hybrid Grid and Basis Set Approach to Quantum Chemistry DMRG

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stoudenmire, Edwin Miles; White, Steven

    We present a new approach for using DMRG for quantum chemistry that combines the advantages of a basis set with that of a grid approximation. Because DMRG scales linearly for quasi-one-dimensional systems, it is feasible to approximate the continuum with a fine grid in one direction while using a standard basis set approach for the transverse directions. Compared to standard basis set methods, we reach larger systems and achieve better scaling when approaching the basis set limit. The flexibility and reduced costs of our approach even make it feasible to incoporate advanced DMRG techniques such as simulating real-time dynamics. Supported by the Simons Collaboration on the Many-Electron Problem.

  3. Density functional theory calculations of the lowest energy quintet and triplet states of model hemes: role of functional, basis set, and zero-point energy corrections.

    PubMed

    Khvostichenko, Daria; Choi, Andrew; Boulatov, Roman

    2008-04-24

    We investigated the effect of several computational variables, including the choice of the basis set, application of symmetry constraints, and zero-point energy (ZPE) corrections, on the structural parameters and predicted ground electronic state of model 5-coordinate hemes (iron(II) porphines axially coordinated by a single imidazole or 2-methylimidazole). We studied the performance of B3LYP and B3PW91 with eight Pople-style basis sets (up to 6-311+G*) and B97-1, OLYP, and TPSS functionals with 6-31G and 6-31G* basis sets. Only hybrid functionals B3LYP, B3PW91, and B97-1 reproduced the quintet ground state of the model hemes. With a given functional, the choice of the basis set caused up to 2.7 kcal/mol variation of the quintet-triplet electronic energy gap (DeltaEel), in several cases, resulting in the inversion of the sign of DeltaEel. Single-point energy calculations with triple-zeta basis sets of the Pople (up to 6-311G++(2d,2p)), Ahlrichs (TZVP and TZVPP), and Dunning (cc-pVTZ) families showed the same trend. The zero-point energy of the quintet state was approximately 1 kcal/mol lower than that of the triplet, and accounting for ZPE corrections was crucial for establishing the ground state if the electronic energy of the triplet state was approximately 1 kcal/mol less than that of the quintet. Within a given model chemistry, effects of symmetry constraints and of a "tense" structure of the iron porphine fragment coordinated to 2-methylimidazole on DeltaEel were limited to 0.3 kcal/mol. For both model hemes the best agreement with crystallographic structural data was achieved with small 6-31G and 6-31G* basis sets. Deviation of the computed frequency of the Fe-Im stretching mode from the experimental value with the basis set decreased in the order: nonaugmented basis sets, basis sets with polarization functions, and basis sets with polarization and diffuse functions. Contraction of Pople-style basis sets (double-zeta or triple-zeta) affected the results insignificantly for iron(II) porphyrin coordinated with imidazole. Poor performance of a "locally dense" basis set with a large number of basis functions on the Fe center was observed in calculation of quintet-triplet gaps. Our results lead to a series of suggestions for density functional theory calculations of quintet-triplet energy gaps in ferrohemes with a single axial imidazole; these suggestions are potentially applicable for other transition-metal complexes.

  4. Thrust Augmentation Measurements Using a Pulse Detonation Engine Ejector

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Santoro, Robert J.; Pal, Sibtosh

    2005-01-01

    Results of an experimental effort on pulse detonation driven ejectors are presented and discussed. The experiments were conducted using a pulse detonation engine (PDE)/ejector setup that was specifically designed for the study and operated at frequencies up to 50 Hz. The results of various experiments designed to probe different aspects of the PDE/ejector setup are reported. The baseline PDE was operated using ethylene (C2H4) as the fuel and an oxygen/nitrogen O2 + N2) mixture at an equivalence ratio of one. The PDE only experiments included propellant mixture characterization using a laser absorption technique, high fidelity thrust measurements using an integrated spring-damper system, and shadowgraph imaging of the detonation/shock wave structure emanating from the tube. The baseline PDE thrust measurement results at each desired frequency agree with experimental and modeling results reported in the literature. These PDE setup results were then used as a basis for quantifying thrust augmentation for various PDE/ejector setups with constant diameter ejector tubes and various ejector lengths, the radius of curvature for the ejector inlets and various detonation tube/ejector tube overlap distances. For the studied experimental matrix, the results showed a maximum thrust augmentation of 106% at an operational frequency of 30 Hz. The thrust augmentation results are complemented by shadowgraph imaging of the flowfield in the ejector tube inlet area and high frequency pressure transducer measurements along the length of the ejector tube.

  5. Aircraft Pitch Control With Fixed Order LQ Compensators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Green, James; Ashokkumar, C. R.; Homaifar, Abdollah

    1997-01-01

    This paper considers a given set of fixed order compensators for aircraft pitch control problem. By augmenting compensator variables to the original state equations of the aircraft, a new dynamic model is considered to seek a LQ controller. While the fixed order compensators can achieve a set of desired poles in a specified region, LQ formulation provides the inherent robustness properties. The time response for ride quality is significantly improved with a set of dynamic compensators.

  6. Aircraft Pitch Control with Fixed Order LQ Compensators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Green, James; Ashokkumar, Cr.; Homaifar, A.

    1997-01-01

    This paper considers a given set of fixed order compensators for aircraft pitch control problem. By augmenting compensator variables to the original state equations of the aircraft, a new dynamic model is considered to seek a LQ controller. While the fixed order compensators can achieve a set of desired poles in a specified region, LQ formulation provides the inherent robustness properties. The time response for ride quality is significantly improved with a set of dynamic compensators.

  7. Public Interest in Breast Augmentation: Analysis and Implications of Google Trends Data.

    PubMed

    Wilson, Stelios C; Daar, David A; Sinno, Sammy; Levine, Steven M

    2018-06-01

    Breast augmentation is the most common aesthetic surgery performed in the United States (US) annually. Analysis of Google Trends (GT) data may give plastic surgeons useful information regarding worldwide, national, and regional interest for breast augmentation and other commonly performed aesthetic surgeries. Data were collected using GT for breast augmentation and associated search terms from January 2004 to May 2017. Case volume was obtained from the American Society of Plastic Surgeons (ASPS) annual reports for the calendar year 2005-2016. Trend analysis showed that total search term volume for breast augmentation and breast implants gradually decreased worldwide and in the US over the study period while the search term boob job slowly increased. Univariate linear regression demonstrated a statistically significant positive correlation between average annual Google search volume of "breast augmentation" and the annual volume of breast augmentations performed in the US according to ASPS data (R 2  = 0.44, p = 0.018). There was no significant correlation between national volume of breast augmentations performed and search volume using the terms "breast implants" or "boob job" over time (p = 0.84 and p = 0.07, respectively). In addition, there appears to be country specific variation in interest based on time of year and peaks in interest following specific policies. To our knowledge, this is the first and only analysis of GT data in the plastic surgery literature to date. To that end, this study highlights this large and potentially powerful data set for plastic surgeons both in the US and around the world. This journal requires that authors assign a level of evidence to each article. For a full description of these Evidence-Based Medicine ratings, please refer to the Table of Contents or the online Instructions to Authors www.springer.com/00266 .

  8. The Effect of Pulse Length and Ejector Radius on Unsteady Ejector Performance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, Jack

    2005-01-01

    The thrust augmentation of a set of ejectors driven by a shrouded Hartmann-Sprenger tube has been measured at four different frequencies. Each frequency corresponded to a different length to diameter ratio of the pulse of air leaving the driver shroud. Two of the frequencies had length to diameter ratios below the formation number, and two above. The formation number is the value of length to diameter ratio below which the pulse converts to a vortex ring only, and above which the pulse becomes a vortex ring plus a trailing jet. A three level, three parameter Box-Behnken statistical design of experiment scheme was performed at each frequency, measuring the thrust augmentation generated by the appropriate ejectors from the set. The three parameters were ejector length, radius, and inlet radius. The results showed that there is an optimum ejector radius and length at each frequency. Using a polynomial fit to the data, the results were interpolated to different ejector radii and pulse length to diameter ratios. This showed that a peak in thrust augmentation occurs when the pulse length to diameter ratio equals the formation number, and that the optimum ejector radius is 0.87 times the sum of the vortex ring radius and the core radius.

  9. Augmented reality system for CT-guided interventions: system description and initial phantom trials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sauer, Frank; Schoepf, Uwe J.; Khamene, Ali; Vogt, Sebastian; Das, Marco; Silverman, Stuart G.

    2003-05-01

    We are developing an augmented reality (AR) image guidance system, in which information derived from medical images is overlaid onto a video view of the patient. The interventionalist wears a head-mounted display (HMD) that presents him with the augmented stereo view. The HMD is custom fitted with two miniature color video cameras that capture the stereo view of the scene. A third video camera, operating in the near IR, is also attached to the HMD and is used for head tracking. The system achieves real-time performance of 30 frames per second. The graphics appears firmly anchored in the scne, without any noticeable swimming or jitter or time lag. For the application of CT-guided interventions, we extended our original prototype system to include tracking of a biopsy needle to which we attached a set of optical markers. The AR visualization provides very intuitive guidance for planning and placement of the needle and reduces radiation to patient and radiologist. We used an interventional abdominal phantom with simulated liver lesions to perform an inital set of experiments. The users were consistently able to locate the target lesion with the first needle pass. These results provide encouragement to move the system towards clinical trials.

  10. Localized basis sets for unbound electrons in nanoelectronics.

    PubMed

    Soriano, D; Jacob, D; Palacios, J J

    2008-02-21

    It is shown how unbound electron wave functions can be expanded in a suitably chosen localized basis sets for any desired range of energies. In particular, we focus on the use of Gaussian basis sets, commonly used in first-principles codes. The possible usefulness of these basis sets in a first-principles description of field emission or scanning tunneling microscopy at large bias is illustrated by studying a simpler related phenomenon: The lifetime of an electron in a H atom subjected to a strong electric field.

  11. Acceptable distortion and magnification of images on reflective surfaces in an augmented reality system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yamamoto, Shoji; Hosokawa, Natsumi; Yokoya, Mayu; Tsumura, Norimichi

    2016-12-01

    In this paper, we investigated the consistency of visual perception for the change of reflection images in an augmented reality setting. Reflection images with distortion and magnification were generated by changing the capture position of the environment map. Observers evaluated the distortion and magnification in reflection images where the reflected objects were arranged symmetrically or asymmetrically. Our results confirmed that the observers' visual perception was more sensitive to changes in distortion than in magnification in the reflection images. Moreover, the asymmetrical arrangement of reflected objects effectively expands the acceptable range of distortion compared with the symmetrical arrangement.

  12. Use of Library Readings to Augment Conventional Geology Instruction.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nold, John Lloyd

    1989-01-01

    Examples of sets of questions on library readings designed to lead students into articles and emphasize important information and associated literature are presented for introductory geology courses, historical geology, structural geology, mineralogy, and petrology. (Author/CW)

  13. Family members' perceptions of augmentative and alternative communication device use.

    PubMed

    Bailey, Rita L; Parette, Howard P; Stoner, Julia B; Angell, Maureen E; Carroll, Kathleen

    2006-01-01

    Although advancements in technology have expanded the use of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices for children with disabilities, the use of AAC devices in school and home settings is often inconsistent. The purpose of this study was to examine family members' perceptions regarding the use of AAC devices. Factors that were perceived to affect student's use of AAC devices, family expectations, and benefits of AAC device use were explored. Semistructured interviews were conducted with 6 family members (primary caregivers) of 7 youth who primarily use AAC devices to communicate in the school environment. The interviews were analyzed using cross-case analysis. A variety of common perspectives emerged from the data, including four thematic categories: expectations, facilitators, barriers, and benefits of AAC device use. Information gained in this investigation may be used to improve professional-family and teaming relationships and serve to benefit AAC users in school and home settings.

  14. Near Hartree-Fock quality GTO basis sets for the second-row atoms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Partridge, Harry

    1987-01-01

    Energy optimized, near Hartree-Fock quality Gaussian basis sets ranging in size from (17s12p) to (20s15p) are presented for the ground states of the second-row atoms for Na(2P), Na(+), Na(-), Mg(3P), P(-), S(-), and Cl(-). In addition, optimized supplementary functions are given for the ground state basis sets to describe the negative ions, and the excited Na(2P) and Mg(3P) atomic states. The ratios of successive orbital exponents describing the inner part of the 1s and 2p orbitals are found to be nearly independent of both nuclear charge and basis set size. This provides a method of obtaining good starting estimates for other basis set optimizations.

  15. Benchmarking density functional tight binding models for barrier heights and reaction energetics of organic molecules.

    PubMed

    Gruden, Maja; Andjeklović, Ljubica; Jissy, Akkarapattiakal Kuriappan; Stepanović, Stepan; Zlatar, Matija; Cui, Qiang; Elstner, Marcus

    2017-09-30

    Density Functional Tight Binding (DFTB) models are two to three orders of magnitude faster than ab initio and Density Functional Theory (DFT) methods and therefore are particularly attractive in applications to large molecules and condensed phase systems. To establish the applicability of DFTB models to general chemical reactions, we conduct benchmark calculations for barrier heights and reaction energetics of organic molecules using existing databases and several new ones compiled in this study. Structures for the transition states and stable species have been fully optimized at the DFTB level, making it possible to characterize the reliability of DFTB models in a more thorough fashion compared to conducting single point energy calculations as done in previous benchmark studies. The encouraging results for the diverse sets of reactions studied here suggest that DFTB models, especially the most recent third-order version (DFTB3/3OB augmented with dispersion correction), in most cases provide satisfactory description of organic chemical reactions with accuracy almost comparable to popular DFT methods with large basis sets, although larger errors are also seen for certain cases. Therefore, DFTB models can be effective for mechanistic analysis (e.g., transition state search) of large (bio)molecules, especially when coupled with single point energy calculations at higher levels of theory. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  16. OPEN DATA FOR DISCOVERY SCIENCE.

    PubMed

    Payne, Philip R O; Huang, Kun; Shah, Nigam H; Tenenbaum, Jessica

    2017-01-01

    The modern healthcare and life sciences ecosystem is moving towards an increasingly open and data-centric approach to discovery science. This evolving paradigm is predicated on a complex set of information needs related to our collective ability to share, discover, reuse, integrate, and analyze open biological, clinical, and population level data resources of varying composition, granularity, and syntactic or semantic consistency. Such an evolution is further impacted by a concomitant growth in the size of data sets that can and should be employed for both hypothesis discovery and testing. When such open data can be accessed and employed for discovery purposes, a broad spectrum of high impact end-points is made possible. These span the spectrum from identification of de novo biomarker complexes that can inform precision medicine, to the repositioning or repurposing of extant agents for new and cost-effective therapies, to the assessment of population level influences on disease and wellness. Of note, these types of uses of open data can be either primary, wherein open data is the substantive basis for inquiry, or secondary, wherein open data is used to augment or enrich project-specific or proprietary data that is not open in and of itself. This workshop is concerned with the key challenges, opportunities, and methodological best practices whereby open data can be used to drive the advancement of discovery science in all of the aforementioned capacities.

  17. Investigation of Solvation Effects on Optical Rotatory Dispersion Using the Polarizable Continuum Model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aharon, Tal; Lemler, Paul M.; Vaccaro, Patrick; Caricato, Marco

    2017-06-01

    The Optical Rotatory Dispersion (ORD) of a chiral solute is heavily affected by solvation, but this effect does not follow the usual correlation with the solvent polarity, i.e., larger solvent polarity does not imply a larger change in the solute's property. Therefore, a great deal of experimental and theoretical effort has been directed towards correlating the solvation effect on the ORD and the solvent properties. This discovery followed from the development of cavity ring down polarimetry (CRPD), which allows measurements of gas-phase ORD. In order to investigate this phenomenon, we chose a set of five rigid molecules to limit the effect of molecular vibrations and isolate the role of solvation. The latter was investigated with the Polarizable Continuum Model (PCM), and compared to experimental results. We used Bondi radii to build the PCM cavity, and performed extensive calculations at multiple frequencies using density functional theory (DFT) with two functionals: B3LYP and CAM-B3LYP, together with the aug-cc-pVDZ basis set. We also performed coupled cluster singles and doubles (CCSD/aug-cc-pVDZ) calculations at the wavelengths where gas-phase data are available, all of which are augmented with zero point vibrational corrections. These results are compared to experimental data and seem to indicate that PCM does not entirely account for the environmental effects on the ORD.

  18. Relativistic Prolapse-Free Gaussian Basis Sets of Quadruple-ζ Quality: (aug-)RPF-4Z. III. The f-Block Elements.

    PubMed

    Teodoro, Tiago Quevedo; Visscher, Lucas; da Silva, Albérico Borges Ferreira; Haiduke, Roberto Luiz Andrade

    2017-03-14

    The f-block elements are addressed in this third part of a series of prolapse-free basis sets of quadruple-ζ quality (RPF-4Z). Relativistic adapted Gaussian basis sets (RAGBSs) are used as primitive sets of functions while correlating/polarization (C/P) functions are chosen by analyzing energy lowerings upon basis set increments in Dirac-Coulomb multireference configuration interaction calculations with single and double excitations of the valence spinors. These function exponents are obtained by applying the RAGBS parameters in a polynomial expression. Moreover, through the choice of C/P characteristic exponents from functions of lower angular momentum spaces, a reduction in the computational demand is attained in relativistic calculations based on the kinetic balance condition. The present study thus complements the RPF-4Z sets for the whole periodic table (Z ≤ 118). The sets are available as Supporting Information and can also be found at http://basis-sets.iqsc.usp.br .

  19. Combination of large and small basis sets in electronic structure calculations on large systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Røeggen, Inge; Gao, Bin

    2018-04-01

    Two basis sets—a large and a small one—are associated with each nucleus of the system. Each atom has its own separate one-electron basis comprising the large basis set of the atom in question and the small basis sets for the partner atoms in the complex. The perturbed atoms in molecules and solids model is at core of the approach since it allows for the definition of perturbed atoms in a system. It is argued that this basis set approach should be particularly useful for periodic systems. Test calculations are performed on one-dimensional arrays of H and Li atoms. The ground-state energy per atom in the linear H array is determined versus bond length.

  20. CONORBIT: constrained optimization by radial basis function interpolation in trust regions

    DOE PAGES

    Regis, Rommel G.; Wild, Stefan M.

    2016-09-26

    Here, this paper presents CONORBIT (CONstrained Optimization by Radial Basis function Interpolation in Trust regions), a derivative-free algorithm for constrained black-box optimization where the objective and constraint functions are computationally expensive. CONORBIT employs a trust-region framework that uses interpolating radial basis function (RBF) models for the objective and constraint functions, and is an extension of the ORBIT algorithm. It uses a small margin for the RBF constraint models to facilitate the generation of feasible iterates, and extensive numerical tests confirm that such a margin is helpful in improving performance. CONORBIT is compared with other algorithms on 27 test problems, amore » chemical process optimization problem, and an automotive application. Numerical results show that CONORBIT performs better than COBYLA, a sequential penalty derivative-free method, an augmented Lagrangian method, a direct search method, and another RBF-based algorithm on the test problems and on the automotive application.« less

  1. Relaxation of Actinide Surfaces: An All Electron Study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Atta-Fynn, Raymond; Dholabhai, Pratik; Ray, Asok

    2006-10-01

    Fully relativistic full potential density functional calculations with a linearized augmented plane wave plus local orbitals basis (LAPW + lo) have been performed to investigate the relaxations of heavy actinide surfaces, namely the (111) surface of fcc δ-Pu and the (0001) surface of dhcp Am using WIEN2k. This code uses the LAPW + lo method with the unit cell divided into non-overlapping atom-centered spheres and an interstitial region. The APW+lo basis is used to describe all s, p, d, and f states and LAPW basis to describe all higher angular momentum states. Each surface was modeled by a three-layer periodic slab separated by 60 Bohr vacuum with four atoms per surface unit cell. In general, we have found a contraction of the interlayer separations for both Pu and Am. We will report, in detail, the electronic and geometric structures of the relaxed surfaces and comparisons with the respective non-relaxed surfaces.

  2. Developing supplemental activities for primary health care maternity services.

    PubMed

    Panitz, E

    1990-12-01

    Supplemental health care activities are described in the context of the augmented product. The potential benefits of supplemental services to recipients and provider are discussed. The author describes a study that was the basis for (re)developing a supplemental maternity service. The implementation of the results in terms of changes in the marketing mix of this supplemental program is discussed. The effects of the marketing mix changes on program participation are presented.

  3. A Need to Know: The Role of Air Force Reconnaissance in War Planning, 1945 - 1953

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-01-01

    plan BROILER , the Joint Chiefs of Staff continued their reliance on strategic air war, but the doctrinal basis for the plans shifted from precision... BROILER . In some respects BROILER resembled the PINCHER plans: the United States assumed an accidental outbreak of war, o-verwhelming Soviet superiority...assessment, BROILER relied heavily on atomic bombs. In other words, instead of a strategic campaign featuring conventional bombardment augmented by a few

  4. Efficient Verification of Holograms Using Mobile Augmented Reality.

    PubMed

    Hartl, Andreas Daniel; Arth, Clemens; Grubert, Jens; Schmalstieg, Dieter

    2016-07-01

    Paper documents such as passports, visas and banknotes are frequently checked by inspection of security elements. In particular, optically variable devices such as holograms are important, but difficult to inspect. Augmented Reality can provide all relevant information on standard mobile devices. However, hologram verification on mobiles still takes long and provides lower accuracy than inspection by human individuals using appropriate reference information. We aim to address these drawbacks by automatic matching combined with a special parametrization of an efficient goal-oriented user interface which supports constrained navigation. We first evaluate a series of similarity measures for matching hologram patches to provide a sound basis for automatic decisions. Then a re-parametrized user interface is proposed based on observations of typical user behavior during document capture. These measures help to reduce capture time to approximately 15 s with better decisions regarding the evaluated samples than what can be achieved by untrained users.

  5. Cooperative global optimal preview tracking control of linear multi-agent systems: an internal model approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Yanrong; Liao, Fucheng; Deng, Jiamei; Liu, Huiyang

    2017-09-01

    This paper investigates the cooperative global optimal preview tracking problem of linear multi-agent systems under the assumption that the output of a leader is a previewable periodic signal and the topology graph contains a directed spanning tree. First, a type of distributed internal model is introduced, and the cooperative preview tracking problem is converted to a global optimal regulation problem of an augmented system. Second, an optimal controller, which can guarantee the asymptotic stability of the augmented system, is obtained by means of the standard linear quadratic optimal preview control theory. Third, on the basis of proving the existence conditions of the controller, sufficient conditions are given for the original problem to be solvable, meanwhile a cooperative global optimal controller with error integral and preview compensation is derived. Finally, the validity of theoretical results is demonstrated by a numerical simulation.

  6. Homogeneous and heterogeneous noncovalent dimers of formaldehyde and thioformaldehyde: structures, energetics, and vibrational frequencies.

    PubMed

    Van Dornshuld, Eric; Holy, Christina M; Tschumper, Gregory S

    2014-05-08

    This work provides the first characterization of five stationary points of the homogeneous thioformaldehyde dimer, (CH2S)2, and seven stationary points of the heterogeneous formaldehyde/thioformaldehyde dimer, CH2O/CH2S, with correlated ab initio electronic structure methods. Full geometry optimizations and corresponding harmonic vibrational frequencies were computed with second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) and 13 different density functionals in conjunction with triple-ζ basis sets augmented with diffuse and multiple sets of polarization functions. The MP2 results indicate that the three stationary points of (CH2S)2 and four of CH2O/CH2S are minima, in contrast to two stationary points of the formaldehyde dimer, (CH2O)2. Single-point energies were also computed using the explicitly correlated MP2-F12 and CCSD(T)-F12 methods and basis sets as large as heavy-aug-cc-pVTZ. The (CH2O)2 and CH2O/CH2S MP2 and MP2-F12 binding energies deviated from the CCSD(T)-F12 binding energies by no more than 0.2 and 0.4 kcal mol(-1), respectively. The (CH2O)2 and CH2O/CH2S global minimum is the same at every level of theory. However, the MP2 methods overbind (CH2S)2 by as much as 1.1 kcal mol(-1), effectively altering the energetic ordering of the thioformaldehyde dimer minima relative to the CCSD(T)-F12 energies. The CCSD(T)-F12 binding energies of the (CH2O)2 and CH2O/CH2S stationary points are quite similar, with the former ranging from around -2.4 to -4.6 kcal mol(-1) and the latter from about -1.1 to -4.4 kcal mol(-1). Corresponding (CH2S)2 stationary points have appreciably smaller CCSD(T)-F12 binding energies ranging from ca. -1.1 to -3.4 kcal mol(-1). The vibrational frequency shifts upon dimerization are also reported for each minimum on the MP2 potential energy surfaces.

  7. The use of acellular dermal matrix membrane for vertical soft tissue augmentation during submerged implant placement: a case series.

    PubMed

    Puisys, Algirdas; Vindasiute, Egle; Linkevciene, Laura; Linkevicius, Tomas

    2015-04-01

    To evaluate the efficiency of acellular dermal matrix membrane to augment vertical peri-implant soft tissue thickness during submerged implant placement. Forty acellular dermal matrix-derived allogenic membranes (AlloDerm, BioHorizons, Birmingham, AL, USA) and 42 laser-modified surface internal hex implants (BioHorizons Tapered Laser Lok, Birmingham, AL, USA) were placed in submerged approach in 40 patients (15 males and 25 females, mean age 42.5 ± 1.7) with a thin vertical soft tissue thickness of 2 mm or less. After 3 months, healing abutments were connected to implants, and the augmented soft tissue thickness was measured with periodontal probe. The gain in vertical soft tissue volume was calculated. Mann-Whitney U-test was applied and significance was set to 0.05. All 40 allografts healed successfully. Thin soft tissue before augmentation had an average thickness of 1.54 ± 0.51 mm SD (range, 0.5-2.0 mm, median 1.75 mm), and after soft tissue augmentation with acellular dermal matrix, thickness increased to 3.75 ± 0.54 mm SD (range, 3.0-5.0 mm, median 4.0 mm) at 3 months after placement. This difference between medians was found to be statistically significant (P < 0.001). Mean increase in soft tissue thickness was 2.21 ± 0.85 mm SD (range, 1.0-4.5 mm, median 2.0 mm). It can be concluded that acellular dermal matrix membrane can be successfully used for vertical soft tissue augmentation. © 2014 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  8. Predictors and Moderators of Remission with Aripiprazole Augmentation in Treatment-Resistant Late-Life Depression

    PubMed Central

    Kaneriya, Shriya H.; Robbins-Welty, Gregg A.; Smagula, Stephen F.; Karp, Jordan F.; Butters, Meryl A.; Lenze, Eric J.; Mulsant, Benoit H.; Blumberger, Daniel; Anderson, Stewart J; Dew, Mary Amanda; Lotrich, Francis; Aizenstein, Howard J.; Diniz, Breno S.; Reynolds, Charles F.

    2016-01-01

    Importance Safe, efficacious second-line pharmacological treatment options exist for the large portion of older adults with major depressive disorder that does not respond to first-line pharmacotherapy. However, limited evidence exists to aid clinical decision-making regarding which patients will benefit from which second-line treatments. Objective To test the moderating role of pretreatment executive function, anxiety severity, and medical comorbidity on remission to aripiprazole augmentation for treatment-resistant late-life depression. Design We conducted a National Institute of Mental Health sponsored 12-week, multi-site, randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind trial of aripiprazole augmentation for first-line resistant late-life major depressive disorder. Using logistic regression, we evaluated the main effects of the following potential moderators and their interactions with treatment: baseline assessments of executive function (set shifting measured by a Trail Making test) and response inhibition control (measured by a color-word interference task), anxiety symptoms, and medical comorbidity. Setting Specialty care. Participants We included 181 participants aged 60 and older whose major depression had failed to remit with venlafaxine monotherapy. Intervention Aripiprazole or placebo tablets were started at 2 mg daily and titrated as tolerated, to a maximal dose of 15 mg daily. Main outcome measure The outcome was remission defined as a MADRS score ≤10 at both of the last two consecutive visits. Results Baseline set-shifting moderated aripiprazole efficacy (p for interaction with treatment = 0.03): among participants with Trail-Making test Scaled Scores ≥7, the odds of remitting were significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo (53% versus 28%; NNT = 4; OR = 4.11, 95% CI: 1.83-9.20); among participants with Trail-Making test Scaled Scores <7, aripiprazole and placebo were equally efficacious (aripiprazole vs. placebo remission OR=0.64, 95% CI: 0.15-2.80). Greater severity of anxiety at baseline predicted a lower remission rate but did not moderate aripiprazole efficacy: each standard deviation greater anxiety severity was associated with 50% reduced odds of remission in both aripiprazole and placebo arms. Medical comorbidity and Color-Word interference test performance were neither general predictors nor treatment moderating factors. Conclusion and relevance Set-shifting performance indicates which older adults with treatment-resistant depression may respond favorably to augmentation with aripiprazole and thus may help to personalize treatment. PMID:26963689

  9. Dynamical basis sets for algebraic variational calculations in quantum-mechanical scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sun, Yan; Kouri, Donald J.; Truhlar, Donald G.; Schwenke, David W.

    1990-01-01

    New basis sets are proposed for linear algebraic variational calculations of transition amplitudes in quantum-mechanical scattering problems. These basis sets are hybrids of those that yield the Kohn variational principle (KVP) and those that yield the generalized Newton variational principle (GNVP) when substituted in Schlessinger's stationary expression for the T operator. Trial calculations show that efficiencies almost as great as that of the GNVP and much greater than the KVP can be obtained, even for basis sets with the majority of the members independent of energy.

  10. On basis set superposition error corrected stabilization energies for large n-body clusters.

    PubMed

    Walczak, Katarzyna; Friedrich, Joachim; Dolg, Michael

    2011-10-07

    In this contribution, we propose an approximate basis set superposition error (BSSE) correction scheme for the site-site function counterpoise and for the Valiron-Mayer function counterpoise correction of second order to account for the basis set superposition error in clusters with a large number of subunits. The accuracy of the proposed scheme has been investigated for a water cluster series at the CCSD(T), CCSD, MP2, and self-consistent field levels of theory using Dunning's correlation consistent basis sets. The BSSE corrected stabilization energies for a series of water clusters are presented. A study regarding the possible savings with respect to computational resources has been carried out as well as a monitoring of the basis set dependence of the approximate BSSE corrections. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  11. Modeling a novel hypothetical use of postal collection boxes as automated external defibrillator access points.

    PubMed

    Srinivasan, Sanjana; Salerno, Jessica; Hajari, Hadi; Weiss, Lenny S; Salcido, David D

    2017-11-01

    Optimizing placement of Automated External Defibrillators (AED) can increase survival after an out-of-hospital cardiac arrest (OHCA). Using postal collection boxes (PCB) as locations for AEDs could potentially enhance accessibility and streamline maintenance. In this study, we modeled the hypothetical effects of deploying AEDs at PCB locations. We hypothesized that PCB-AEDs would increase AED coverage overall and in residential areas, and reduce the distance from OHCA to an AED. AEDs in Pittsburgh, PA were identified by the University of Pittsburgh Resuscitation Logistics and Informatics Venture (n=747). PCB locations were obtained from the United States Postal Service (n=479). OHCA locations from 2009 to 2014 were obtained from the Pittsburgh site of the Resuscitation Outcomes Consortium. AED coverage assuming a ¼ mile radius around each AED was estimated for known AEDs, PCB-AEDs (hypothetical AED locations), and known AEDs augmented by PCB-AEDs, both overall and for residential and non-residential zones. Linear distance from each OHCA to the nearest AED was calculated and compared between the sets. The set of known AEDs augmented with PCB-AEDs covered more of the city overall (55% vs 30%), as well as greater proportions of residential (62% vs 27%) and non-residential areas (45% vs 30%). The median distance from OHCA to AED was significantly shorter when known AEDs were augmented with PCB-AEDs (0.12mi vs 0.32mi; p=0.001). Augmenting existing publicly accessible AEDs with AEDs deployed at PCBs can increase AED spatial coverage in both residential and non-residential areas, and reduce the distance from AED to OHCA. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. High quality Gaussian basis sets for fourth-row atoms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Partridge, Harry; Faegri, Knut, Jr.

    1992-01-01

    Energy optimized Gaussian basis sets of triple-zeta quality for the atoms Rb-Xe have been derived. Two series of basis sets are developed: (24s 16p 10d) and (26s 16p 10d) sets which were expanded to 13d and 19p functions as the 4d and 5p shells become occupied. For the atoms lighter than Cd, the (24s 16p 10d) sets with triple-zeta valence distributions are higher in energy than the corresponding double-zeta distribution. To ensure a triple-zeta distribution and a global energy minimum, the (26s 16p 10d) sets were derived. Total atomic energies from the largest basis sets are between 198 and 284 (mu)E(sub H) above the numerical Hartree-Fock energies.

  13. Effect of Antidepressant Switching vs Augmentation on Remission Among Patients With Major Depressive Disorder Unresponsive to Antidepressant Treatment

    PubMed Central

    Johnson, Gary R.; Chen, Peijun; Hicks, Paul B.; Davis, Lori L.; Yoon, Jean; Gleason, Theresa C.; Vertrees, Julia E.; Weingart, Kimberly; Tal, Ilanit; Scrymgeour, Alexandra; Lawrence, David D.; Planeta, Beata; Thase, Michael E.; Huang, Grant D.; Zisook, Sidney; Rao, Sanjai D.; Pilkinton, Patricia D.; Wilcox, James A.; Iranmanesh, Ali; Sapra, Mamta; Jurjus, George; Michalets, James P.; Aslam, Muhammed; Beresford, Thomas; Anderson, Keith D.; Fernando, Ronald; Ramaswamy, Sriram; Kasckow, John; Westermeyer, Joseph; Yoon, Gihyun; D’Souza, D. Cyril; Larson, Gunnar; Anderson, William G.; Klatt, Mary; Fareed, Ayman; Thompson, Shabnam I.; Carrera, Carlos J.; Williams, Solomon S.; Juergens, Timothy M.; Albers, Lawrence J.; Nasdahl, Clifford S.; Villarreal, Gerardo; Winston, Julia L.; Nogues, Cristobal A.; Connolly, K. Ryan; Tapp, Andre; Jones, Kari A.; Khatkhate, Gauri; Marri, Sheetal; Suppes, Trisha; LaMotte, Joseph; Hurley, Robin; Mayeda, Aimee R.; Niculescu, Alexander B.; Fischer, Bernard A.; Loreck, David J.; Rosenlicht, Nicholas; Lieske, Steven; Finkel, Mitchell S.; Little, John T.

    2017-01-01

    Importance Less than one-third of patients with major depressive disorder (MDD) achieve remission with their first antidepressant. Objective To determine the relative effectiveness and safety of 3 common alternate treatments for MDD. Design, Setting, and Participants From December 2012 to May 2015, 1522 patients at 35 US Veterans Health Administration medical centers who were diagnosed with nonpsychotic MDD, unresponsive to at least 1 antidepressant course meeting minimal standards for treatment dose and duration, participated in the study. Patients were randomly assigned (1:1:1) to 1 of 3 treatments and evaluated for up to 36 weeks. Interventions Switch to a different antidepressant, bupropion (switch group, n = 511); augment current treatment with bupropion (augment-bupropion group, n = 506); or augment with an atypical antipsychotic, aripiprazole (augment-aripiprazole group, n = 505) for 12 weeks (acute treatment phase) and up to 36 weeks for longer-term follow-up (continuation phase). Main Outcomes and Measures The primary outcome was remission during the acute treatment phase (16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology-Clinician Rated [QIDS-C16] score ≤5 at 2 consecutive visits). Secondary outcomes included response (≥50% reduction in QIDS-C16 score or improvement on the Clinical Global Impression Improvement scale), relapse, and adverse effects. Results Among 1522 randomized patients (mean age, 54.4 years; men, 1296 [85.2%]), 1137 (74.7%) completed the acute treatment phase. Remission rates at 12 weeks were 22.3% (n = 114) for the switch group, 26.9% (n = 136)for the augment-bupropion group, and 28.9% (n = 146) for the augment-aripiprazole group. The augment-aripiprazole group exceeded the switch group in remission (relative risk [RR], 1.30 [95% CI, 1.05-1.60]; P = .02), but other remission comparisons were not significant. Response was greater for the augment-aripiprazole group (74.3%) than for either the switch group (62.4%; RR, 1.19 [95% CI, 1.09-1.29]) or the augment-bupropion group (65.6%; RR, 1.13 [95% CI, 1.04-1.23]). No significant treatment differences were observed for relapse. Anxiety was more frequent in the 2 bupropion groups (24.3% in the switch group [n = 124] vs 16.6% in the augment-aripiprazole group [n = 84]; and 22.5% in augment-bupropion group [n = 114]). Adverse effects more frequent in the augment-aripiprazole group included somnolence, akathisia, and weight gain. Conclusions and Relevance Among a predominantly male population with major depressive disorder unresponsive to antidepressant treatment, augmentation with aripiprazole resulted in a statistically significant but only modestly increased likelihood of remission during 12 weeks of treatment compared with switching to bupropion monotherapy. Given the small effect size and adverse effects associated with aripiprazole, further analysis including cost-effectiveness is needed to understand the net utility of this approach. Trial Registration clinicaltrials.gov Identifier: NCT01421342 PMID:28697253

  14. Performance assessment of density functional methods with Gaussian and Slater basis sets using 7σ orbital momentum distributions of N2O

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Feng; Pang, Wenning; Duffy, Patrick

    2012-12-01

    Performance of a number of commonly used density functional methods in chemistry (B3LYP, Bhandh, BP86, PW91, VWN, LB94, PBe0, SAOP and X3LYP and the Hartree-Fock (HF) method) has been assessed using orbital momentum distributions of the 7σ orbital of nitrous oxide (NNO), which models electron behaviour in a chemically significant region. The density functional methods are combined with a number of Gaussian basis sets (Pople's 6-31G*, 6-311G**, DGauss TZVP and Dunning's aug-cc-pVTZ as well as even-tempered Slater basis sets, namely, et-DZPp, et-QZ3P, et-QZ+5P and et-pVQZ). Orbital momentum distributions of the 7σ orbital in the ground electronic state of NNO, which are obtained from a Fourier transform into momentum space from single point electronic calculations employing the above models, are compared with experimental measurement of the same orbital from electron momentum spectroscopy (EMS). The present study reveals information on performance of (a) the density functional methods, (b) Gaussian and Slater basis sets, (c) combinations of the density functional methods and basis sets, that is, the models, (d) orbital momentum distributions, rather than a group of specific molecular properties and (e) the entire region of chemical significance of the orbital. It is found that discrepancies of this orbital between the measured and the calculated occur in the small momentum region (i.e. large r region). In general, Slater basis sets achieve better overall performance than the Gaussian basis sets. Performance of the Gaussian basis sets varies noticeably when combining with different Vxc functionals, but Dunning's augcc-pVTZ basis set achieves the best performance for the momentum distributions of this orbital. The overall performance of the B3LYP and BP86 models is similar to newer models such as X3LYP and SAOP. The present study also demonstrates that the combinations of the density functional methods and the basis sets indeed make a difference in the quality of the calculated orbitals.

  15. A Comparison of the Behavior of Functional/Basis Set Combinations for Hydrogen-Bonding in the Water Dimer with Emphasis on Basis Set Superposition Error

    PubMed Central

    Plumley, Joshua A.; Dannenberg, J. J.

    2011-01-01

    We evaluate the performance of nine functionals (B3LYP, M05, M05-2X, M06, M06-2X, B2PLYP, B2PLYPD, X3LYP, B97D and MPWB1K) in combination with 16 basis sets ranging in complexity from 6-31G(d) to aug-cc-pV5Z for the calculation of the H-bonded water dimer with the goal of defining which combinations of functionals and basis sets provide a combination of economy and accuracy for H-bonded systems. We have compared the results to the best non-DFT molecular orbital calculations and to experimental results. Several of the smaller basis sets lead to qualitatively incorrect geometries when optimized on a normal potential energy surface (PES). This problem disappears when the optimization is performed on a counterpoise corrected PES. The calculated ΔE's with the largest basis sets vary from -4.42 (B97D) to -5.19 (B2PLYPD) kcal/mol for the different functionals. Small basis sets generally predict stronger interactions than the large ones. We found that, due to error compensation, the smaller basis sets gave the best results (in comparison to experimental and high level non-DFT MO calculations) when combined with a functional that predicts a weak interaction with the largest basis set. Since many applications are complex systems and require economical calculations, we suggest the following functional/basis set combinations in order of increasing complexity and cost: 1) D95(d,p) with B3LYP, B97D, M06 or MPWB1k; 2) 6-311G(d,p) with B3LYP; 3) D95++(d,p) with B3LYP, B97D or MPWB1K; 4)6-311++G(d,p) with B3LYP or B97D; and 5) aug-cc-pVDZ with M05-2X, M06-2X or X3LYP. PMID:21328398

  16. A comparison of the behavior of functional/basis set combinations for hydrogen-bonding in the water dimer with emphasis on basis set superposition error.

    PubMed

    Plumley, Joshua A; Dannenberg, J J

    2011-06-01

    We evaluate the performance of ten functionals (B3LYP, M05, M05-2X, M06, M06-2X, B2PLYP, B2PLYPD, X3LYP, B97D, and MPWB1K) in combination with 16 basis sets ranging in complexity from 6-31G(d) to aug-cc-pV5Z for the calculation of the H-bonded water dimer with the goal of defining which combinations of functionals and basis sets provide a combination of economy and accuracy for H-bonded systems. We have compared the results to the best non-density functional theory (non-DFT) molecular orbital (MO) calculations and to experimental results. Several of the smaller basis sets lead to qualitatively incorrect geometries when optimized on a normal potential energy surface (PES). This problem disappears when the optimization is performed on a counterpoise (CP) corrected PES. The calculated interaction energies (ΔEs) with the largest basis sets vary from -4.42 (B97D) to -5.19 (B2PLYPD) kcal/mol for the different functionals. Small basis sets generally predict stronger interactions than the large ones. We found that, because of error compensation, the smaller basis sets gave the best results (in comparison to experimental and high-level non-DFT MO calculations) when combined with a functional that predicts a weak interaction with the largest basis set. As many applications are complex systems and require economical calculations, we suggest the following functional/basis set combinations in order of increasing complexity and cost: (1) D95(d,p) with B3LYP, B97D, M06, or MPWB1k; (2) 6-311G(d,p) with B3LYP; (3) D95++(d,p) with B3LYP, B97D, or MPWB1K; (4) 6-311++G(d,p) with B3LYP or B97D; and (5) aug-cc-pVDZ with M05-2X, M06-2X, or X3LYP. Copyright © 2011 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  17. Adaptive Monocular Visual-Inertial SLAM for Real-Time Augmented Reality Applications in Mobile Devices.

    PubMed

    Piao, Jin-Chun; Kim, Shin-Dug

    2017-11-07

    Simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) is emerging as a prominent issue in computer vision and next-generation core technology for robots, autonomous navigation and augmented reality. In augmented reality applications, fast camera pose estimation and true scale are important. In this paper, we present an adaptive monocular visual-inertial SLAM method for real-time augmented reality applications in mobile devices. First, the SLAM system is implemented based on the visual-inertial odometry method that combines data from a mobile device camera and inertial measurement unit sensor. Second, we present an optical-flow-based fast visual odometry method for real-time camera pose estimation. Finally, an adaptive monocular visual-inertial SLAM is implemented by presenting an adaptive execution module that dynamically selects visual-inertial odometry or optical-flow-based fast visual odometry. Experimental results show that the average translation root-mean-square error of keyframe trajectory is approximately 0.0617 m with the EuRoC dataset. The average tracking time is reduced by 7.8%, 12.9%, and 18.8% when different level-set adaptive policies are applied. Moreover, we conducted experiments with real mobile device sensors, and the results demonstrate the effectiveness of performance improvement using the proposed method.

  18. A new modeling strategy for third-order fast high-performance liquid chromatographic data with fluorescence detection. Quantitation of fluoroquinolones in water samples.

    PubMed

    Alcaráz, Mirta R; Bortolato, Santiago A; Goicoechea, Héctor C; Olivieri, Alejandro C

    2015-03-01

    Matrix augmentation is regularly employed in extended multivariate curve resolution-alternating least-squares (MCR-ALS), as applied to analytical calibration based on second- and third-order data. However, this highly useful concept has almost no correspondence in parallel factor analysis (PARAFAC) of third-order data. In the present work, we propose a strategy to process third-order chromatographic data with matrix fluorescence detection, based on an Augmented PARAFAC model. The latter involves decomposition of a three-way data array augmented along the elution time mode with data for the calibration samples and for each of the test samples. A set of excitation-emission fluorescence matrices, measured at different chromatographic elution times for drinking water samples, containing three fluoroquinolones and uncalibrated interferences, were evaluated using this approach. Augmented PARAFAC exploits the second-order advantage, even in the presence of significant changes in chromatographic profiles from run to run. The obtained relative errors of prediction were ca. 10 % for ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, and danofloxacin, with a significant enhancement in analytical figures of merit in comparison with previous reports. The results are compared with those furnished by MCR-ALS.

  19. Control Synthesis of Discrete-Time T-S Fuzzy Systems: Reducing the Conservatism Whilst Alleviating the Computational Burden.

    PubMed

    Xie, Xiangpeng; Yue, Dong; Zhang, Huaguang; Peng, Chen

    2017-09-01

    The augmented multi-indexed matrix approach acts as a powerful tool in reducing the conservatism of control synthesis of discrete-time Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy systems. However, its computational burden is sometimes too heavy as a tradeoff. Nowadays, reducing the conservatism whilst alleviating the computational burden becomes an ideal but very challenging problem. This paper is toward finding an efficient way to achieve one of satisfactory answers. Different from the augmented multi-indexed matrix approach in the literature, we aim to design a more efficient slack variable approach under a general framework of homogenous matrix polynomials. Thanks to the introduction of a new extended representation for homogeneous matrix polynomials, related matrices with the same coefficient are collected together into one sole set and thus those redundant terms of the augmented multi-indexed matrix approach can be removed, i.e., the computational burden can be alleviated in this paper. More importantly, due to the fact that more useful information is involved into control design, the conservatism of the proposed approach as well is less than the counterpart of the augmented multi-indexed matrix approach. Finally, numerical experiments are given to show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  20. On the validity of the basis set superposition error and complete basis set limit extrapolations for the binding energy of the formic acid dimer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miliordos, Evangelos; Xantheas, Sotiris S.

    2015-03-01

    We report the variation of the binding energy of the Formic Acid Dimer with the size of the basis set at the Coupled Cluster with iterative Singles, Doubles and perturbatively connected Triple replacements [CCSD(T)] level of theory, estimate the Complete Basis Set (CBS) limit, and examine the validity of the Basis Set Superposition Error (BSSE)-correction for this quantity that was previously challenged by Kalescky, Kraka, and Cremer (KKC) [J. Chem. Phys. 140, 084315 (2014)]. Our results indicate that the BSSE correction, including terms that account for the substantial geometry change of the monomers due to the formation of two strong hydrogen bonds in the dimer, is indeed valid for obtaining accurate estimates for the binding energy of this system as it exhibits the expected decrease with increasing basis set size. We attribute the discrepancy between our current results and those of KKC to their use of a valence basis set in conjunction with the correlation of all electrons (i.e., including the 1s of C and O). We further show that the use of a core-valence set in conjunction with all electron correlation converges faster to the CBS limit as the BSSE correction is less than half than the valence electron/valence basis set case. The uncorrected and BSSE-corrected binding energies were found to produce the same (within 0.1 kcal/mol) CBS limits. We obtain CCSD(T)/CBS best estimates for De = - 16.1 ± 0.1 kcal/mol and for D0 = - 14.3 ± 0.1 kcal/mol, the later in excellent agreement with the experimental value of -14.22 ± 0.12 kcal/mol.

  1. Atomization Energies of SO and SO2; Basis Set Extrapolation Revisted

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bauschlicher, Charles W., Jr.; Ricca, Alessandra; Arnold, James (Technical Monitor)

    1998-01-01

    The addition of tight functions to sulphur and extrapolation to the complete basis set limit are required to obtain accurate atomization energies. Six different extrapolation procedures are tried. The best atomization energies come from the series of basis sets that yield the most consistent results for all extrapolation techniques. In the variable alpha approach, alpha values larger than 4.5 or smaller than 3, appear to suggest that the extrapolation may not be reliable. It does not appear possible to determine a reliable basis set series using only the triple and quadruple zeta based sets. The scalar relativistic effects reduce the atomization of SO and SO2 by 0.34 and 0.81 kcal/mol, respectively, and clearly must be accounted for if a highly accurate atomization energy is to be computed. The magnitude of the core-valence (CV) contribution to the atomization is affected by missing diffuse valence functions. The CV contribution is much more stable if basis set superposition errors are accounted for. A similar study of SF, SF(+), and SF6 shows that the best family of basis sets varies with the nature of the S bonding.

  2. Calculating Interaction Energies Using First Principle Theories: Consideration of Basis Set Superposition Error and Fragment Relaxation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bowen, J. Philip; Sorensen, Jennifer B.; Kirschner, Karl N.

    2007-01-01

    The analysis explains the basis set superposition error (BSSE) and fragment relaxation involved in calculating the interaction energies using various first principle theories. Interacting the correlated fragment and increasing the size of the basis set can help in decreasing the BSSE to a great extent.

  3. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Makarewicz, Jan, E-mail: jama@amu.edu.pl; Shirkov, Leonid

    The pyridine-Ar (PAr) van der Waals (vdW) complex is studied using a high level ab initio method. Its structure, binding energy, and intermolecular vibrational states are determined from the analytical potential energy surface constructed from interaction energy (IE) values computed at the coupled cluster level of theory with single, double, and perturbatively included triple excitations with the augmented correlation consistent polarized valence double-ζ (aug-cc-pVDZ) basis set complemented by midbond functions. The structure of the complex at its global minimum with Ar at a distance of 3.509 Å from the pyridine plane and shifted by 0.218 Å from the center ofmore » mass towards nitrogen agrees well with the corresponding equilibrium structure derived previously from the rotational spectrum of PAr. The PAr binding energy D{sub e} of 392 cm{sup −1} is close to that of 387 cm{sup −1} calculated earlier at the same ab initio level for the prototypical benzene-Ar (BAr) complex. However, under an extension of the basis set, D{sub e} for PAr becomes slightly lower than D{sub e} for BAr. The ab initio vdW vibrational energy levels allow us to estimate the reliability of the methods for the determination of the vdW fundamentals from the rotational spectra. To disclose the character of the intermolecular interaction in PAr, the symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT) is employed for the analysis of different physical contributions to IE. It is found that SAPT components of IE can be approximately expressed in the binding region by only two of them: the exchange repulsion and dispersion energy. The total induction effect is negligible. The interrelations between various SAPT components found for PAr are fulfilled for a few other complexes involving aromatic molecules and Ar or Ne, which indicates that they are valid for all rare gas (Rg) atoms and aromatics.« less

  4. Character of intermolecular interaction in pyridine-argon complex: Ab initio potential energy surface, internal dynamics, and interrelations between SAPT energy components.

    PubMed

    Makarewicz, Jan; Shirkov, Leonid

    2016-05-28

    The pyridine-Ar (PAr) van der Waals (vdW) complex is studied using a high level ab initio method. Its structure, binding energy, and intermolecular vibrational states are determined from the analytical potential energy surface constructed from interaction energy (IE) values computed at the coupled cluster level of theory with single, double, and perturbatively included triple excitations with the augmented correlation consistent polarized valence double-ζ (aug-cc-pVDZ) basis set complemented by midbond functions. The structure of the complex at its global minimum with Ar at a distance of 3.509 Å from the pyridine plane and shifted by 0.218 Å from the center of mass towards nitrogen agrees well with the corresponding equilibrium structure derived previously from the rotational spectrum of PAr. The PAr binding energy De of 392 cm(-1) is close to that of 387 cm(-1) calculated earlier at the same ab initio level for the prototypical benzene-Ar (BAr) complex. However, under an extension of the basis set, De for PAr becomes slightly lower than De for BAr. The ab initio vdW vibrational energy levels allow us to estimate the reliability of the methods for the determination of the vdW fundamentals from the rotational spectra. To disclose the character of the intermolecular interaction in PAr, the symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT) is employed for the analysis of different physical contributions to IE. It is found that SAPT components of IE can be approximately expressed in the binding region by only two of them: the exchange repulsion and dispersion energy. The total induction effect is negligible. The interrelations between various SAPT components found for PAr are fulfilled for a few other complexes involving aromatic molecules and Ar or Ne, which indicates that they are valid for all rare gas (Rg) atoms and aromatics.

  5. Analytic Energy Gradients for Variational Two-Electron Reduced-Density-Matrix-Driven Complete Active Space Self-Consistent Field Theory.

    PubMed

    Maradzike, Elvis; Gidofalvi, Gergely; Turney, Justin M; Schaefer, Henry F; DePrince, A Eugene

    2017-09-12

    Analytic energy gradients are presented for a variational two-electron reduced-density-matrix (2-RDM)-driven complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF) method. The active-space 2-RDM is determined using a semidefinite programing (SDP) algorithm built upon an augmented Lagrangian formalism. Expressions for analytic gradients are simplified by the fact that the Lagrangian is stationary with respect to variations in both the primal and the dual solutions to the SDP problem. Orbital response contributions to the gradient are identical to those that arise in conventional CASSCF methods in which the electronic structure of the active space is described by a full configuration interaction (CI) wave function. We explore the relative performance of variational 2-RDM (v2RDM)- and CI-driven CASSCF for the equilibrium geometries of 20 small molecules. When enforcing two-particle N-representability conditions, full-valence v2RDM-CASSCF-optimized bond lengths display a mean unsigned error of 0.0060 Å and a maximum unsigned error of 0.0265 Å, relative to those obtained from full-valence CI-CASSCF. When enforcing partial three-particle N-representability conditions, the mean and maximum unsigned errors are reduced to only 0.0006 and 0.0054 Å, respectively. For these same molecules, full-valence v2RDM-CASSCF bond lengths computed in the cc-pVQZ basis set deviate from experimentally determined ones on average by 0.017 and 0.011 Å when enforcing two- and three-particle conditions, respectively, whereas CI-CASSCF displays an average deviation of 0.010 Å. The v2RDM-CASSCF approach with two-particle conditions is also applied to the equilibrium geometry of pentacene; optimized bond lengths deviate from those derived from experiment, on average, by 0.015 Å when using a cc-pVDZ basis set and a (22e,22o) active space.

  6. Augmentation therapy for alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency: towards a personalised approach

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Intravenous augmentation therapy is the only specific treatment available for emphysema associated with alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency. Despite large observational studies and limited interventional studies there remains controversy about the efficacy of this treatment due to the impracticality of conducting adequately powered studies to evaluate the rate of decline in lung function, due to the low prevalence and the slow progression of the disease. However, measurement of lung density by computed tomography is a more specific and sensitive marker of the evolution of emphysema and two small placebo-controlled clinical trials have provided evidence supporting a reduction in the rate of decline in lung density with augmentation therapy. The problem Where augmentation therapy has become available there has been little consideration of a structured approach to therapy which is often introduced on the basis of functional impairment at diagnosis. Data from registries have shown a great variability in the evolution of lung disease according to patient acquisition and the presence of recognised risk factors. Avoidance of risk factors may, in many cases, stabilise the disease. Since augmentation therapy itself will at best preserve the presenting level of lung damage yet require intravenous administration for life with associated costs, identification of patients at risk of continued rapid or long term progression is essential to select those for whom this treatment can be most appropriate and hence generally more cost-effective. This represents a major reconsideration of the current practice in order to develop a consistent approach to management world wide. Purpose of this review The current review assesses the evidence for efficacy of augmentation therapy and considers how the combination of age, physiological impairment, exacerbation history and rate of decline in spirometry and other measures of emphysema may be used to improve therapeutic decision making, until a reliable predictive biomarker of the evolution of lung impairment can be identified. In addition, individual pharmacokinetic studies may permit the selection of the best regimen of administration for those who need it. Summary The rarity and variable characteristics of the disease imply the need for an individualised approach to therapy in specialised centres with sufficient experience to apply a systematic approach to monitoring and management. PMID:24063809

  7. The effect of diffuse basis functions on valence bond structural weights

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Galbraith, John Morrison; James, Andrew M.; Nemes, Coleen T.

    2014-03-01

    Structural weights and bond dissociation energies have been determined for H-F, H-X, and F-X molecules (-X = -OH, -NH2, and -CH3) at the valence bond self-consistent field (VBSCF) and breathing orbital valence bond (BOVB) levels of theory with the aug-cc-pVDZ and 6-31++G(d,p) basis sets. At the BOVB level, the aug-cc-pVDZ basis set yields a counterintuitive ordering of ionic structural weights when the initial heavy atom s-type basis functions are included. For H-F, H-OH, and F-X, the ordering follows chemical intuition when these basis functions are not included. These counterintuitive weights are shown to be a result of the diffuse polarisation function on one VB fragment being spatially located, in part, on the other VB fragment. Except in the case of F-CH3, this problem is corrected with the 6-31++G(d,p) basis set. The initial heavy atom s-type functions are shown to make an important contribution to the VB orbitals and bond dissociation energies and, therefore, should not be excluded. It is recommended to not use diffuse basis sets in valence bond calculations unless absolutely necessary. If diffuse basis sets are needed, the 6-31++G(d,p) basis set should be used with caution and the structural weights checked against VBSCF values which have been shown to follow the expected ordering in all cases.

  8. Augmenting Usability: Cultural Elicitation in HCI

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Camara, Souleymane Boundaouda; Oyugi, Cecilia; Abdelnour-Nocera, José; Smith, Andy

    This paper offers context and culture elicitation in an inter-cultural and multi-disciplinary setting of ICT design. Localised usability evaluation (LUE) is augmented with a socio-technical evaluation tool (STEM) as a methodological approach to expose and address issues in a collaborative ICT design within the Village e-Science for Life (VeSeL) project in rural Kenya. The paper argues that designers need to locally identify context and culture in situ and further explicate their implications through the design process and at the global level. Stakeholders' context, culture, decisions, agendas, expectations, disciplines and requirements need to be locally identified and globally evaluated to ensure a fit for purpose solution.

  9. Augmenting β-augmentation: structural basis of how BamB binds BamA and may support folding of outer membrane proteins.

    PubMed

    Heuck, Alexander; Schleiffer, Alexander; Clausen, Tim

    2011-03-11

    β-Barrel proteins are frequently found in the outer membrane of mitochondria, chloroplasts and Gram-negative bacteria. In Escherichia coli, these proteins are inserted in the outer membrane by the Bam (β-barrel assembly machinery) complex, a multiprotein machinery formed by the β-barrel protein BamA and the four peripheral membrane proteins BamB, BamC, BamD and BamE. The periplasmic part of BamA binds prefolded β-barrel proteins by a β-augmentation mechanism, thereby stabilizing the precursors prior to their membrane insertion. However, the role of the associated proteins within the Bam complex remains unknown. Here, we describe the crystal structure of BamB, a nonessential component of the Bam complex. The structure shows a typical eight-bladed β-propeller fold. Two sequence stretches of BamB were previously identified to be important for interaction with BamA. In our structure, both motifs are located in close proximity to each other and contribute to a conserved region forming a narrow groove on the top of the propeller. Moreover, crystal contacts reveal two interaction modes of how BamB might bind unfolded β-barrel proteins. In the crystal lattice, BamB binds to exposed β-strands by β-augmentation, whereas peptide stretches rich in aromatic residues can be accommodated in hydrophobic pockets located at the bottom of the propeller. Thus, BamB could simultaneously bind to BamA and prefolded β-barrel proteins, thereby enhancing the folding and membrane insertion capability of the Bam complex. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. Position paper: Management of men complaining of a small penis despite an actually normal size.

    PubMed

    Ghanem, Hussein; Glina, Sidney; Assalian, Pierre; Buvat, Jacques

    2013-01-01

    With the worldwide increase in penile augmentation procedures and claims of devices designed to elongate the penis, it becomes crucial to study the scientific basis of such procedures or devices, as well as the management of a complaint of a small penis in men with a normal penile size. The aim of this work is to study the scientific basis of opting to penile augmentation procedures and to develop guidelines based on the best available evidence for the management of men complaining of a small penis despite an actually normal size. We reviewed the literature and evaluated the evidence about what the normal penile size is, what patients complaining of a small penis usually suffer from, benefits vs. complications of surgery, penile stretching or traction devices, and outcome with patient education and counseling. Repeated presentation and detailed discussions within the Standard Committee of the International Society for Sexual Medicine were performed. Recommendations are based on the evaluation of evidence-based medical literature, widespread standards committee discussion, public presentation, and debate. We propose a practical approach for evaluating and counseling patients complaining of a small-sized penis. Based on the current status of science, penile lengthening procedure surgery is still considered experimental and should only be limited to special circumstances within research or university institutions with supervising ethics committees. © 2012 International Society for Sexual Medicine.

  11. Arc restores juvenile plasticity in adult mouse visual cortex

    PubMed Central

    Jenks, Kyle R.; Kim, Taekeun; Pastuzyn, Elissa D.; Okuno, Hiroyuki; Taibi, Andrew V.; Bear, Mark F.

    2017-01-01

    The molecular basis for the decline in experience-dependent neural plasticity over age remains poorly understood. In visual cortex, the robust plasticity induced in juvenile mice by brief monocular deprivation during the critical period is abrogated by genetic deletion of Arc, an activity-dependent regulator of excitatory synaptic modification. Here, we report that augmenting Arc expression in adult mice prolongs juvenile-like plasticity in visual cortex, as assessed by recordings of ocular dominance (OD) plasticity in vivo. A distinguishing characteristic of juvenile OD plasticity is the weakening of deprived-eye responses, believed to be accounted for by the mechanisms of homosynaptic long-term depression (LTD). Accordingly, we also found increased LTD in visual cortex of adult mice with augmented Arc expression and impaired LTD in visual cortex of juvenile mice that lack Arc or have been treated in vivo with a protein synthesis inhibitor. Further, we found that although activity-dependent expression of Arc mRNA does not change with age, expression of Arc protein is maximal during the critical period and declines in adulthood. Finally, we show that acute augmentation of Arc expression in wild-type adult mouse visual cortex is sufficient to restore juvenile-like plasticity. Together, our findings suggest a unifying molecular explanation for the age- and activity-dependent modulation of synaptic sensitivity to deprivation. PMID:28790183

  12. On the effects of basis set truncation and electron correlation in conformers of 2-hydroxy-acetamide

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Szarecka, A.; Day, G.; Grout, P. J.; Wilson, S.

    Ab initio quantum chemical calculations have been used to study the differences in energy between two gas phase conformers of the 2-hydroxy-acetamide molecule that possess intramolecular hydrogen bonding. In particular, rotation around the central C-C bond has been considered as a factor determining the structure of the hydrogen bond and stabilization of the conformer. Energy calculations include full geometiy optimization using both the restricted matrix Hartree-Fock model and second-order many-body perturbation theory with a number of commonly used basis sets. The basis sets employed ranged from the minimal STO-3G set to [`]split-valence' sets up to 6-31 G. The effects of polarization functions were also studied. The results display a strong basis set dependence.

  13. On the optimization of Gaussian basis sets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Petersson, George A.; Zhong, Shijun; Montgomery, John A.; Frisch, Michael J.

    2003-01-01

    A new procedure for the optimization of the exponents, αj, of Gaussian basis functions, Ylm(ϑ,φ)rle-αjr2, is proposed and evaluated. The direct optimization of the exponents is hindered by the very strong coupling between these nonlinear variational parameters. However, expansion of the logarithms of the exponents in the orthonormal Legendre polynomials, Pk, of the index, j: ln αj=∑k=0kmaxAkPk((2j-2)/(Nprim-1)-1), yields a new set of well-conditioned parameters, Ak, and a complete sequence of well-conditioned exponent optimizations proceeding from the even-tempered basis set (kmax=1) to a fully optimized basis set (kmax=Nprim-1). The error relative to the exact numerical self-consistent field limit for a six-term expansion is consistently no more than 25% larger than the error for the completely optimized basis set. Thus, there is no need to optimize more than six well-conditioned variational parameters, even for the largest sets of Gaussian primitives.

  14. Supercharged end-to-side anterior interosseous to ulnar motor nerve transfer for intrinsic musculature reinnervation.

    PubMed

    Barbour, John; Yee, Andrew; Kahn, Lorna C; Mackinnon, Susan E

    2012-10-01

    Functional motor recovery after peripheral nerve injury is predominantly determined by the time to motor end plate reinnervation and the absolute number of regenerated motor axons that reach target. Experimental models have shown that axonal regeneration occurs across a supercharged end-to-side (SETS) nerve coaptation. In patients with a recovering proximal ulnar nerve injury, a SETS nerve transfer conceptually is useful to protect and preserve distal motor end plates until the native axons fully regenerate. In addition, for nerve injuries in which incomplete regeneration is anticipated, a SETS nerve transfer may be useful to augment the regenerating nerve with additional axons and to more quickly reinnervate target muscle. We describe our technique for a SETS nerve transfer of the terminal anterior interosseous nerve (AIN) to the pronator quadratus muscle (PQ) end-to-side to the deep motor fascicle of the ulnar nerve in the distal forearm. In addition, we describe our postoperative therapy regimen for these transfers and an evaluation tool for monitoring progressive muscle reinnervation. Although the AIN-to-ulnar motor group SETS nerve transfer was specifically designed for ulnar nerve injuries, we believe that the SETS procedure might have broad clinical utility for second- and third-degree axonotmetic nerve injuries, to augment partial recovery and/or "babysit" motor end plates until the native parent axons regenerate to target. We would consider all donor nerves currently utilized in end-to-end nerve transfers for neurotmetic injuries as candidates for this SETS technique. Copyright © 2012 American Society for Surgery of the Hand. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  15. Polar Lunar Regions: Exploiting Natural and Augmented Thermal Environments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ryan, Robert E.; McKellip, Rodney; Brannon, David P.; Underwood, Lauren; Russell, Kristen J.

    2007-01-01

    In polar regions of the Moon, some areas within craters are permanently shadowed from solar illumination and can reach temperatures of 100 K or less. These regions could serve as cold traps, capturing ice and other volatile compounds. These potential ice stores have many applications for lunar exploration. Within double-shaded craters, even colder regions exist, with temperatures never exceeding 50 K in many cases. Observed temperatures suggest that these regions could enable equivalent liquid nitrogen cryogenic functions. These permanently shaded polar craters also offer unprecedented high-vacuum cryogenic environments, which in their current state could support cryogenic applications. Besides ice stores, the unique conditions at the lunar poles harbor an environment that provides an opportunity to reduce the power, weight, and total mass that needs to be carried from the Earth to the Moon for lunar exploration and research. Reducing the heat flux of geothermal, black body radiation can have significant impacts on the achievable temperature. With a few manmade augmentations, permanently shaded craters located near the lunar poles achieve temperatures even lower than those that naturally exist. Our analysis reveals that lightweight thermal shielding within shaded craters could create an environment several Kelvin above absolute zero. The temperature ranges of both naturally shaded and thermally augmented craters could enable the long-term storage of most gases, low-temperature superconductors for large magnetic fields, devices and advanced high-speed computing instruments. Augmenting thermal conditions in these craters could then be used as a basis for the development of an advanced thermal management architecture that would support a wide variety of cryogenically based applications. Lunar exploration and habitation capabilities would significantly benefit if permanently shaded craters, augmented with thermal shielding, were used to facilitate the operation of near absolute zero instruments, including a wide variety of cryogenically based propulsion, energy, communication, sensing, and computing devices. The required burden of carrying massive life-supporting components from the Earth to the Moon for lunar exploration and research potentially could be reduced.

  16. Arterial wave reflection and aortic valve calcification in an elderly community-based cohort.

    PubMed

    Sera, Fusako; Russo, Cesare; Iwata, Shinichi; Jin, Zhezhen; Rundek, Tatjana; Elkind, Mitchell S V; Homma, Shunichi; Sacco, Ralph L; Di Tullio, Marco R

    2015-04-01

    Aortic valve calcification (AVC) without stenosis is common in the elderly, is associated with cardiovascular morbidity and mortality, and may progress to aortic valve stenosis. Arterial stiffness and pulse-wave reflection are important components of proximal aortic hemodynamics, but their relationship with AVC is not established. To investigate the relationship of arterial wave reflection and stiffness with AVC, pulse wave analysis and AVC evaluation by echocardiography were performed in 867 participants from the Cardiovascular Abnormalities and Brain Lesions study. Participants were divided into four categories on the basis of the severity and extent of AVC: (1) none or mild focal AVC, (2) mild diffuse AVC, (3) moderate to severe focal AVC, and (4) moderate to severe diffuse AVC. Central blood pressures and pulse pressure, total arterial compliance, augmentation index, and time to wave reflection were assessed using applanation tonometry. Indicators of arterial stiffness and wave reflection were significantly associated with AVC severity, except for central systolic and diastolic pressures and time to reflection. After adjustment for pertinent covariates (age, sex, race/ethnicity, and estimated glomerular filtration rate), only augmentation pressure (P = .02) and augmentation index (P = .002) were associated with the severity of AVC. Multivariate logistic regression analysis revealed that augmentation pressure (odds ratio per mm Hg, 1.14; 95% confidence interval, 1.02-1.27; P = .02) and augmentation index (odds ratio per percentage point, 1.07; 95% confidence interval, 1.01-1.13; P = .02) were associated with an increased risk for moderate to severe diffuse AVC, even when central blood pressure value was included in the same model. Arterial wave reflection is associated with AVC severity, independent of blood pressure values. Increased contribution of wave reflection to central blood pressure could be involved in the process leading to AVC. Copyright © 2015 American Society of Echocardiography. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Accurate and balanced anisotropic Gaussian type orbital basis sets for atoms in strong magnetic fields.

    PubMed

    Zhu, Wuming; Trickey, S B

    2017-12-28

    In high magnetic field calculations, anisotropic Gaussian type orbital (AGTO) basis functions are capable of reconciling the competing demands of the spherically symmetric Coulombic interaction and cylindrical magnetic (B field) confinement. However, the best available a priori procedure for composing highly accurate AGTO sets for atoms in a strong B field [W. Zhu et al., Phys. Rev. A 90, 022504 (2014)] yields very large basis sets. Their size is problematical for use in any calculation with unfavorable computational cost scaling. Here we provide an alternative constructive procedure. It is based upon analysis of the underlying physics of atoms in B fields that allow identification of several principles for the construction of AGTO basis sets. Aided by numerical optimization and parameter fitting, followed by fine tuning of fitting parameters, we devise formulae for generating accurate AGTO basis sets in an arbitrary B field. For the hydrogen iso-electronic sequence, a set depends on B field strength, nuclear charge, and orbital quantum numbers. For multi-electron systems, the basis set formulae also include adjustment to account for orbital occupations. Tests of the new basis sets for atoms H through C (1 ≤ Z ≤ 6) and ions Li + , Be + , and B + , in a wide B field range (0 ≤ B ≤ 2000 a.u.), show an accuracy better than a few μhartree for single-electron systems and a few hundredths to a few mHs for multi-electron atoms. The relative errors are similar for different atoms and ions in a large B field range, from a few to a couple of tens of millionths, thereby confirming rather uniform accuracy across the nuclear charge Z and B field strength values. Residual basis set errors are two to three orders of magnitude smaller than the electronic correlation energies in multi-electron atoms, a signal of the usefulness of the new AGTO basis sets in correlated wavefunction or density functional calculations for atomic and molecular systems in an external strong B field.

  18. Accurate and balanced anisotropic Gaussian type orbital basis sets for atoms in strong magnetic fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Wuming; Trickey, S. B.

    2017-12-01

    In high magnetic field calculations, anisotropic Gaussian type orbital (AGTO) basis functions are capable of reconciling the competing demands of the spherically symmetric Coulombic interaction and cylindrical magnetic (B field) confinement. However, the best available a priori procedure for composing highly accurate AGTO sets for atoms in a strong B field [W. Zhu et al., Phys. Rev. A 90, 022504 (2014)] yields very large basis sets. Their size is problematical for use in any calculation with unfavorable computational cost scaling. Here we provide an alternative constructive procedure. It is based upon analysis of the underlying physics of atoms in B fields that allow identification of several principles for the construction of AGTO basis sets. Aided by numerical optimization and parameter fitting, followed by fine tuning of fitting parameters, we devise formulae for generating accurate AGTO basis sets in an arbitrary B field. For the hydrogen iso-electronic sequence, a set depends on B field strength, nuclear charge, and orbital quantum numbers. For multi-electron systems, the basis set formulae also include adjustment to account for orbital occupations. Tests of the new basis sets for atoms H through C (1 ≤ Z ≤ 6) and ions Li+, Be+, and B+, in a wide B field range (0 ≤ B ≤ 2000 a.u.), show an accuracy better than a few μhartree for single-electron systems and a few hundredths to a few mHs for multi-electron atoms. The relative errors are similar for different atoms and ions in a large B field range, from a few to a couple of tens of millionths, thereby confirming rather uniform accuracy across the nuclear charge Z and B field strength values. Residual basis set errors are two to three orders of magnitude smaller than the electronic correlation energies in multi-electron atoms, a signal of the usefulness of the new AGTO basis sets in correlated wavefunction or density functional calculations for atomic and molecular systems in an external strong B field.

  19. The application of midbond basis sets in efficient and accurate ab initio calculations on electron-deficient systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Choi, Chu Hwan

    2002-09-01

    Ab initio chemistry has shown great promise in reproducing experimental results and in its predictive power. The many complicated computational models and methods seem impenetrable to an inexperienced scientist, and the reliability of the results is not easily interpreted. The application of midbond orbitals is used to determine a general method for use in calculating weak intermolecular interactions, especially those involving electron-deficient systems. Using the criteria of consistency, flexibility, accuracy and efficiency we propose a supermolecular method of calculation using the full counterpoise (CP) method of Boys and Bernardi, coupled with Moller-Plesset (MP) perturbation theory as an efficient electron-correlative method. We also advocate the use of the highly efficient and reliable correlation-consistent polarized valence basis sets of Dunning. To these basis sets, we add a general set of midbond orbitals and demonstrate greatly enhanced efficiency in the calculation. The H2-H2 dimer is taken as a benchmark test case for our method, and details of the computation are elaborated. Our method reproduces with great accuracy the dissociation energies of other previous theoretical studies. The added efficiency of extending the basis sets with conventional means is compared with the performance of our midbond-extended basis sets. The improvement found with midbond functions is notably superior in every case tested. Finally, a novel application of midbond functions to the BH5 complex is presented. The system is an unusual van der Waals complex. The interaction potential curves are presented for several standard basis sets and midbond-enhanced basis sets, as well as for two popular, alternative correlation methods. We report that MP theory appears to be superior to coupled-cluster (CC) in speed, while it is more stable than B3LYP, a widely-used density functional theory (DFT). Application of our general method yields excellent results for the midbond basis sets. Again they prove superior to conventional extended basis sets. Based on these results, we recommend our general approach as a highly efficient, accurate method for calculating weakly interacting systems.

  20. Pulsed Ejector Thrust Amplification Tested and Modeled

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, Jack

    2004-01-01

    There is currently much interest in pulsed detonation engines for aeronautical propulsion. This, in turn, has sparked renewed interest in pulsed ejectors to increase the thrust of such engines, since previous, though limited, research had indicated that pulsed ejectors could double the thrust in a short device. An experiment has been run at the NASA Glenn Research Center, using a shrouded Hartmann-Sprenger tube as a source of pulsed flow, to measure the thrust augmentation of a statistically designed set of ejectors. A Hartmann- Sprenger tube directs the flow from a supersonic nozzle (Mach 2 in the present experiment) into a closed tube. Under appropriate conditions, an oscillation is set up in which the jet flow alternately fills the tube and then spills around flow emerging from the tube. The tube length determines the frequency of oscillation. By shrouding the tube, the flow was directed out of the shroud as an axial stream. The set of ejectors comprised three different ejector lengths, three ejector diameters, and three nose radii. The thrust of the jet alone, and then of the jet plus ejector, was measured using a thrust plate. The arrangement is shown in this photograph. Thrust augmentation is defined as the thrust of the jet with an ejector divided by the thrust of the jet alone. The experiments exhibited an optimum ejector diameter and length for maximizing the thrust augmentation, but little dependence on nose radius. Different frequencies were produced by changing the length of the Hartmann-Sprenger tube, and the experiment was run at a total of four frequencies. Additional measurements showed that the major feature of the pulsed jet was a starting vortex ring. The size of the vortex ring depended on the frequency, as did the optimum ejector diameter.

  1. Basis set limit and systematic errors in local-orbital based all-electron DFT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blum, Volker; Behler, Jörg; Gehrke, Ralf; Reuter, Karsten; Scheffler, Matthias

    2006-03-01

    With the advent of efficient integration schemes,^1,2 numeric atom-centered orbitals (NAO's) are an attractive basis choice in practical density functional theory (DFT) calculations of nanostructured systems (surfaces, clusters, molecules). Though all-electron, the efficiency of practical implementations promises to be on par with the best plane-wave pseudopotential codes, while having a noticeably higher accuracy if required: Minimal-sized effective tight-binding like calculations and chemically accurate all-electron calculations are both possible within the same framework; non-periodic and periodic systems can be treated on equal footing; and the localized nature of the basis allows in principle for O(N)-like scaling. However, converging an observable with respect to the basis set is less straightforward than with competing systematic basis choices (e.g., plane waves). We here investigate the basis set limit of optimized NAO basis sets in all-electron calculations, using as examples small molecules and clusters (N2, Cu2, Cu4, Cu10). meV-level total energy convergence is possible using <=50 basis functions per atom in all cases. We also find a clear correlation between the errors which arise from underconverged basis sets, and the system geometry (interatomic distance). ^1 B. Delley, J. Chem. Phys. 92, 508 (1990), ^2 J.M. Soler et al., J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 14, 2745 (2002).

  2. Basis set construction for molecular electronic structure theory: natural orbital and Gauss-Slater basis for smooth pseudopotentials.

    PubMed

    Petruzielo, F R; Toulouse, Julien; Umrigar, C J

    2011-02-14

    A simple yet general method for constructing basis sets for molecular electronic structure calculations is presented. These basis sets consist of atomic natural orbitals from a multiconfigurational self-consistent field calculation supplemented with primitive functions, chosen such that the asymptotics are appropriate for the potential of the system. Primitives are optimized for the homonuclear diatomic molecule to produce a balanced basis set. Two general features that facilitate this basis construction are demonstrated. First, weak coupling exists between the optimal exponents of primitives with different angular momenta. Second, the optimal primitive exponents for a chosen system depend weakly on the particular level of theory employed for optimization. The explicit case considered here is a basis set appropriate for the Burkatzki-Filippi-Dolg pseudopotentials. Since these pseudopotentials are finite at nuclei and have a Coulomb tail, the recently proposed Gauss-Slater functions are the appropriate primitives. Double- and triple-zeta bases are developed for elements hydrogen through argon. These new bases offer significant gains over the corresponding Burkatzki-Filippi-Dolg bases at various levels of theory. Using a Gaussian expansion of the basis functions, these bases can be employed in any electronic structure method. Quantum Monte Carlo provides an added benefit: expansions are unnecessary since the integrals are evaluated numerically.

  3. Auxiliary basis sets for density-fitting second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory: weighted core-valence correlation consistent basis sets for the 4d elements Y-Pd.

    PubMed

    Hill, J Grant

    2013-09-30

    Auxiliary basis sets (ABS) specifically matched to the cc-pwCVnZ-PP and aug-cc-pwCVnZ-PP orbital basis sets (OBS) have been developed and optimized for the 4d elements Y-Pd at the second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory level. Calculation of the core-valence electron correlation energies for small to medium sized transition metal complexes demonstrates that the error due to the use of these new sets in density fitting is three to four orders of magnitude smaller than that due to the OBS incompleteness, and hence is considered negligible. Utilizing the ABSs in the resolution-of-the-identity component of explicitly correlated calculations is also investigated, where it is shown that i-type functions are important to produce well-controlled errors in both integrals and correlation energy. Benchmarking at the explicitly correlated coupled cluster with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations level indicates impressive convergence with respect to basis set size for the spectroscopic constants of 4d monofluorides; explicitly correlated double-ζ calculations produce results close to conventional quadruple-ζ, and triple-ζ is within chemical accuracy of the complete basis set limit. Copyright © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  4. Adaptive local basis set for Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a discontinuous Galerkin framework II: Force, vibration, and molecular dynamics calculations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Gaigong; Lin, Lin, E-mail: linlin@math.berkeley.edu; Computational Research Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA 94720

    Recently, we have proposed the adaptive local basis set for electronic structure calculations based on Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a pseudopotential framework. The adaptive local basis set is efficient and systematically improvable for total energy calculations. In this paper, we present the calculation of atomic forces, which can be used for a range of applications such as geometry optimization and molecular dynamics simulation. We demonstrate that, under mild assumptions, the computation of atomic forces can scale nearly linearly with the number of atoms in the system using the adaptive local basis set. We quantify the accuracy of the Hellmann–Feynmanmore » forces for a range of physical systems, benchmarked against converged planewave calculations, and find that the adaptive local basis set is efficient for both force and energy calculations, requiring at most a few tens of basis functions per atom to attain accuracies required in practice. Since the adaptive local basis set has implicit dependence on atomic positions, Pulay forces are in general nonzero. However, we find that the Pulay force is numerically small and systematically decreasing with increasing basis completeness, so that the Hellmann–Feynman force is sufficient for basis sizes of a few tens of basis functions per atom. We verify the accuracy of the computed forces in static calculations of quasi-1D and 3D disordered Si systems, vibration calculation of a quasi-1D Si system, and molecular dynamics calculations of H{sub 2} and liquid Al–Si alloy systems, where we show systematic convergence to benchmark planewave results and results from the literature.« less

  5. Adaptive local basis set for Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a discontinuous Galerkin framework II: Force, vibration, and molecular dynamics calculations

    DOE PAGES

    Zhang, Gaigong; Lin, Lin; Hu, Wei; ...

    2017-01-27

    Recently, we have proposed the adaptive local basis set for electronic structure calculations based on Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a pseudopotential framework. The adaptive local basis set is efficient and systematically improvable for total energy calculations. In this paper, we present the calculation of atomic forces, which can be used for a range of applications such as geometry optimization and molecular dynamics simulation. We demonstrate that, under mild assumptions, the computation of atomic forces can scale nearly linearly with the number of atoms in the system using the adaptive local basis set. We quantify the accuracy of the Hellmann–Feynmanmore » forces for a range of physical systems, benchmarked against converged planewave calculations, and find that the adaptive local basis set is efficient for both force and energy calculations, requiring at most a few tens of basis functions per atom to attain accuracies required in practice. Sin ce the adaptive local basis set has implicit dependence on atomic positions, Pulay forces are in general nonzero. However, we find that the Pulay force is numerically small and systematically decreasing with increasing basis completeness, so that the Hellmann–Feynman force is sufficient for basis sizes of a few tens of basis functions per atom. We verify the accuracy of the computed forces in static calculations of quasi-1D and 3D disordered Si systems, vibration calculation of a quasi-1D Si system, and molecular dynamics calculations of H 2 and liquid Al–Si alloy systems, where we show systematic convergence to benchmark planewave results and results from the literature.« less

  6. Adaptive local basis set for Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a discontinuous Galerkin framework II: Force, vibration, and molecular dynamics calculations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Gaigong; Lin, Lin; Hu, Wei

    Recently, we have proposed the adaptive local basis set for electronic structure calculations based on Kohn–Sham density functional theory in a pseudopotential framework. The adaptive local basis set is efficient and systematically improvable for total energy calculations. In this paper, we present the calculation of atomic forces, which can be used for a range of applications such as geometry optimization and molecular dynamics simulation. We demonstrate that, under mild assumptions, the computation of atomic forces can scale nearly linearly with the number of atoms in the system using the adaptive local basis set. We quantify the accuracy of the Hellmann–Feynmanmore » forces for a range of physical systems, benchmarked against converged planewave calculations, and find that the adaptive local basis set is efficient for both force and energy calculations, requiring at most a few tens of basis functions per atom to attain accuracies required in practice. Sin ce the adaptive local basis set has implicit dependence on atomic positions, Pulay forces are in general nonzero. However, we find that the Pulay force is numerically small and systematically decreasing with increasing basis completeness, so that the Hellmann–Feynman force is sufficient for basis sizes of a few tens of basis functions per atom. We verify the accuracy of the computed forces in static calculations of quasi-1D and 3D disordered Si systems, vibration calculation of a quasi-1D Si system, and molecular dynamics calculations of H 2 and liquid Al–Si alloy systems, where we show systematic convergence to benchmark planewave results and results from the literature.« less

  7. Adaptive local basis set for Kohn-Sham density functional theory in a discontinuous Galerkin framework II: Force, vibration, and molecular dynamics calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Gaigong; Lin, Lin; Hu, Wei; Yang, Chao; Pask, John E.

    2017-04-01

    Recently, we have proposed the adaptive local basis set for electronic structure calculations based on Kohn-Sham density functional theory in a pseudopotential framework. The adaptive local basis set is efficient and systematically improvable for total energy calculations. In this paper, we present the calculation of atomic forces, which can be used for a range of applications such as geometry optimization and molecular dynamics simulation. We demonstrate that, under mild assumptions, the computation of atomic forces can scale nearly linearly with the number of atoms in the system using the adaptive local basis set. We quantify the accuracy of the Hellmann-Feynman forces for a range of physical systems, benchmarked against converged planewave calculations, and find that the adaptive local basis set is efficient for both force and energy calculations, requiring at most a few tens of basis functions per atom to attain accuracies required in practice. Since the adaptive local basis set has implicit dependence on atomic positions, Pulay forces are in general nonzero. However, we find that the Pulay force is numerically small and systematically decreasing with increasing basis completeness, so that the Hellmann-Feynman force is sufficient for basis sizes of a few tens of basis functions per atom. We verify the accuracy of the computed forces in static calculations of quasi-1D and 3D disordered Si systems, vibration calculation of a quasi-1D Si system, and molecular dynamics calculations of H2 and liquid Al-Si alloy systems, where we show systematic convergence to benchmark planewave results and results from the literature.

  8. Kinetic balance and variational bounds failure in the solution of the Dirac equation in a finite Gaussian basis set

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dyall, Kenneth G.; Faegri, Knut, Jr.

    1990-01-01

    The paper investigates bounds failure in calculations using Gaussian basis sets for the solution of the one-electron Dirac equation for the 2p1/2 state of Hg(79+). It is shown that bounds failure indicates inadequacies in the basis set, both in terms of the exponent range and the number of functions. It is also shown that overrepresentation of the small component space may lead to unphysical results. It is concluded that it is important to use matched large and small component basis sets with an adequate size and exponent range.

  9. Ab Initio and Analytic Intermolecular Potentials for Ar-CF₄

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vayner, Grigoriy; Alexeev, Yuri; Wang, Jiangping

    2006-03-09

    Ab initio calculations at the CCSD(T) level of theory are performed to characterize the Ar + CF ₄ intermolecular potential. Extensive calculations, with and without a correction for basis set superposition error (BSSE), are performed with the cc-pVTZ basis set. Additional calculations are performed with other correlation consistent (cc) basis sets to extrapolate the Ar---CF₄potential energy minimum to the complete basis set (CBS) limit. Both the size of the basis set and BSSE have substantial effects on the Ar + CF₄ potential. Calculations with the cc-pVTZ basis set and without a BSSE correction, appear to give a good representation ofmore » the potential at the CBS limit and with a BSSE correction. In addition, MP2 theory is found to give potential energies in very good agreement with those determined by the much higher level CCSD(T) theory. Two analytic potential energy functions were determined for Ar + CF₄by fitting the cc-pVTZ calculations both with and without a BSSE correction. These analytic functions were written as a sum of two body potentials and excellent fits to the ab initio potentials were obtained by representing each two body interaction as a Buckingham potential.« less

  10. Establishing evidence-informed core intervention competencies in psychological first aid for public health personnel.

    PubMed

    Parker, Cindy L; Everly, George S; Barnett, Daniel J; Links, Jonathan M

    2006-01-01

    A full-scale public health response to disasters must attend to both the physical and mental health needs of affected communities. Public health preparedness efforts can be greatly expanded to address the latter set of needs, particularly in light of the high ratio of psychological to physical casualties that often rapidly overwhelms existing mental health response resources in a large-scale emergency. Psychological first aid--the provision of basic psychological care in the short term aftermath of a traumatic event--is a mental health response skill set that public health personnel can readily acquire with proper training. The application of psychological first aid by public health workers can significantly augment front-line community-based mental health responses during the crisis phase of an event. To help achieve this augmented response, we have developed a set of psychological first aid intervention competencies for public health personnel. These competencies, empirically grounded and based on best practice models and consensus statements from leading mental health organizations, represent a necessary step for developing a public health workforce that can better respond to the psychological needs of impacted populations in disasters.

  11. Measurements by a Vector Network Analyzer at 325 to 508 GHz

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fung, King Man; Samoska, Lorene; Chattopadhyay, Goutam; Gaier, Todd; Kangaslahti, Pekka; Pukala, David; Lau, Yuenie; Oleson, Charles; Denning, Anthony

    2008-01-01

    Recent experiments were performed in which return loss and insertion loss of waveguide test assemblies in the frequency range from 325 to 508 GHz were measured by use of a swept-frequency two-port vector network analyzer (VNA) test set. The experiments were part of a continuing effort to develop means of characterizing passive and active electronic components and systems operating at ever increasing frequencies. The waveguide test assemblies comprised WR-2.2 end sections collinear with WR-3.3 middle sections. The test set, assembled from commercially available components, included a 50-GHz VNA scattering- parameter test set and external signal synthesizers, augmented with recently developed frequency extenders, and further augmented with attenuators and amplifiers as needed to adjust radiofrequency and intermediate-frequency power levels between the aforementioned components. The tests included line-reflect-line calibration procedures, using WR-2.2 waveguide shims as the "line" standards and waveguide flange short circuits as the "reflect" standards. Calibrated dynamic ranges somewhat greater than about 20 dB for return loss and 35 dB for insertion loss were achieved. The measurement data of the test assemblies were found to substantially agree with results of computational simulations.

  12. Augmented reality for the surgeon: Systematic review.

    PubMed

    Yoon, Jang W; Chen, Robert E; Kim, Esther J; Akinduro, Oluwaseun O; Kerezoudis, Panagiotis; Han, Phillip K; Si, Phong; Freeman, William D; Diaz, Roberto J; Komotar, Ricardo J; Pirris, Stephen M; Brown, Benjamin L; Bydon, Mohamad; Wang, Michael Y; Wharen, Robert E; Quinones-Hinojosa, Alfredo

    2018-04-30

    Since the introduction of wearable head-up displays, there has been much interest in the surgical community adapting this technology into routine surgical practice. We used the keywords augmented reality OR wearable device OR head-up display AND surgery using PubMed, EBSCO, IEEE and SCOPUS databases. After exclusions, 74 published articles that evaluated the utility of wearable head-up displays in surgical settings were included in our review. Across all studies, the most common use of head-up displays was in cases of live streaming from surgical microscopes, navigation, monitoring of vital signs, and display of preoperative images. The most commonly used head-up display was Google Glass. Head-up displays enhanced surgeons' operating experience; common disadvantages include limited battery life, display size and discomfort. Due to ergonomic issues with dual-screen devices, augmented reality devices with the capacity to overlay images onto the surgical field will be key features of next-generation surgical head-up displays. Copyright © 2018 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  13. Raising the IQ in full-text searching via intelligent querying

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kero, R.; Russell, L.; Swietlik, C.

    1994-11-01

    Current Information Retrieval (IR) technologies allow for efficient access to relevant information, provided that user selected query terms coincide with the specific linguistical choices made by the authors whose works constitute the text-base. Therefore, the challenge is to enhance the limited searching capability of state-of-the-practice IR. This can be done either with augmented clients that overcome current server searching deficiencies, or with added capabilities that can augment searching algorithms on the servers. The technology being investigated is that of deductive databases, with a set of new techniques called cooperative answering. This technology utilizes semantic networks to allow for navigation betweenmore » possible query search term alternatives. The augmented search terms are passed to an IR engine and the results can be compared. The project utilizes the OSTI Environment, Safety and Health Thesaurus to populate the domain specific semantic network and the text base of ES&H related documents from the Facility Profile Information Management System as the domain specific search space.« less

  14. Implementation of Custom Colors in the DECwindows Environment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-01-01

    Implementation of Custom Colors in the DECwindlows Environment Program Element No 0604262 Project No 64214 6. Author(s). Task No Stephanie A. Myrick, Maura C...13. Abstract (Maximum 200 words), This paper describes the implementation of user-defined, or custom , colors in the DECwindows environmeot Custom ...colors can be used to augment the standard color set that is associated with the hardware colormap. The custom color set that is included in this paper

  15. Applications of Augmented Reality in Informal Science Learning Sites: a Review

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Goff, Eric E.; Mulvey, Kelly Lynn; Irvin, Matthew J.; Hartstone-Rose, Adam

    2018-05-01

    The importance of increasing interest in the STEM disciplines has been noted in a number of recent national reports. While many previous studies have focused on such efforts inside of the formal classroom, comparatively few have looked closely at informal learning environments. We investigate the innovative use of technology in informal learning by reviewing research on the incorporation of augmented reality (AR) at exhibit-based informal science education (ISE) settings in the literature. We report on the common STEM-focused topics that are covered by current AR applications for ISE learning, as well as the different devices used to support these applications. Additionally, we report on the prevalence of positive learning outcomes and engagement factors commonly associated with the use AR applications in informal environments. This review aims to foster continued development and implementation of AR technology in exhibit-based ISE settings by informing the community of recent findings and promoting additional rigorous research for the future.

  16. Critical issues using brain-computer interfaces for augmentative and alternative communication.

    PubMed

    Hill, Katya; Kovacs, Thomas; Shin, Sangeun

    2015-03-01

    Brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) may potentially be of significant practical value to patients in advanced stages of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and locked-in syndrome for whom conventional augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems, which require some measure of consistent voluntary muscle control, are not satisfactory options. However, BCIs have primarily been used for communication in laboratory research settings. This article discusses 4 critical issues that should be addressed as BCIs are translated out of laboratory settings to become fully functional BCI/AAC systems that may be implemented clinically. These issues include (1) identification of primary, secondary, and tertiary system features; (2) integrating BCI/AAC systems in the World Health Organization's International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health framework; (3) implementing language-based assessment and intervention; and (4) performance measurement. A clinical demonstration project is presented as an example of research beginning to address these critical issues. Copyright © 2015 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Comparison of the hydrogeology and water quality of a ground-water augmented lake with two non-augmented lakes in northwest Hillsborough County, Florida

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Metz, Patricia A.; Sacks, Laura A.

    2002-01-01

    The hydrologic effects associated with augmenting a lake with ground water from the Upper Floridan aquifer were examined in northwest Hillsborough County, Florida, from June 1996 through May 1999. The hydrogeology, ground-water flow patterns, water budgets, and water-quality characteristics were compared between a lake that has been augmented for more than 30 years (Round Lake) and two nearby nonaugmented lakes (Dosson Lake and Halfmoon Lake). Compared to the other study lakes, Round Lake is in a more leakage-dominated hydrogeologic setting. The intermediate confining unit is thin or highly breached, which increases the potential for vertical ground-water flow. Round Lake has the least amount of soft, organic lake-bottom sediments and the lake bottom has been dredged deeper and more extensively than the other study lakes, which could allow more leakage from the lake bottom. The area around Round Lake has experienced more sinkhole activity than the other study lakes. During this study, three sinkholes developed around the perimeter of the lake, which may have further disrupted the intermediate confining unit.Ground-water flow patterns around Round Lake were considerably different than the nonaugmented lakes. For most of the study, groundwater augmentation artificially raised the level of Round Lake to about 2 to 3 feet higher than the adjacent water table. As a result, lake water recharged the surficial aquifer around the entire lake perimeter, except during very wet periods when ground-water inflow occurred around part of the lake perimeter. The non-augmented lakes typically had areas of ground-water inflow and areas of lake leakage around their perimeter, and during wet periods, ground-water inflow occurred around the entire lake perimeter. Therefore, the area potentially contributing ground water to the non-augmented lakes is much larger than for augmented Round Lake. Vertical head loss within the surficial aquifer was greater at Round Lake than the other study lakes, which is additional evidence of the limited confinement at Round Lake. A comparison of the water quality and lake-bottom sediments at the three lakes indicate that Round Lake is strongly influenced by the addition of large quantities of calcium-bicarbonate enriched augmentation water. Round Lake had higher alkalinity, pH, calcium and dissolved oxygen concentrations, specific conductance, and water clarity than the two non-augmented lakes. Round Lake was generally saturated to supersaturated with respect to calcite, but was undersaturated when augmentation was low and after high rainfall periods. Calcium carbonate has accumulated in the lake sediments from calcite precipitation, from macrophytes such as Nitella sp., and from the deposition of carbonate-rich mollusk shells, such as Planerbella sp., both of which thrive in the high alkalinity lake water. Lake-bottom sediments and aquatic biota at Round Lake had some of the highest radium-226 activity levels measured in a Florida lake. The high radium-226 levels (27 disintegrations per minute per dry mass) can be atrributed to augmenting the lake with ground water from the Upper Floridan aquifer. Although the ground water has relatively low levels of radium-226 (5.8 disintegrations per minute per liter), the large volumes of ground water added to the lake for more than 30 years have caused radium-226 to accumulate in the sediments and lake biota.The Round Lake basin had higher calcium and bicarbonate concentrations in the surficial aquifer than at the non-augmented lakes, which indicates the lateral leakage of calcium-bicarbonate enriched lake water into the surficial aquifer. Deuterium and oxygen-18 data indicated that water in well nests near the lake consists of as much as 100 percent lake leakage, and water from the augmentation well had a high percentage of recirculated lake water (between 59 and 73 percent lake leakage). The ground water surrounding Round Lake was undersaturated with respect to calcite, indicating that the water is capable of dissolving calcite in the underlying limestone aquifer. Annual and monthly ground-water outflow (lake leakage) was significantly higher at Round Lake than at the non-augmented lakes for the 3-year study period. Minimum estimates of the total annual ground-water inflow and outflow were made from monthly net ground-water flow values. Based on these estimates, total annual groundwater outflow from Round Lake was more than 10 times higher than for the non-augmented lakes. Local ground-water pumping, augmentation, and hydrogeologic factors are responsible for the high net ground-water outflow at Round Lake. Localized ground-water pumping causes the head difference between the lake and the Upper Floridan aquifer to increase, which increases lake leakage and results in lower lake levels. Augmenting the lake further increases the head difference between the lake, the water table, and the Upper Floridan aquifer, which results in an increase in lateral and vertical lake leakage. The lack of confinement or breaches in the intermediate confining unit facilitates the downward movement of this augmented lake water back into the Upper Floridan aquifer. The increase in ground-water circulation in the leakage-dominated hydrogeologic setting at Round Lake has made the basin more susceptible to karst activity (limestone dissolution, subsidence, and sinkhole formation)

  18. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shirkov, Leonid; Makarewicz, Jan, E-mail: jama@amu.edu.pl

    An ab initio intermolecular potential energy surface (PES) has been constructed for the benzene-krypton (BKr) van der Waals (vdW) complex. The interaction energy has been calculated at the coupled cluster level of theory with single, double, and perturbatively included triple excitations using different basis sets. As a result, a few analytical PESs of the complex have been determined. They allowed a prediction of the complex structure and its vibrational vdW states. The vibrational energy level pattern exhibits a distinct polyad structure. Comparison of the equilibrium structure, the dipole moment, and vibrational levels of BKr with their experimental counterparts has allowedmore » us to design an optimal basis set composed of a small Dunning’s basis set for the benzene monomer, a larger effective core potential adapted basis set for Kr and additional midbond functions. Such a basis set yields vibrational energy levels that agree very well with the experimental ones as well as with those calculated from the available empirical PES derived from the microwave spectra of the BKr complex. The basis proposed can be applied to larger complexes including Kr because of a reasonable computational cost and accurate results.« less

  19. Polarized atomic orbitals for self-consistent field electronic structure calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Michael S.; Head-Gordon, Martin

    1997-12-01

    We present a new self-consistent field approach which, given a large "secondary" basis set of atomic orbitals, variationally optimizes molecular orbitals in terms of a small "primary" basis set of distorted atomic orbitals, which are simultaneously optimized. If the primary basis is taken as a minimal basis, the resulting functions are termed polarized atomic orbitals (PAO's) because they are valence (or core) atomic orbitals which have distorted or polarized in an optimal way for their molecular environment. The PAO's derive their flexibility from the fact that they are formed from atom-centered linear-combinations of the larger set of secondary atomic orbitals. The variational conditions satisfied by PAO's are defined, and an iterative method for performing a PAO-SCF calculation is introduced. We compare the PAO-SCF approach against full SCF calculations for the energies, dipoles, and molecular geometries of various molecules. The PAO's are potentially useful for studying large systems that are currently intractable with larger than minimal basis sets, as well as offering potential interpretative benefits relative to calculations in extended basis sets.

  20. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lashin, E. I.; Ain Shams University, Faculty of Science, Cairo 11566; Department of Physics and Astronomy, College of Science, King Saud University, Riyadh

    We examine the possibility that a certain class of neutrino mass matrices, namely, those with two independent vanishing minors in the flavor basis, regardless of being invertible or not, is sufficient to describe current data. We compute generic formulas for the ratios of the neutrino masses and for the Majorana phases. We find that seven textures with two vanishing minors can accommodate the experimental data. We present an estimate of the mass matrix for these patterns. All of the possible textures can be dynamically generated through the seesaw mechanism augmented with a discrete Abelian symmetry.

  1. A Mars 1 Watt vortex wind energy machine

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ralston, Michael; Crowley, Christopher; Thomson, Ronald; Gwynne, Owen

    1992-01-01

    A Martian wind power generator capable of surviving impact and fulfilling the long-term (2-5 yr) low-level power requirements (1-2 W) of an unmanned surface probe is presented. Attention is given to a tornado vortex generator that was chosen on the basis of its capability to theoretically augment the available power that may be extracted for average Martian wind speeds of about 7.5 m/s. The generator offers comparable mass-to-power ratios with solar power sources.

  2. Developments and potential of radiation processing in the Philippines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singson, C.; Carmona, C.

    This paper describes the research and development activities in three areas of radiation processing, namely: food irradiation, medical product sterilization and wood plastic combination. Plans and efforts exerted to acquire a larger gamma source to augment our present 5,000 curie source are discussed. Cost estimates for a radiation facility is presented on the basis of the market potential of food irradiation and medical product sterilization. Existing local industries that can benefit from the adaptation of irradiation technology in their processing requirements is described.

  3. Virtual reality and planetary exploration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcgreevy, Michael W.

    1992-01-01

    NASA-Ames is intensively developing virtual-reality (VR) capabilities that can extend and augment computer-generated and remote spatial environments. VR is envisioned not only as a basis for improving human/machine interactions involved in planetary exploration, but also as a medium for the more widespread sharing of the experience of exploration, thereby broadening the support-base for the lunar and planetary-exploration endeavors. Imagery representative of Mars are being gathered for VR presentation at such terrestrial sites as Antarctica and Death Valley.

  4. MODIS Snow and Ice Products from the NSIDC DAAC

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Scharfen, Greg R.; Hall, Dorothy K.; Riggs, George A.

    1997-01-01

    The National Snow and Ice Data Center (NSIDC) Distributed Active Archive Center (DAAC) provides data and information on snow and ice processes, especially pertaining to interactions among snow, ice, atmosphere and ocean, in support of research on global change detection and model validation, and provides general data and information services to cryospheric and polar processes research community. The NSIDC DAAC is an integral part of the multi-agency-funded support for snow and ice data management services at NSIDC. The Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) will be flown on the first Earth Observation System (EOS) platform (AM-1) in 1998. The MODIS Instrument Science Team is developing geophysical products from data collected by the MODIS instrument, including snow and ice products which will be archived and distributed by NSIDC DAAC. The MODIS snow and ice mapping algorithms will generate global snow, lake ice, and sea ice cover products on a daily basis. These products will augment the existing record of satellite-derived snow cover and sea ice products that began about 30 years ago. The characteristics of these products, their utility, and comparisons to other data set are discussed. Current developments and issues are summarized.

  5. Time-dependent quantum chemistry of laser driven many-electron molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nguyen-Dang, Thanh-Tung; Couture-Bienvenue, Étienne; Viau-Trudel, Jérémy

    2014-12-28

    A Time-Dependent Configuration Interaction approach using multiple Feshbach partitionings, corresponding to multiple ionization stages of a laser-driven molecule, has recently been proposed [T.-T. Nguyen-Dang and J. Viau-Trudel, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 244102 (2013)]. To complete this development toward a fully ab-initio method for the calculation of time-dependent electronic wavefunctions of an N-electron molecule, we describe how tools of multiconfiguration quantum chemistry such as the management of the configuration expansion space using Graphical Unitary Group Approach concepts can be profitably adapted to the new context, that of time-resolved electronic dynamics, as opposed to stationary electronic structure. The method is applied tomore » calculate the detailed, sub-cycle electronic dynamics of BeH{sub 2}, treated in a 3–21G bound-orbital basis augmented by a set of orthogonalized plane-waves representing continuum-type orbitals, including its ionization under an intense λ = 800 nm or λ = 80 nm continuous-wave laser field. The dynamics is strongly non-linear at the field-intensity considered (I ≃ 10{sup 15} W/cm{sup 2}), featuring important ionization of an inner-shell electron and strong post-ionization bound-electron dynamics.« less

  6. Geometry-dependent distributed polarizability models for the water molecule

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Loboda, Oleksandr; Ingrosso, Francesca; Ruiz-López, Manuel F.

    2016-01-21

    Geometry-dependent distributed polarizability models have been constructed by fits to ab initio calculations at the coupled cluster level of theory with up to noniterative triple excitations in an augmented triple-zeta quality basis set for the water molecule in the field of a point charge. The investigated models include (i) charge-flow polarizabilities between chemically bonded atoms, (ii) isotropic or anisotropic dipolar polarizabilities on oxygen atom or on all atoms, and (iii) combinations of models (i) and (ii). For each model, the polarizability parameters have been optimized to reproduce the induction energy of a water molecule polarized by a point charge successivelymore » occupying a grid of points surrounding the molecule. The quality of the models is ascertained by examining their ability to reproduce these induction energies as well as the molecular dipolar and quadrupolar polarizabilities. The geometry dependence of the distributed polarizability models has been explored by changing bond lengths and HOH angle to generate 125 molecular structures (reduced to 75 symmetry-unique ones). For each considered model, the distributed polarizability components have been fitted as a function of the geometry by a Taylor expansion in monomer coordinate displacements up to the sum of powers equal to 4.« less

  7. Collisional rates based on the first potential energy surface of the NeH+ -He system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bop, Cheikh T.; Hammami, K.; Faye, N. A. B.

    2017-09-01

    The potential energy surface is computed at the explicitly correlated coupled cluster with simple, second and perturbative triple excitation method (CCSD(T)-F12) in connection with the augmented-correlation consistent-polarized valence triple zeta (aug-cc-pVTZ) Gaussian basis set for the NeH+ -He system. The calculations were performed by first taking into account the vibration of the molecule and then averaging the so-obtained three-dimensional potential. From this average interaction potential, cross-sections among the 11 first rotational levels of NeH+ induced by collision with He are calculated for energies up to 4000 cm-1 using the quantum mechanical close coupling (CC) approach. Collisional rate coefficients are obtained by thermally averaging these cross-sections at low temperature (T ≤ 300 K). The propensity rules of the rotational transitions obtained in this paper are discussed and compared with those of HeH+ and ArH+ in collision with electron. This work may be helpful for the eventual investigations, both theoretical and experimental, focused to detect the key cationic noble gas hydride NeH+ in the interstellar and circumstellar media as well as in laboratory experiments.

  8. INDUSTRIE 4.0 - Automation in weft knitting technology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Simonis, K.; Gloy, Y.-S.; Gries, T.

    2016-07-01

    Industry 4.0 applies to the knitting industry. Regarding the knitting process retrofitting activities are executed mostly manually by an operator on the basis on the operator's experience. In doing so, the knitted fabric is not necessarily produced in the most efficient way regarding process speed and fabric quality aspects. The knitting division at ITA is concentrating on project activities regarding automation and Industry 4.0. ITA is working on analysing the correspondences of the knitting process parameters and their influence on the fabric quality. By using e.g. the augmented reality technology, the operator will be supported when setting up the knitting machine in case of product or pattern change - or in case of an intervention when production errors occur. Furthermore, the RFID-Technology offers great possibilities to ensure information flow between sub-processes of the fragmented textile process chain. ITA is using RFID-chips to save yarn production information and connect the information to the fabric producing machine control. In addition, ITA is currently working on integrating image processing systems into the large circular knitting machine in order to ensure online-quality measurement of the knitted fabrics. This will lead to a self-optimizing and selflearning knitting machine.

  9. Photodissociation Dynamics of Phenol: Multistate Trajectory Simulations including Tunneling

    DOE PAGES

    Xu, Xuefei; Zheng, Jingjing; Yang, Ke R.; ...

    2014-10-27

    We report multistate trajectory simulations, including coherence, decoherence, and multidimensional tunneling, of phenol photodissociation dynamics. The calculations are based on full-dimensional anchor-points reactive potential surfaces and state couplings fit to electronic structure calculations including dynamical correlation with an augmented correlation-consistent polarized valence double-ζ basis set. The calculations successfully reproduce the experimentally observed bimodal character of the total kinetic energy release spectra and confirm the interpretation of the most recent experiments that the photodissociation process is dominated by tunneling. Analysis of the trajectories uncovers an unexpected dissociation pathway for one quantum excitation of the O–H stretching mode of the S 1more » state, namely, tunneling in a coherent mixture of states starting in a smaller R OH (~0.9–1.0 Å) region than has previously been invoked. The simulations also show that most trajectories do not pass close to the S 1–S 2 conical intersection (they have a minimum gap greater than 0.6 eV), they provide statistics on the out-of-plane angles at the locations of the minimum energy adiabatic gap, and they reveal information about which vibrational modes are most highly activated in the products.« less

  10. Benchmarking fully analytic DFT force fields for vibrational spectroscopy: A study on halogenated compounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pietropolli Charmet, Andrea; Cornaton, Yann

    2018-05-01

    This work presents an investigation of the theoretical predictions yielded by anharmonic force fields having the cubic and quartic force constants are computed analytically by means of density functional theory (DFT) using the recursive scheme developed by M. Ringholm et al. (J. Comput. Chem. 35 (2014) 622). Different functionals (namely B3LYP, PBE, PBE0 and PW86x) and basis sets were used for calculating the anharmonic vibrational spectra of two halomethanes. The benchmark analysis carried out demonstrates the reliability and overall good performances offered by hybrid approaches, where the harmonic data obtained at the coupled cluster with single and double excitations level of theory augmented by a perturbational estimate of the effects of connected triple excitations, CCSD(T), are combined with the fully analytic higher order force constants yielded by DFT functionals. These methods lead to reliable and computationally affordable calculations of anharmonic vibrational spectra with an accuracy comparable to that yielded by hybrid force fields having the anharmonic force fields computed at second order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) level of theory using numerical differentiation but without the corresponding potential issues related to computational costs and numerical errors.

  11. 'Sometimes your safety goes a bit by the wayside' … exploring occupational health and safety (OHS) with student nurses.

    PubMed

    Boucaut, Rose; Cusack, Lynette

    2016-09-01

    Because nursing is a high risk profession in terms of occupational health and safety (OHS), the topic of OHS is an important component of student nurse education and practice. Seeking ways to enhance curricular content and foster student health, safety and wellbeing is an ongoing pursuit. This pilot study explored nursing student perspectives about OHS in the clinical setting to develop an understanding of student views that could enlighten teaching about this topic within the undergraduate nursing course. Focus groups were held with pre-registration student nurses in two discrete cohort levels (first and third year). Themes were identified from the focus group discussion about trust, knowledge and responsibility. The students demonstrated a sound grasp of clinical hazards and associated administrative controls. Strengthening student awareness of higher order controls and their evaluation would augment their knowledge of legislative requirements. Students may benefit from learning about a risk management approach to OHS which would provide them with a structured basis for problem solving. This may assist them with clinical reasoning about health and safety issues and empower them in aspects of self-care. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  12. Explicit correlation treatment of the six-dimensional potential energy surface and predicted infrared spectra for OCS-H2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Jing-Min; Zhai, Yu; Li, Hui

    2017-07-01

    An effective six-dimensional ab initio potential energy surface (PES) for H2-OCS which explicitly includes the intramolecular stretch normal modes of carbonyl sulfide (OCS) is presented. The electronic structure computations are carried out using the explicitly correlated coupled cluster [CCSD(T)-F12] method with the augmented correlation-consistent aug-cc-pVTZ basis set, and the accuracy is critically tested by performing a series of benchmark calculations. Analytic four-dimensional PESs are obtained by least-squares fitting vibrationally averaged interaction energies to the Morse/long-range potential model. These fits to 13 485 points have a root-mean-square deviation (RMSD) of 0.16 cm-1. The combined radial discrete variable representation/angular finite basis representation method and the Lanczos algorithm were employed to evaluate the rovibrational energy levels for five isotopic species of the OCS-hydrogen complexes. The predicted transition frequencies and intensities based on the resulting vibrationally averaged PESs are in good agreement with the available experimental values, whose RMSDs are smaller than 0.004 cm-1 for five different species of OCS-hydrogen complexes. The calculated infrared band origin shifts for all five species of OCS-hydrogen complexes are only 0.03 cm-1 smaller than the corresponding experimental values. These validate the high quality of our PESs which can be used for modeling OCS doped in hydrogen clusters to further study quantum solution and microscopic superfluidity. In addition, the analytic coordinate transformation functions between isotopologues are also derived due to the center of mass shifting of different isotope substitutes.

  13. Adaptive Monocular Visual–Inertial SLAM for Real-Time Augmented Reality Applications in Mobile Devices

    PubMed Central

    Piao, Jin-Chun; Kim, Shin-Dug

    2017-01-01

    Simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) is emerging as a prominent issue in computer vision and next-generation core technology for robots, autonomous navigation and augmented reality. In augmented reality applications, fast camera pose estimation and true scale are important. In this paper, we present an adaptive monocular visual–inertial SLAM method for real-time augmented reality applications in mobile devices. First, the SLAM system is implemented based on the visual–inertial odometry method that combines data from a mobile device camera and inertial measurement unit sensor. Second, we present an optical-flow-based fast visual odometry method for real-time camera pose estimation. Finally, an adaptive monocular visual–inertial SLAM is implemented by presenting an adaptive execution module that dynamically selects visual–inertial odometry or optical-flow-based fast visual odometry. Experimental results show that the average translation root-mean-square error of keyframe trajectory is approximately 0.0617 m with the EuRoC dataset. The average tracking time is reduced by 7.8%, 12.9%, and 18.8% when different level-set adaptive policies are applied. Moreover, we conducted experiments with real mobile device sensors, and the results demonstrate the effectiveness of performance improvement using the proposed method. PMID:29112143

  14. Investigations of the Rg-BrCl (Rg = He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe) binary van der Waals complexes: ab initio intermolecular potential energy surfaces, vibrational states and predicted pure rotational transition frequencies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Song; Zheng, Rui; Chen, Shan-Jun; Chen, Yan; Chen, Peng

    2017-03-01

    The intermolecular potential energy surfaces (PESs) of the ground electronic state for the Rg-BrCl (Rg = He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe) van der Waals complexes have been constructed by using the coupled-cluster method in combination with the augmented quadruple-zeta correlation-consistent basis sets supplemented with an additional set of bond functions. The features of the anisotropic PESs for these complexes are remarkably similar, which are characterized by three minima and two saddle points between them. The global minimum corresponds to a collinear Rg-Br-Cl configuration. Two local minima, correlate with an anti-linear Rg-Cl-Br geometry and a nearly T-shaped structure, can also be located on each PES. The quantum bound state calculations enable us to investigate intermolecular vibrational states and rotational energy levels of the complexes. The transition frequencies are predicted and are fitted to obtain their corresponding spectroscopic constants. In general, the periodic trends are observed for this complex family. Comparisons with available experimental data for the collinear isomer of Ar-BrCl demonstrate reliability of our theoretical predictions, and our results for the other two isomers of Ar-BrCl as well as for other members of the complex family are also anticipated to be trustable. Except for the collinear isomer of Ar-BrCl, the data presented in this paper would be beneficial to improve our knowledge for these experimentally unknown species.

  15. Augmented post-remission therapy for a minimal residual disease-defined high-risk subgroup of children and young people with clinical standard-risk and intermediate-risk acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (UKALL 2003): a randomised controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Vora, Ajay; Goulden, Nick; Mitchell, Chris; Hancock, Jeremy; Hough, Rachael; Rowntree, Clare; Moorman, Anthony V; Wade, Rachel

    2014-07-01

    No randomised study has shown whether stratification of treatment by minimal residual disease (MRD) response improves outcome in children and young people with acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL). We assessed whether children and young people with clinical standard and intermediate-risk ALL who have persistent MRD at the end of induction therapy benefit from augmented post-remission therapy. Between Oct 1, 2003, and June 30, 2011, we enrolled eligible patients aged 1-24 years and initially categorised them into clinical standard-risk, intermediate-risk, and high-risk groups on the basis of a combination of National Cancer Institute criteria, cytogenetics, and early morphological response to induction therapy. Clinical standard-risk and intermediate-risk patients with MRD of 0·01% or higher at day 29 of induction (MRD high risk) were randomly assigned (1:1) to standard therapy (treatment regimens A and B) or augmented post-remission therapy (regimen C). Compared with standard therapy, the augmented treatment regimen (regimen C) included an additional eight doses of pegylated asparaginase, 18 doses of vincristine, and escalated-dose intravenous methotrexate without folinic acid rescue during interim maintenance courses. Computer randomisation was used for treatment allocation and was balanced for sex, age (<10 years vs ≥10 years), and white blood cell count at diagnosis (<50 × 10(9)/L vs ≥50 × 10(9)/L) by minimisation. Patients, clinicians, and data analysts were not masked to treatment allocation. The primary outcomes were event-free survival and overall survival. Analyses were by intention to treat. This trial is registered with Current Controlled Trials, number ISRCTN07355119. 533 MRD high-risk patients were randomly assigned to receive standard (n=266) or augmented (n=267) post-remission therapy. After a median follow-up of 70 months (IQR 52-91), 5-year event-free survival was better in the augmented treatment group (89·6% [95% CI 85·9-93·3]) than in the standard group (82·8% [78·1-87·5]; odds ratio [OR] 0·61 [95% CI 0·39-0·98], p=0·04). Overall survival at 5 years was numerically, but not significantly, higher in the augmented treatment group (92·9% [95% CI 89·8-96·0]) than in the standard therapy group (88·9% [85·0-92·8]; OR 0·67 [95% CI 0·38-1·17], p=0·16). More adverse events occurred in the augmented treatment group than in the standard group (asparaginase-related hypersensitivity in 18 [6·7%] in the augmented group vs two [0·8%] in the standard group and asparaginase-related pancreatitis in eight [3·0%] vs one [0·4%]; intravenous methotrexate-related mucositis in 11 [4·1%] vs three [1·1%] and methotrexate-related stomatitis in 48 [18·0%] vs 12 [4·5%]). Our findings suggest that children and young people with acute lymphoblastic leukaemia and 0·01% or more MRD at the end of remission induction therapy could benefit from augmented post-remission therapy. However, the asparaginase and intravenous methotrexate used in the augmented treatment regimen is associated with more adverse events than is the standard post-remission treatment regimen. Medical Research Council and Leukaemia and Lymphoma Research. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  16. Asian Rhinoplasty: Preoperative Simulation and Planning Using Adobe Photoshop.

    PubMed

    Kiranantawat, Kidakorn; Nguyen, Anh H

    2015-11-01

    A rhinoplasty in Asians differs from a rhinoplasty performed in patients of other ethnicities. Surgeons should understand the concept of Asian beauty, the nasal anatomy of Asians, and common problems encountered while operating on the Asian nose. With this understanding, surgeons can set appropriate goals, choose proper operative procedures, and provide an outcome that satisfies patients. In this article the authors define the concept of an Asian rhinoplasty-a paradigm shift from the traditional on-top augmentation rhinoplasty to a structurally integrated augmentation rhinoplasty-and provide a step-by-step procedure for the use of Adobe Photoshop as a preoperative program to simulate the expected surgical outcome for patients and to develop a preoperative plan for surgeons.

  17. Distributed augmented reality with 3-D lung dynamics--a planning tool concept.

    PubMed

    Hamza-Lup, Felix G; Santhanam, Anand P; Imielińska, Celina; Meeks, Sanford L; Rolland, Jannick P

    2007-01-01

    Augmented reality (AR) systems add visual information to the world by using advanced display techniques. The advances in miniaturization and reduced hardware costs make some of these systems feasible for applications in a wide set of fields. We present a potential component of the cyber infrastructure for the operating room of the future: a distributed AR-based software-hardware system that allows real-time visualization of three-dimensional (3-D) lung dynamics superimposed directly on the patient's body. Several emergency events (e.g., closed and tension pneumothorax) and surgical procedures related to lung (e.g., lung transplantation, lung volume reduction surgery, surgical treatment of lung infections, lung cancer surgery) could benefit from the proposed prototype.

  18. Landing flying qualities evaluation criteria for augmented aircraft

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Radford, R. C.; Smith, R.; Bailey, R.

    1980-01-01

    The criteria evaluated were: Calspan Neal-Smith; Onstott (Northrop Time Domain); McDonnell-Douglas Equivalent System Approach; R. H. Smith Criterion. Each criterion was applied to the same set of longitudinal approach and landing flying qualities data. A revised version of the Neal-Smith criterion which is applicable to the landing task was developed and tested against other landing flying qualities data. Results indicated that both the revised Neal-Smith criterion and the Equivalent System Approach are good discriminators of pitch landing flying qualities; Neal-Smith has particular merit as a design guide, while the Equivalent System Approach is well suited for development of appropriate military specification requirements applicable to highly augmented aircraft.

  19. The Status of RPE65 Gene Therapy Trials: Safety and Efficacy

    PubMed Central

    Pierce, Eric A.; Bennett, Jean

    2015-01-01

    Several groups have reported the results of clinical trials of gene augmentation therapy for Leber congenital amaurosis (LCA) because of mutations in the RPE65 gene. These studies have used subretinal injection of adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors to deliver the human RPE65 cDNA to the retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells of the treated eyes. In all of the studies reported to date, this approach has been shown to be both safe and effective. The successful clinical trials of gene augmentation therapy for retinal degeneration caused by mutations in the RPE65 gene sets the stage for broad application of gene therapy to treat retinal degenerative disorders. PMID:25635059

  20. 42 CFR 415.170 - Conditions for payment on a fee schedule basis for physician services in a teaching setting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... physician services in a teaching setting. 415.170 Section 415.170 Public Health CENTERS FOR MEDICARE... BY PHYSICIANS IN PROVIDERS, SUPERVISING PHYSICIANS IN TEACHING SETTINGS, AND RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS Physician Services in Teaching Settings § 415.170 Conditions for payment on a fee schedule basis...

  1. Nonexpansiveness of a linearized augmented Lagrangian operator for hierarchical convex optimization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yamagishi, Masao; Yamada, Isao

    2017-04-01

    Hierarchical convex optimization concerns two-stage optimization problems: the first stage problem is a convex optimization; the second stage problem is the minimization of a convex function over the solution set of the first stage problem. For the hierarchical convex optimization, the hybrid steepest descent method (HSDM) can be applied, where the solution set of the first stage problem must be expressed as the fixed point set of a certain nonexpansive operator. In this paper, we propose a nonexpansive operator that yields a computationally efficient update when it is plugged into the HSDM. The proposed operator is inspired by the update of the linearized augmented Lagrangian method. It is applicable to characterize the solution set of recent sophisticated convex optimization problems found in the context of inverse problems, where the sum of multiple proximable convex functions involving linear operators must be minimized to incorporate preferable properties into the minimizers. For such a problem formulation, there has not yet been reported any nonexpansive operator that yields an update free from the inversions of linear operators in cases where it is utilized in the HSDM. Unlike previously known nonexpansive operators, the proposed operator yields an inversion-free update in such cases. As an application of the proposed operator plugged into the HSDM, we also present, in the context of the so-called superiorization, an algorithmic solution to a convex optimization problem over the generalized convex feasible set where the intersection of the hard constraints is not necessarily simple.

  2. Full-dimensional global potential energy surfaces describing abstraction and exchange for the H + H{sub 2}S reaction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lu, Dandan; Li, Jun, E-mail: jli15@cqu.edu.edu

    2016-07-07

    For the H + H{sub 2}S system, ∼34 000 data points are sampled over a large configuration space including both abstraction and exchange channels, and calculated at the level of explicitly correlated unrestricted coupled cluster method with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples excitations with the augmented correlation-consistent polarized triple zeta basis set (UCCSD(T)-F12a/aug-cc-pVTZ). The data set was fit using the newly proposed permutation invariant polynomial-neural network (PIP-NN) method with three different vectors as the input: two redundant sets of PIPs, one with the maximum order four (PES-I) and one with the maximum order three (PES-II), and nine non-redundant PIPs (PES-III). Allmore » these PESs show small fitting errors and essentially the same performance in representing the title system. Various kinetics and dynamical properties are calculated using the tunneling corrected transition state theory and quasi-classical trajectory, and compared with available experimental results. At a collision energy of 10 kcal/mol, both the H{sub 2} and SH products are found to be internally cold, with ∼20% of H{sub 2} at its first vibrational excited state, while SH is essentially a spectator. The angular distributions of the products are mainly in backward with considerable contributions from sideway direction. In addition, analytical partial derivatives of any PIP-NN PES with respect to the coordinates of atoms are derived by making use of the monomial symmetrization algorithm [Z. Xie and J. M. Bowman, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 6, 26–34 (2010)]. It can not only accelerate the evaluation of the derivatives, but also improve the energy convergence significantly.« less

  3. Projected Hybrid Orbitals: A General QM/MM Method

    PubMed Central

    2015-01-01

    A projected hybrid orbital (PHO) method was described to model the covalent boundary in a hybrid quantum mechanical and molecular mechanical (QM/MM) system. The PHO approach can be used in ab initio wave function theory and in density functional theory with any basis set without introducing system-dependent parameters. In this method, a secondary basis set on the boundary atom is introduced to formulate a set of hybrid atomic orbtials. The primary basis set on the boundary atom used for the QM subsystem is projected onto the secondary basis to yield a representation that provides a good approximation to the electron-withdrawing power of the primary basis set to balance electronic interactions between QM and MM subsystems. The PHO method has been tested on a range of molecules and properties. Comparison with results obtained from QM calculations on the entire system shows that the present PHO method is a robust and balanced QM/MM scheme that preserves the structural and electronic properties of the QM region. PMID:25317748

  4. A novel Gaussian-Sinc mixed basis set for electronic structure calculations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jerke, Jonathan L.; Lee, Young; Tymczak, C. J.

    2015-08-14

    A Gaussian-Sinc basis set methodology is presented for the calculation of the electronic structure of atoms and molecules at the Hartree–Fock level of theory. This methodology has several advantages over previous methods. The all-electron electronic structure in a Gaussian-Sinc mixed basis spans both the “localized” and “delocalized” regions. A basis set for each region is combined to make a new basis methodology—a lattice of orthonormal sinc functions is used to represent the “delocalized” regions and the atom-centered Gaussian functions are used to represent the “localized” regions to any desired accuracy. For this mixed basis, all the Coulomb integrals are definablemore » and can be computed in a dimensional separated methodology. Additionally, the Sinc basis is translationally invariant, which allows for the Coulomb singularity to be placed anywhere including on lattice sites. Finally, boundary conditions are always satisfied with this basis. To demonstrate the utility of this method, we calculated the ground state Hartree–Fock energies for atoms up to neon, the diatomic systems H{sub 2}, O{sub 2}, and N{sub 2}, and the multi-atom system benzene. Together, it is shown that the Gaussian-Sinc mixed basis set is a flexible and accurate method for solving the electronic structure of atomic and molecular species.« less

  5. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hill, J. Grant, E-mail: grant.hill@sheffield.ac.uk, E-mail: kipeters@wsu.edu; Peterson, Kirk A., E-mail: grant.hill@sheffield.ac.uk, E-mail: kipeters@wsu.edu

    New correlation consistent basis sets, cc-pVnZ-PP-F12 (n = D, T, Q), for all the post-d main group elements Ga–Rn have been optimized for use in explicitly correlated F12 calculations. The new sets, which include not only orbital basis sets but also the matching auxiliary sets required for density fitting both conventional and F12 integrals, are designed for correlation of valence sp, as well as the outer-core d electrons. The basis sets are constructed for use with the previously published small-core relativistic pseudopotentials of the Stuttgart-Cologne variety. Benchmark explicitly correlated coupled-cluster singles and doubles with perturbative triples [CCSD(T)-F12b] calculations of themore » spectroscopic properties of numerous diatomic molecules involving 4p, 5p, and 6p elements have been carried out and compared to the analogous conventional CCSD(T) results. In general the F12 results obtained with a n-zeta F12 basis set were comparable to conventional aug-cc-pVxZ-PP or aug-cc-pwCVxZ-PP basis set calculations obtained with x = n + 1 or even x = n + 2. The new sets used in CCSD(T)-F12b calculations are particularly efficient at accurately recovering the large correlation effects of the outer-core d electrons.« less

  6. Kyphoplasty for vertebral augmentation in the elderly with osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures: scenarios and review of recent studies.

    PubMed

    Bednar, Timothy; Heyde, Christoph E; Bednar, Grace; Nguyen, David; Volpi, Elena; Przkora, Rene

    2013-11-01

    Vertebral compression fractures caused by osteoporosis are among the most common fractures in the elderly. The treatment focuses on pain control, maintenance of independence, and management of the osteoporosis. Elderly patients often encounter adverse effects to pain medications, do not tolerate bed rest, and are not ideal candidates for invasive spinal reconstructive surgery. Percutaneous vertebral augmentation (vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty) has become popular as a less-invasive alternative. However, studies have questioned the effectiveness of these procedures. The authors conducted a MEDLINE search using relevant search terms including osteoporosis, osteoporotic vertebral compression fracture, elderly, kyphoplasty and vertebroplasty. Two elderly patients presented with a fracture of their third and first lumbar vertebral body, respectively. One patient progressed well with conservative treatment, whereas the other patient was hospitalized secondary to pain after conservative measures failed to offer improvement. The hospitalized patient subsequently opted for a kyphoplasty and was able to resume his normal daily activities after the procedure. Selecting patients on an individual case-by-case basis can optimize the effectiveness and outcomes of a vertebral augmentation. This process includes the documentation of an osteoporotic vertebral compression fracture with the aide of imaging studies, including the acuity of the fracture as well as the correlation with the physical examination findings. Patients who are functional and improving under a conservative regimen are not candidates for kyphoplasty. However, if the conservative management is not successful after 4 to 6 weeks and the patient is at risk to become bedridden, an augmentation should be considered. A kyphoplasty procedure may be preferred over vertebroplasty, given the lower risk profile and better outcomes regarding spinal alignment. Published by Elsevier HS Journals, Inc.

  7. SU-C-209-06: Improving X-Ray Imaging with Computer Vision and Augmented Reality

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    MacDougall, R.D.; Scherrer, B; Don, S

    Purpose: To determine the feasibility of using a computer vision algorithm and augmented reality interface to reduce repeat rates and improve consistency of image quality and patient exposure in general radiography. Methods: A prototype device, designed for use with commercially available hardware (Microsoft Kinect 2.0) capable of depth sensing and high resolution/frame rate video, was mounted to the x-ray tube housing as part of a Philips DigitalDiagnost digital radiography room. Depth data and video was streamed to a Windows 10 PC. Proprietary software created an augmented reality interface where overlays displayed selectable information projected over real-time video of the patient.more » The information displayed prior to and during x-ray acquisition included: recognition and position of ordered body part, position of image receptor, thickness of anatomy, location of AEC cells, collimated x-ray field, degree of patient motion and suggested x-ray technique. Pre-clinical data was collected in a volunteer study to validate patient thickness measurements and x-ray images were not acquired. Results: Proprietary software correctly identified ordered body part, measured patient motion, and calculated thickness of anatomy. Pre-clinical data demonstrated accuracy and precision of body part thickness measurement when compared with other methods (e.g. laser measurement tool). Thickness measurements provided the basis for developing a database of thickness-based technique charts that can be automatically displayed to the technologist. Conclusion: The utilization of computer vision and commercial hardware to create an augmented reality view of the patient and imaging equipment has the potential to drastically improve the quality and safety of x-ray imaging by reducing repeats and optimizing technique based on patient thickness. Society of Pediatric Radiology Pilot Grant; Washington University Bear Cub Fund.« less

  8. Review of ectodermal dysplasia: case report on treatment planning and surgical management of oligodontia with implant restorations.

    PubMed

    Li, Dehua; Liu, Yanpu; Ma, Wei; Song, Yingliang

    2011-10-01

    Dental implants have proven to be a reliable modality for the rehabilitation of missing teeth. However, there are limited reports on managing anodontia related to ectodermal dysplasia in the scientific literature. The severely reduced bone quantity due to the congenital absence of multiple natural teeth is the biggest challenge for the surgeon. There are a variety of bone augmentation procedures to establish adequate bone quantity, and the surgical planning should be used on an individual case basis. This is a report of a 19-year-old male patient affected by hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia. Oligodontia associated with severe atrophy of jaws was the chief complaint for seeking treatment. Based on clinical and radiographic examinations, 2 bone augmentation procedures were used to obtain sufficient width of alveolus for implant placement by performing an onlay bone graft in the maxilla and vertical distraction osteogenesis in the mandible. The treatment planning was discussed and informed consent was obtained.

  9. Integrated Application of Active Controls (IAAC) technology to an advanced subsonic transport project. ACT/Control/Guidance System study, volume 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1982-01-01

    The active control technology (ACT) control/guidance system task of the integrated application of active controls (IAAC) technology project within the NASA energy efficient transport program was documented. The air traffic environment of navigation and air traffic control systems and procedures were extrapolated. An approach to listing flight functions which will be performed by systems and crew of an ACT configured airplane of the 1990s, and a determination of function criticalities to safety of flight, are the basis of candidate integrated ACT/Control/Guidance System architecture. The system mechanizes five active control functions: pitch augmented stability, angle of attack limiting, lateral/directional augmented stability, gust load alleviation, and maneuver load control. The scope and requirements of a program for simulating the integrated ACT avionics and flight deck system, with pilot in the loop, are defined, system and crew interface elements are simulated, and mechanization is recommended. Relationships between system design and crew roles and procedures are evaluated.

  10. Augmented standard model and the simplest scenario

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Tai Tsun; Wu, Sau Lan

    2015-11-01

    The experimental discovery of the Higgs particle in 2012 by the ATLAS Collaboration and the CMS Collaboration at CERN ushers in a new era of particle physics. On the basis of these data, scalar quarks and scalar leptons are added to each generation of quarks and leptons. The resulting augmented standard model has fermion-boson symmetry for each of three generations, but only one Higgs doublet giving masses to all the elementary particles. A specific special case, the simplest scenario, is studied in detail. In this case, there are twenty six quadratic divergences, and all these divergences are cancelled provided that one single relation between the masses is satisfied. This mass relation contains a great deal of information, and in particular determines the masses of all the right-handed scalar quarks and scalar leptons, while gives relations for the masses of the left-handed ones. An alternative procedure is also given with a different starting point and less reliance on the experimental data. The result is of course the same.

  11. Inference for Transition Network Grammars,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-01-01

    If the arc Is followed. language L(G) is said to be structurally complete if The power of an augmented transition network (Am) is each rewriting rule ...Clearly, a context-sensitive grammar can be represented as a context—free grarmar plus a set of transformationDbbbbb Eabbbbbb Dbb~~bb Ebbbbbb rules ...are the foun— as a CFG (base) and a set of transformationa l rules . datIons of grammars of different complexities. The The CSL Is obtained by appl

  12. Comparison of fMRI analysis methods for heterogeneous BOLD responses in block design studies

    PubMed Central

    Bernal-Casas, David; Fang, Zhongnan; Lee, Jin Hyung

    2017-01-01

    A large number of fMRI studies have shown that the temporal dynamics of evoked BOLD responses can be highly heterogeneous. Failing to model heterogeneous responses in statistical analysis can lead to significant errors in signal detection and characterization and alter the neurobiological interpretation. However, to date it is not clear that, out of a large number of options, which methods are robust against variability in the temporal dynamics of BOLD responses in block-design studies. Here, we used rodent optogenetic fMRI data with heterogeneous BOLD responses and simulations guided by experimental data as a means to investigate different analysis methods’ performance against heterogeneous BOLD responses. Evaluations are carried out within the general linear model (GLM) framework and consist of standard basis sets as well as independent component analysis (ICA). Analyses show that, in the presence of heterogeneous BOLD responses, conventionally used GLM with a canonical basis set leads to considerable errors in the detection and characterization of BOLD responses. Our results suggest that the 3rd and 4th order gamma basis sets, the 7th to 9th order finite impulse response (FIR) basis sets, the 5th to 9th order B-spline basis sets, and the 2nd to 5th order Fourier basis sets are optimal for good balance between detection and characterization, while the 1st order Fourier basis set (coherence analysis) used in our earlier studies show good detection capability. ICA has mostly good detection and characterization capabilities, but detects a large volume of spurious activation with the control fMRI data. PMID:27993672

  13. A probabilisitic based failure model for components fabricated from anisotropic graphite

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiao, Chengfeng

    The nuclear moderator for high temperature nuclear reactors are fabricated from graphite. During reactor operations graphite components are subjected to complex stress states arising from structural loads, thermal gradients, neutron irradiation damage, and seismic events. Graphite is a quasi-brittle material. Two aspects of nuclear grade graphite, i.e., material anisotropy and different behavior in tension and compression, are explicitly accounted for in this effort. Fracture mechanic methods are useful for metal alloys, but they are problematic for anisotropic materials with a microstructure that makes it difficult to identify a "critical" flaw. In fact cracking in a graphite core component does not necessarily result in the loss of integrity of a nuclear graphite core assembly. A phenomenological failure criterion that does not rely on flaw detection has been derived that accounts for the material behaviors mentioned. The probability of failure of components fabricated from graphite is governed by the scatter in strength. The design protocols being proposed by international code agencies recognize that design and analysis of reactor core components must be based upon probabilistic principles. The reliability models proposed herein for isotropic graphite and graphite that can be characterized as being transversely isotropic are another set of design tools for the next generation very high temperature reactors (VHTR) as well as molten salt reactors. The work begins with a review of phenomenologically based deterministic failure criteria. A number of this genre of failure models are compared with recent multiaxial nuclear grade failure data. Aspects in each are shown to be lacking. The basic behavior of different failure strengths in tension and compression is exhibited by failure models derived for concrete, but attempts to extend these concrete models to anisotropy were unsuccessful. The phenomenological models are directly dependent on stress invariants. A set of invariants, known as an integrity basis, was developed for a non-linear elastic constitutive model. This integrity basis allowed the non-linear constitutive model to exhibit different behavior in tension and compression and moreover, the integrity basis was amenable to being augmented and extended to anisotropic behavior. This integrity basis served as the starting point in developing both an isotropic reliability model and a reliability model for transversely isotropic materials. At the heart of the reliability models is a failure function very similar in nature to the yield functions found in classic plasticity theory. The failure function is derived and presented in the context of a multiaxial stress space. States of stress inside the failure envelope denote safe operating states. States of stress on or outside the failure envelope denote failure. The phenomenological strength parameters associated with the failure function are treated as random variables. There is a wealth of failure data in the literature that supports this notion. The mathematical integration of a joint probability density function that is dependent on the random strength variables over the safe operating domain defined by the failure function provides a way to compute the reliability of a state of stress in a graphite core component fabricated from graphite. The evaluation of the integral providing the reliability associated with an operational stress state can only be carried out using a numerical method. Monte Carlo simulation with importance sampling was selected to make these calculations. The derivation of the isotropic reliability model and the extension of the reliability model to anisotropy are provided in full detail. Model parameters are cast in terms of strength parameters that can (and have been) characterized by multiaxial failure tests. Comparisons of model predictions with failure data is made and a brief comparison is made to reliability predictions called for in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Future work is identified that would provide further verification and augmentation of the numerical methods used to evaluate model predictions.

  14. Cough augmentation techniques for extubation or weaning critically ill patients from mechanical ventilation.

    PubMed

    Rose, Louise; Adhikari, Neill Kj; Leasa, David; Fergusson, Dean A; McKim, Douglas

    2017-01-11

    There are various reasons why weaning and extubation failure occur, but ineffective cough and secretion retention can play a significant role. Cough augmentation techniques, such as lung volume recruitment or manually- and mechanically-assisted cough, are used to prevent and manage respiratory complications associated with chronic conditions, particularly neuromuscular disease, and may improve short- and long-term outcomes for people with acute respiratory failure. However, the role of cough augmentation to facilitate extubation and prevent post-extubation respiratory failure is unclear. Our primary objective was to determine extubation success using cough augmentation techniques compared to no cough augmentation for critically-ill adults and children with acute respiratory failure admitted to a high-intensity care setting capable of managing mechanically-ventilated people (such as an intensive care unit, specialized weaning centre, respiratory intermediate care unit, or high-dependency unit).Secondary objectives were to determine the effect of cough augmentation techniques on reintubation, weaning success, mechanical ventilation and weaning duration, length of stay (high-intensity care setting and hospital), pneumonia, tracheostomy placement and tracheostomy decannulation, and mortality (high-intensity care setting, hospital, and after hospital discharge). We evaluated harms associated with use of cough augmentation techniques when applied via an artificial airway (or non-invasive mask once extubated/decannulated), including haemodynamic compromise, arrhythmias, pneumothorax, haemoptysis, and mucus plugging requiring airway change and the type of person (such as those with neuromuscular disorders or weakness and spinal cord injury) for whom these techniques may be efficacious. We searched the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL; Issue 4, 2016), MEDLINE (OvidSP) (1946 to April 2016), Embase (OvidSP) (1980 to April 2016), CINAHL (EBSCOhost) (1982 to April 2016), and ISI Web of Science and Conference Proceedings. We searched the PROSPERO and Joanna Briggs Institute databases, websites of relevant professional societies, and conference abstracts from five professional society annual congresses (2011 to 2015). We did not impose language or other restrictions. We performed a citation search using PubMed and examined reference lists of relevant studies and reviews. We contacted corresponding authors for details of additional published or unpublished work. We searched for unpublished studies and ongoing trials on the International Clinical Trials Registry Platform (apps.who.int/trialsearch) (April 2016). We included randomized and quasi-randomized controlled trials that evaluated cough augmentation compared to a control group without this intervention. We included non-randomized studies for assessment of harms. We included studies of adults and of children aged four weeks or older, receiving invasive mechanical ventilation in a high-intensity care setting. Two review authors independently screened titles and abstracts identified by our search methods. Two review authors independently evaluated full-text versions, independently extracted data and assessed risks of bias. We screened 2686 citations and included two trials enrolling 95 participants and one cohort study enrolling 17 participants. We assessed one randomized controlled trial as being at unclear risk of bias, and the other at high risk of bias; we assessed the non-randomized study as being at high risk of bias. We were unable to pool data due to the small number of studies meeting our inclusion criteria and therefore present narrative results rather than meta-analyses. One trial of 75 participants reported that extubation success (defined as no need for reintubation within 48 hours) was higher in the mechanical insufflation-exsufflation (MI-E) group (82.9% versus 52.5%, P < 0.05) (risk ratio (RR) 1.58, 95% confidence interval (CI) 1.13 to 2.20, very low-quality evidence). No study reported weaning success or reintubation as distinct from extubation success. One trial reported a statistically significant reduction in mechanical ventilation duration favouring MI-E (mean difference -6.1 days, 95% CI -8.4 to -3.8, very low-quality evidence). One trial reported mortality, with no participant dying in either study group. Adverse events (reported by two trials) included one participant receiving the MI-E protocol experiencing haemodynamic compromise. Nine (22.5%) of the control group compared to two (6%) MI-E participants experienced secretion encumbrance with severe hypoxaemia requiring reintubation (RR 0.25, 95% CI 0.06 to 1.10). In the lung volume recruitment trial, one participant experienced an elevated blood pressure for more than 30 minutes. No participant experienced new-onset arrhythmias, heart rate increased by more than 25%, or a pneumothorax.For outcomes assessed using GRADE, we based our downgrading decisions on unclear risk of bias, inability to assess consistency or publication bias, and uncertainty about the estimate of effect due to the limited number of studies contributing outcome data. The overall quality of evidence on the efficacy of cough augmentation techniques for critically-ill people is very low. Cough augmentation techniques when used in mechanically-ventilated critically-ill people appear to result in few adverse events.

  15. Factors That Affect Faculty Attitudes toward Adoption of Technology-Rich Blended Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Moukali, Khalid Hussain

    2012-01-01

    Universities worldwide are transitioning to blended learning where technology is used to enhance and augment traditional face-to-face instruction. Investigation of how well blended learning strategies are accepted and adopted in multicultural settings is needed to facilitate this transition. This study investigated factors and barriers that…

  16. Maori Adult Education: Report of a Working Party.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Council of Adult Education, Wellington (New Zealand).

    Traditional preliterate Maori society had an integrated educational structure, later augmented by the work of various Maori and European organizations. Auckland University developed programs in Maori adult education in a bicultural setting, and recognition has evolved of the needs of Maori people for education in coping skills and in Maori…

  17. Statistical classifiers on multifractal parameters for optical diagnosis of cervical cancer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mukhopadhyay, Sabyasachi; Pratiher, Sawon; Kumar, Rajeev; Krishnamoorthy, Vigneshram; Pradhan, Asima; Ghosh, Nirmalya; Panigrahi, Prasanta K.

    2017-06-01

    An augmented set of multifractal parameters with physical interpretations have been proposed to quantify the varying distribution and shape of the multifractal spectrum. The statistical classifier with accuracy of 84.17% validates the adequacy of multi-feature MFDFA characterization of elastic scattering spectroscopy for optical diagnosis of cancer.

  18. Challenges to Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions with Autism Spectrum Disorder Students

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Singer-MacNair, Kristy

    2017-01-01

    Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have challenges with communication, social interactions, and behavior, which can limit their functioning in school settings. They need to have functional communication skills to access the curriculum and have their needs met across all social environments. Special education teachers often experience…

  19. Kansas: Early Head Start Initiative

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Center for Law and Social Policy, Inc. (CLASP), 2012

    2012-01-01

    Kansas Early Head Start (KEHS) provides comprehensive services following federal Head Start Program Performance Standards for pregnant women and eligible families with children from birth to age 4. KEHS was implemented in 1998 using Child Care and Development Block Grant (CCDBG) quality set-aside dollars augmented by a transfer of federal…

  20. AAC Interventions for Autism: A Research Summary

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nunes, Debora R. P.

    2008-01-01

    Fifty-six studies from 1980 to 2007 involving the use of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) by individuals with autism were reviewed. The majority of the studies used single-subject research designs and emphasized language production skills. Many investigations were held in artificial language learning settings, and a few involved…

  1. Perturbation corrections to Koopmans' theorem. V - A study with large basis sets

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chong, D. P.; Langhoff, S. R.

    1982-01-01

    The vertical ionization potentials of N2, F2 and H2O were calculated by perturbation corrections to Koopmans' theorem using six different basis sets. The largest set used includes several sets of polarization functions. Comparison is made with measured values and with results of computations using Green's functions.

  2. Feasibility of virtual reality augmented cycling for health promotion of people poststroke.

    PubMed

    Deutsch, Judith E; Myslinski, Mary Jane; Kafri, Michal; Ranky, Richard; Sivak, Mark; Mavroidis, Constantinos; Lewis, Jeffrey A

    2013-09-01

    A virtual reality (VR) augmented cycling kit (VRACK) was developed to address motor control and fitness deficits of individuals with chronic stroke. In this article, we report on the safety, feasibility, and efficacy of using the VR augmented cycling kit to improve cardiorespiratory (CR) fitness of individuals in the chronic phase poststroke. Four individuals with chronic stroke (47-65 years old and ≥3 years poststroke), with residual lower extremity impairments (Fugl-Meyer 24-26/34), who were limited community ambulators (gait speed range 0.56-1.1 m/s) participated in this study. Safety was defined as the absence of adverse events. Feasibility was measured using attendance, total exercise time, and "involvement" measured with the presence questionnaire (PQ). Efficacy of CR fitness was evaluated using a submaximal bicycle ergometer test before and after an 8-week training program. The intervention was safe and feasible with participants having 1 adverse event, 100% adherence, achieving between 90 and 125 minutes of cycling each week, and a mean PQ score of 39 (SD 3.3). There was a statistically significant (13%; P = 0.035) improvement in peak VO(2), with a range of 6% to 24.5%. For these individuals, poststroke, VR augmented cycling, using their heart rate to set their avatar's speed, fostered training of sufficient duration and intensity to promote CR fitness. In addition, there was a transfer of training from the bicycle to walking endurance. VR augmented cycling may be an addition to the therapist's tools for concurrent training of mobility and health promotion of individuals poststroke.

  3. Image-guided techniques in renal and hepatic interventions.

    PubMed

    Najmaei, Nima; Mostafavi, Kamal; Shahbazi, Sahar; Azizian, Mahdi

    2013-12-01

    Development of new imaging technologies and advances in computing power have enabled the physicians to perform medical interventions on the basis of high-quality 3D and/or 4D visualization of the patient's organs. Preoperative imaging has been used for planning the surgery, whereas intraoperative imaging has been widely employed to provide visual feedback to a clinician when he or she is performing the procedure. In the past decade, such systems demonstrated great potential in image-guided minimally invasive procedures on different organs, such as brain, heart, liver and kidneys. This article focuses on image-guided interventions and surgery in renal and hepatic surgeries. A comprehensive search of existing electronic databases was completed for the period of 2000-2011. Each contribution was assessed by the authors for relevance and inclusion. The contributions were categorized on the basis of the type of operation/intervention, imaging modality and specific techniques such as image fusion and augmented reality, and organ motion tracking. As a result, detailed classification and comparative study of various contributions in image-guided renal and hepatic interventions are provided. In addition, the potential future directions have been sketched. With a detailed review of the literature, potential future trends in development of image-guided abdominal interventions are identified, namely, growing use of image fusion and augmented reality, computer-assisted and/or robot-assisted interventions, development of more accurate registration and navigation techniques, and growing applications of intraoperative magnetic resonance imaging. Copyright © 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  4. A new basis set for molecular bending degrees of freedom.

    PubMed

    Jutier, Laurent

    2010-07-21

    We present a new basis set as an alternative to Legendre polynomials for the variational treatment of bending vibrational degrees of freedom in order to highly reduce the number of basis functions. This basis set is inspired from the harmonic oscillator eigenfunctions but is defined for a bending angle in the range theta in [0:pi]. The aim is to bring the basis functions closer to the final (ro)vibronic wave functions nature. Our methodology is extended to complicated potential energy surfaces, such as quasilinearity or multiequilibrium geometries, by using several free parameters in the basis functions. These parameters allow several density maxima, linear or not, around which the basis functions will be mainly located. Divergences at linearity in integral computations are resolved as generalized Legendre polynomials. All integral computations required for the evaluation of molecular Hamiltonian matrix elements are given for both discrete variable representation and finite basis representation. Convergence tests for the low energy vibronic states of HCCH(++), HCCH(+), and HCCS are presented.

  5. Experimental Study of a Pulse Detonation Engine Driven Ejector

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Santoro, Robert J.; Pal, Sibtosh; Shehadeh, R.; Saretto, S.; Lee, S.-Y.

    2005-01-01

    Results of an experimental effort on pulse detonation driven ejectors are presented and discussed. The experiments were conducted using a pulse detonation engine (PDE)/ejector setup that was specifically designed for the study. The results of various experiments designed to probe different aspects of the PDE/ejector setup are reported. The baseline PDE was operated using ethylene (C2H4) as the fuel and an oxygen/nitrogen (O2 + N2) mixture at an equivalence ratio of one. The PDE only experiments included propellant mixture characterization using a laser absorption technique, high fidelity thrust measurements using an integrated spring-damper system, and shadowgraph imaging of the detonation/shock wave structure emanating from the tube. The baseline PDE thrust measurement results are in excellent agreement with experimental and modeling results reported in the literature. These PDE setup results were then used as a basis for quantifying thrust augmentation for various PDE/ejector setups with constant diameter ejector tubes and various detonation tube/ejector tube overlap distances. The results show that for the geometries studied here, a maximum thrust augmentation of 24% is achieved. Further increases are possible by tailoring the ejector geometry based on CFD predictions conducted elsewhere. The thrust augmentation results are complemented by shadowgraph imaging of the flowfield in the ejector tube inlet area and high frequency pressure transducer measurements along the length of the ejector tube.

  6. Predictors and Moderators of Remission With Aripiprazole Augmentation in Treatment-Resistant Late-Life Depression: An Analysis of the IRL-GRey Randomized Clinical Trial.

    PubMed

    Kaneriya, Shriya H; Robbins-Welty, Gregg A; Smagula, Stephen F; Karp, Jordan F; Butters, Meryl A; Lenze, Eric J; Mulsant, Benoit H; Blumberger, Daniel; Anderson, Stewart J; Dew, Mary Amanda; Lotrich, Francis; Aizenstein, Howard J; Diniz, Breno S; Reynolds, Charles F

    2016-04-01

    Safe, efficacious, second-line pharmacological treatment options exist for the large portion of older adults with major depressive disorder who do not respond to first-line pharmacotherapy. However, limited evidence exists to aid clinical decision making regarding which patients will benefit from which second-line treatments. To test the moderating role of pretreatment executive function, severity of anxiety, and severity of medical comorbidity in remission of treatment-resistant late-life depression after aripiprazole augmentation. As follow-up to a 12-week randomized clinical trial of aripiprazole augmentation for first-line treatment-resistant late-life depression (Incomplete Response in Late-Life Depression: Getting to Remission [IRL-GRey]), we evaluated the effects of the following potential moderators and their interactions with treatment: baseline assessments of executive function (set shifting measured by the Trail Making Test) and response inhibition control (measured by a Color-Word Interference task), anxiety symptoms, and medical comorbidity. Analyses were conducted in May and June 2015. Aripiprazole or placebo tablets were started at 2 mg daily and titrated as tolerated, to a maximal dose of 15 mg daily. Remission of treatment-resistant late-life depression (defined as a Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale score of ≤10 at both of the last 2 consecutive visits). Of 181 trial participants (103 female [56.9%]) who were 60 years of age or older and whose major depression had failed to remit with venlafaxine hydrochloride monotherapy, 91 received aripiprazole and 90 received placebo. Remission occurred in 40 (43%) who received aripiprazole and 26 (29%) who received placebo. Baseline set shifting moderated the efficacy of aripiprazole augmentation (odds ratio [OR], 1.66 [95% CI, 1.05-2.62]; P = .03 for interaction with treatment). Among participants with a Trail Making Test scaled score of 7 or higher, the odds of remission were significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo (53% vs 28%; number needed to treat, 4; OR, 4.11 [95% CI, 1.83-9.20]). Among participants with a Trail Making Test scaled score of less than 7, aripiprazole and placebo were equally efficacious (OR, 0.64 [95% CI, 0.15-2.80]). Greater severity of anxiety at baseline predicted a lower remission rate but did not moderate aripiprazole efficacy; each standard deviation greater anxiety severity was associated with 50% reduced odds of remission in both aripiprazole and placebo arms. Medical comorbidity and Color-Word Interference test performance were neither general predictors nor treatment-moderating factors. Set-shifting performance indicates which older adults with treatment-resistant depression may respond favorably to augmentation with aripiprazole and thus may help to personalize treatment. clinicaltrials.gov Identifier: NCT00892047.

  7. Extrapolating MP2 and CCSD explicitly correlated correlation energies to the complete basis set limit with first and second row correlation consistent basis sets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hill, J. Grant; Peterson, Kirk A.; Knizia, Gerald; Werner, Hans-Joachim

    2009-11-01

    Accurate extrapolation to the complete basis set (CBS) limit of valence correlation energies calculated with explicitly correlated MP2-F12 and CCSD(T)-F12b methods have been investigated using a Schwenke-style approach for molecules containing both first and second row atoms. Extrapolation coefficients that are optimal for molecular systems containing first row elements differ from those optimized for second row analogs, hence values optimized for a combined set of first and second row systems are also presented. The new coefficients are shown to produce excellent results in both Schwenke-style and equivalent power-law-based two-point CBS extrapolations, with the MP2-F12/cc-pV(D,T)Z-F12 extrapolations producing an average error of just 0.17 mEh with a maximum error of 0.49 for a collection of 23 small molecules. The use of larger basis sets, i.e., cc-pV(T,Q)Z-F12 and aug-cc-pV(Q,5)Z, in extrapolations of the MP2-F12 correlation energy leads to average errors that are smaller than the degree of confidence in the reference data (˜0.1 mEh). The latter were obtained through use of very large basis sets in MP2-F12 calculations on small molecules containing both first and second row elements. CBS limits obtained from optimized coefficients for conventional MP2 are only comparable to the accuracy of the MP2-F12/cc-pV(D,T)Z-F12 extrapolation when the aug-cc-pV(5+d)Z and aug-cc-pV(6+d)Z basis sets are used. The CCSD(T)-F12b correlation energy is extrapolated as two distinct parts: CCSD-F12b and (T). While the CCSD-F12b extrapolations with smaller basis sets are statistically less accurate than those of the MP2-F12 correlation energies, this is presumably due to the slower basis set convergence of the CCSD-F12b method compared to MP2-F12. The use of larger basis sets in the CCSD-F12b extrapolations produces correlation energies with accuracies exceeding the confidence in the reference data (also obtained in large basis set F12 calculations). It is demonstrated that the use of the 3C(D) Ansatz is preferred for MP2-F12 CBS extrapolations. Optimal values of the geminal Slater exponent are presented for the diagonal, fixed amplitude Ansatz in MP2-F12 calculations, and these are also recommended for CCSD-F12b calculations.

  8. An Alternate Set of Basis Functions for the Electromagnetic Solution of Arbitrarily-Shaped, Three-Dimensional, Closed, Conducting Bodies Using Method of Moments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mackenzie, Anne I.; Baginski, Michael E.; Rao, Sadasiva M.

    2008-01-01

    In this work, we present an alternate set of basis functions, each defined over a pair of planar triangular patches, for the method of moments solution of electromagnetic scattering and radiation problems associated with arbitrarily-shaped, closed, conducting surfaces. The present basis functions are point-wise orthogonal to the pulse basis functions previously defined. The prime motivation to develop the present set of basis functions is to utilize them for the electromagnetic solution of dielectric bodies using a surface integral equation formulation which involves both electric and magnetic cur- rents. However, in the present work, only the conducting body solution is presented and compared with other data.

  9. Correction of energy-dependent systematic errors in dual-energy X-ray CT using a basis material coefficients transformation method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Goh, K. L.; Liew, S. C.; Hasegawa, B. H.

    1997-12-01

    Computer simulation results from our previous studies showed that energy dependent systematic errors exist in the values of attenuation coefficient synthesized using the basis material decomposition technique with acrylic and aluminum as the basis materials, especially when a high atomic number element (e.g., iodine from radiographic contrast media) was present in the body. The errors were reduced when a basis set was chosen from materials mimicking those found in the phantom. In the present study, we employed a basis material coefficients transformation method to correct for the energy-dependent systematic errors. In this method, the basis material coefficients were first reconstructed using the conventional basis materials (acrylic and aluminum) as the calibration basis set. The coefficients were then numerically transformed to those for a more desirable set materials. The transformation was done at the energies of the low and high energy windows of the X-ray spectrum. With this correction method using acrylic and an iodine-water mixture as our desired basis set, computer simulation results showed that accuracy of better than 2% could be achieved even when iodine was present in the body at a concentration as high as 10% by mass. Simulation work had also been carried out on a more inhomogeneous 2D thorax phantom of the 3D MCAT phantom. The results of the accuracy of quantitation were presented here.

  10. A new orthosis reduces pain and mechanical forces in prone position in women with augmented or natural breast tissue: a pilot study.

    PubMed

    Armstrong, Simon; Ried, Karin; Sali, Avni; McLaughlin, Patrick

    2013-07-01

    Breast augmentation, post-mastectomy patients as well as some women with natural breast tissue, and lactating, women often experience discomfort in prone activities. Our study, for the first time, examines pain levels, mechanical force and peak pressure in natural, reconstructed and augmented breast tissues with and without a new orthosis designed for reduction of displacement, compression and loading forces through the breast tissue during prone activities. Twelve females with natural, lactating or augmented breast tissue, and cup-sizes C-F volunteered for the study. Pain perception was measured using an 11-point visual-analogue-scale without and with different sizes/textures of the orthosis. Magnetic-Resonance-Imaging captured segmental transverse and para-sagittal mid-breast views, and provided linear measurements of breast tissue displacement and deformation. Capacitance-pliance® sensorstrips were used to measure force and pressure between the breast tissue and the surface of a standard treatment table. Measurements were taken whilst the participants were load bearing in prone positions with and without the orthosis. The new orthosis significantly reduced pain and mechanical forces in participants with natural or augmented breast tissue with cup-sizes C-F. Larger orthotic sizes were correlated with greater reduction in pain and mechanical forces, with all participants reporting no pain with the largest size orthotic. A size-3 orthotic decreased load on the breast tissue by 82% and reduced peak pressure by 42%. The same orthotic decreased medio-lateral spread of breast tissue and implant whilst increasing height. The new orthosis significantly reduced pain and mechanical forces in all women with natural or augmented tissues. Results are of clinical significance, as reduced mechanical forces are associated with greater comfort and reduced pressure and displacement which may lower the probability of breast implant complication. In clinical settings the orthosis is recommended for all augmentation patients when undergoing prone treatment by therapists and clinicians for improved comfort and safety. Copyright © 2013 British Association of Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Dispersion corrected hartree-fock and density functional theory for organic crystal structure prediction.

    PubMed

    Brandenburg, Jan Gerit; Grimme, Stefan

    2014-01-01

    We present and evaluate dispersion corrected Hartree-Fock (HF) and Density Functional Theory (DFT) based quantum chemical methods for organic crystal structure prediction. The necessity of correcting for missing long-range electron correlation, also known as van der Waals (vdW) interaction, is pointed out and some methodological issues such as inclusion of three-body dispersion terms are discussed. One of the most efficient and widely used methods is the semi-classical dispersion correction D3. Its applicability for the calculation of sublimation energies is investigated for the benchmark set X23 consisting of 23 small organic crystals. For PBE-D3 the mean absolute deviation (MAD) is below the estimated experimental uncertainty of 1.3 kcal/mol. For two larger π-systems, the equilibrium crystal geometry is investigated and very good agreement with experimental data is found. Since these calculations are carried out with huge plane-wave basis sets they are rather time consuming and routinely applicable only to systems with less than about 200 atoms in the unit cell. Aiming at crystal structure prediction, which involves screening of many structures, a pre-sorting with faster methods is mandatory. Small, atom-centered basis sets can speed up the computation significantly but they suffer greatly from basis set errors. We present the recently developed geometrical counterpoise correction gCP. It is a fast semi-empirical method which corrects for most of the inter- and intramolecular basis set superposition error. For HF calculations with nearly minimal basis sets, we additionally correct for short-range basis incompleteness. We combine all three terms in the HF-3c denoted scheme which performs very well for the X23 sublimation energies with an MAD of only 1.5 kcal/mol, which is close to the huge basis set DFT-D3 result.

  12. Comparison of fMRI analysis methods for heterogeneous BOLD responses in block design studies.

    PubMed

    Liu, Jia; Duffy, Ben A; Bernal-Casas, David; Fang, Zhongnan; Lee, Jin Hyung

    2017-02-15

    A large number of fMRI studies have shown that the temporal dynamics of evoked BOLD responses can be highly heterogeneous. Failing to model heterogeneous responses in statistical analysis can lead to significant errors in signal detection and characterization and alter the neurobiological interpretation. However, to date it is not clear that, out of a large number of options, which methods are robust against variability in the temporal dynamics of BOLD responses in block-design studies. Here, we used rodent optogenetic fMRI data with heterogeneous BOLD responses and simulations guided by experimental data as a means to investigate different analysis methods' performance against heterogeneous BOLD responses. Evaluations are carried out within the general linear model (GLM) framework and consist of standard basis sets as well as independent component analysis (ICA). Analyses show that, in the presence of heterogeneous BOLD responses, conventionally used GLM with a canonical basis set leads to considerable errors in the detection and characterization of BOLD responses. Our results suggest that the 3rd and 4th order gamma basis sets, the 7th to 9th order finite impulse response (FIR) basis sets, the 5th to 9th order B-spline basis sets, and the 2nd to 5th order Fourier basis sets are optimal for good balance between detection and characterization, while the 1st order Fourier basis set (coherence analysis) used in our earlier studies show good detection capability. ICA has mostly good detection and characterization capabilities, but detects a large volume of spurious activation with the control fMRI data. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. Point Set Denoising Using Bootstrap-Based Radial Basis Function.

    PubMed

    Liew, Khang Jie; Ramli, Ahmad; Abd Majid, Ahmad

    2016-01-01

    This paper examines the application of a bootstrap test error estimation of radial basis functions, specifically thin-plate spline fitting, in surface smoothing. The presence of noisy data is a common issue of the point set model that is generated from 3D scanning devices, and hence, point set denoising is one of the main concerns in point set modelling. Bootstrap test error estimation, which is applied when searching for the smoothing parameters of radial basis functions, is revisited. The main contribution of this paper is a smoothing algorithm that relies on a bootstrap-based radial basis function. The proposed method incorporates a k-nearest neighbour search and then projects the point set to the approximated thin-plate spline surface. Therefore, the denoising process is achieved, and the features are well preserved. A comparison of the proposed method with other smoothing methods is also carried out in this study.

  14. HAL/S-360 compiler system specification

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Johnson, A. E.; Newbold, P. N.; Schulenberg, C. W.; Avakian, A. E.; Varga, S.; Helmers, P. H.; Helmers, C. T., Jr.; Hotz, R. L.

    1974-01-01

    A three phase language compiler is described which produces IBM 360/370 compatible object modules and a set of simulation tables to aid in run time verification. A link edit step augments the standard OS linkage editor. A comprehensive run time system and library provide the HAL/S operating environment, error handling, a pseudo real time executive, and an extensive set of mathematical, conversion, I/O, and diagnostic routines. The specifications of the information flow and content for this system are also considered.

  15. Overnight glucose control with an automated, unified safety system in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes at diabetes camp.

    PubMed

    Ly, Trang T; Breton, Marc D; Keith-Hynes, Patrick; De Salvo, Daniel; Clinton, Paula; Benassi, Kari; Mize, Benton; Chernavvsky, Daniel; Place, Jéróme; Wilson, Darrell M; Kovatchev, Boris P; Buckingham, Bruce A

    2014-08-01

    To determine the safety and efficacy of an automated unified safety system (USS) in providing overnight closed-loop (OCL) control in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes attending diabetes summer camps. The Diabetes Assistant (DIAS) USS used the Dexcom G4 Platinum glucose sensor (Dexcom) and t:slim insulin pump (Tandem Diabetes Care). An initial inpatient study was completed for 12 participants to evaluate safety. For the main camp study, 20 participants with type 1 diabetes were randomized to either OCL or sensor-augmented therapy (control conditions) per night over the course of a 5- to 6-day diabetes camp. Subjects completed 54 OCL nights and 52 control nights. On an intention-to-treat basis, with glucose data analyzed regardless of system status, the median percent time in range, from 70-150 mg/dL, was 62% (29, 87) for OCL nights versus 55% (25, 80) for sensor-augmented pump therapy (P = 0.233). A per-protocol analysis allowed for assessment of algorithm performance. The median percent time in range, from 70-150 mg/dL, was 73% (50, 89) for OCL nights (n = 41) versus 52% (24, 83) for control conditions (n = 39) (P = 0.037). There was less time spent in the hypoglycemic range <50, <60, and <70 mg/dL during OCL compared with the control period (P = 0.019, P = 0.009, and P = 0.023, respectively). The DIAS USS algorithm is effective in improving time spent in range as well as reducing nocturnal hypoglycemia during the overnight period in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes in a diabetes camp setting. © 2014 by the American Diabetes Association. Readers may use this article as long as the work is properly cited, the use is educational and not for profit, and the work is not altered.

  16. The PSEUDODOJO: Training and grading a 85 element optimized norm-conserving pseudopotential table

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van Setten, M. J.; Giantomassi, M.; Bousquet, E.; Verstraete, M. J.; Hamann, D. R.; Gonze, X.; Rignanese, G.-M.

    2018-05-01

    First-principles calculations in crystalline structures are often performed with a planewave basis set. To make the number of basis functions tractable two approximations are usually introduced: core electrons are frozen and the diverging Coulomb potential near the nucleus is replaced by a smoother expression. The norm-conserving pseudopotential was the first successful method to apply these approximations in a fully ab initio way. Later on, more efficient and more exact approaches were developed based on the ultrasoft and the projector augmented wave formalisms. These formalisms are however more complex and developing new features in these frameworks is usually more difficult than in the norm-conserving framework. Most of the existing tables of norm-conserving pseudopotentials, generated long ago, do not include the latest developments, are not systematically tested or are not designed primarily for high precision. In this paper, we present our PSEUDODOJO framework for developing and testing full tables of pseudopotentials, and demonstrate it with a new table generated with the ONCVPSP approach. The PSEUDODOJO is an open source project, building on the ABIPY package, for developing and systematically testing pseudopotentials. At present it contains 7 different batteries of tests executed with ABINIT, which are performed as a function of the energy cutoff. The results of these tests are then used to provide hints for the energy cutoff for actual production calculations. Our final set contains 141 pseudopotentials split into a standard and a stringent accuracy table. In total around 70,000 calculations were performed to test the pseudopotentials. The process of developing the final table led to new insights into the effects of both the core-valence partitioning and the non-linear core corrections on the stability, convergence, and transferability of norm-conserving pseudopotentials. The PSEUDODOJO hence provides a set of pseudopotentials and general purpose tools for further testing and development, focusing on highly accurate calculations and their use in the development of ab initio packages. The pseudopotential files are available on the PSEUDODOJO web-interface pseudo-dojo.org under the name NC (ONCVPSP) v0.4 in the psp8, UPF2, and PSML 1.1 formats. The webinterface also provides the inputs, which are compatible with the 3.3.1 and higher versions of ONCVPSP. All tests have been performed with ABINIT 8.4.

  17. Midbond basis functions for weakly bound complexes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shaw, Robert A.; Hill, J. Grant

    2018-06-01

    Weakly bound systems present a difficult problem for conventional atom-centred basis sets due to large separations, necessitating the use of large, computationally expensive bases. This can be remedied by placing a small number of functions in the region between molecules in the complex. We present compact sets of optimised midbond functions for a range of complexes involving noble gases, alkali metals and small molecules for use in high accuracy coupled -cluster calculations, along with a more robust procedure for their optimisation. It is shown that excellent results are possible with double-zeta quality orbital basis sets when a few midbond functions are added, improving both the interaction energy and the equilibrium bond lengths of a series of noble gas dimers by 47% and 8%, respectively. When used in conjunction with explicitly correlated methods, near complete basis set limit accuracy is readily achievable at a fraction of the cost that using a large basis would entail. General purpose auxiliary sets are developed to allow explicitly correlated midbond function studies to be carried out, making it feasible to perform very high accuracy calculations on weakly bound complexes.

  18. Computer vision and augmented reality in gastrointestinal endoscopy

    PubMed Central

    Mahmud, Nadim; Cohen, Jonah; Tsourides, Kleovoulos; Berzin, Tyler M.

    2015-01-01

    Augmented reality (AR) is an environment-enhancing technology, widely applied in the computer sciences, which has only recently begun to permeate the medical field. Gastrointestinal endoscopy—which relies on the integration of high-definition video data with pathologic correlates—requires endoscopists to assimilate and process a tremendous amount of data in real time. We believe that AR is well positioned to provide computer-guided assistance with a wide variety of endoscopic applications, beginning with polyp detection. In this article, we review the principles of AR, describe its potential integration into an endoscopy set-up, and envisage a series of novel uses. With close collaboration between physicians and computer scientists, AR promises to contribute significant improvements to the field of endoscopy. PMID:26133175

  19. Asian Rhinoplasty: Preoperative Simulation and Planning Using Adobe Photoshop

    PubMed Central

    Kiranantawat, Kidakorn; Nguyen, Anh H.

    2015-01-01

    A rhinoplasty in Asians differs from a rhinoplasty performed in patients of other ethnicities. Surgeons should understand the concept of Asian beauty, the nasal anatomy of Asians, and common problems encountered while operating on the Asian nose. With this understanding, surgeons can set appropriate goals, choose proper operative procedures, and provide an outcome that satisfies patients. In this article the authors define the concept of an Asian rhinoplasty—a paradigm shift from the traditional on-top augmentation rhinoplasty to a structurally integrated augmentation rhinoplasty—and provide a step-by-step procedure for the use of Adobe Photoshop as a preoperative program to simulate the expected surgical outcome for patients and to develop a preoperative plan for surgeons. PMID:26648803

  20. Implementing augmentative and alternative communication in inclusive educational settings: a case study.

    PubMed

    Stoner, Julia B; Angell, Maureen E; Bailey, Rita L

    2010-06-01

    The purpose of this study was to describe a single case of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) implementation. Case study methodology was used to describe the perspectives of educational team members regarding AAC implementation for Joey, a high school junior with athetoid cerebral palsy. Benefits included greater intelligibility for Joey and subsequent comfort of the staff. Facilitators of Joey's AAC system use included the team's student-focused disposition and willingness to implement use of the device, Joey's increased intelligibility, peers' acceptance of the technology, and the resulting increase in Joey's socialization. Limited team cohesiveness, problem solving, and communication were the true barriers in this case. Implications of these facilitators and barriers are discussed and recommendations for school-based AAC implementation are made.

  1. In-Flight Suppression of a De-Stabilized F/A-18 Structural Mode Using the Space Launch System Adaptive Augmenting Control System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wall, John; VanZwieten, Tannen; Giiligan Eric; Miller, Chris; Hanson, Curtis; Orr, Jeb

    2015-01-01

    Adaptive Augmenting Control (AAC) has been developed for NASA's Space Launch System (SLS) family of launch vehicles and implemented as a baseline part of its flight control system (FCS). To raise the technical readiness level of the SLS AAC algorithm, the Launch Vehicle Adaptive Control (LVAC) flight test program was conducted in which the SLS FCS prototype software was employed to control the pitch axis of Dryden's specially outfitted F/A-18, the Full Scale Advanced Systems Test Bed (FAST). This presentation focuses on a set of special test cases which demonstrate the successful mitigation of the unstable coupling of an F/A-18 airframe structural mode with the SLS FCS.

  2. Augmented Cross-Sectional Studies with Abbreviated Follow-up for Estimating HIV Incidence

    PubMed Central

    Claggett, B.; Lagakos, S.W.; Wang, R.

    2011-01-01

    Summary Cross-sectional HIV incidence estimation based on a sensitive and less-sensitive test offers great advantages over the traditional cohort study. However, its use has been limited due to concerns about the false negative rate of the less-sensitive test, reflecting the phenomenon that some subjects may remain negative permanently on the less-sensitive test. Wang and Lagakos (2010) propose an augmented cross-sectional design which provides one way to estimate the size of the infected population who remain negative permanently and subsequently incorporate this information in the cross-sectional incidence estimator. In an augmented cross-sectional study, subjects who test negative on the less-sensitive test in the cross-sectional survey are followed forward for transition into the nonrecent state, at which time they would test positive on the less-sensitive test. However, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the appropriate length of follow-up and the size of the infected population who remain nonreactive permanently to the less-sensitive test. In this paper, we assess the impact of varying follow-up time on the resulting incidence estimators from an augmented cross-sectional study, evaluate the robustness of cross-sectional estimators to assumptions about the existence and the size of the subpopulation who will remain negative permanently, and propose a new estimator based on abbreviated follow-up time (AF). Compared to the original estimator from an augmented cross-sectional study, the AF Estimator allows shorter follow-up time and does not require estimation of the mean window period, defined as the average time between detectability of HIV infection with the sensitive and less-sensitive tests. It is shown to perform well in a wide range of settings. We discuss when the AF Estimator would be expected to perform well and offer design considerations for an augmented cross-sectional study with abbreviated follow-up. PMID:21668904

  3. Augmented cross-sectional studies with abbreviated follow-up for estimating HIV incidence.

    PubMed

    Claggett, B; Lagakos, S W; Wang, R

    2012-03-01

    Cross-sectional HIV incidence estimation based on a sensitive and less-sensitive test offers great advantages over the traditional cohort study. However, its use has been limited due to concerns about the false negative rate of the less-sensitive test, reflecting the phenomenon that some subjects may remain negative permanently on the less-sensitive test. Wang and Lagakos (2010, Biometrics 66, 864-874) propose an augmented cross-sectional design that provides one way to estimate the size of the infected population who remain negative permanently and subsequently incorporate this information in the cross-sectional incidence estimator. In an augmented cross-sectional study, subjects who test negative on the less-sensitive test in the cross-sectional survey are followed forward for transition into the nonrecent state, at which time they would test positive on the less-sensitive test. However, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the appropriate length of follow-up and the size of the infected population who remain nonreactive permanently to the less-sensitive test. In this article, we assess the impact of varying follow-up time on the resulting incidence estimators from an augmented cross-sectional study, evaluate the robustness of cross-sectional estimators to assumptions about the existence and the size of the subpopulation who will remain negative permanently, and propose a new estimator based on abbreviated follow-up time (AF). Compared to the original estimator from an augmented cross-sectional study, the AF estimator allows shorter follow-up time and does not require estimation of the mean window period, defined as the average time between detectability of HIV infection with the sensitive and less-sensitive tests. It is shown to perform well in a wide range of settings. We discuss when the AF estimator would be expected to perform well and offer design considerations for an augmented cross-sectional study with abbreviated follow-up. © 2011, The International Biometric Society.

  4. Exact exchange-correlation potentials of singlet two-electron systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ryabinkin, Ilya G.; Ospadov, Egor; Staroverov, Viktor N.

    2017-10-01

    We suggest a non-iterative analytic method for constructing the exchange-correlation potential, v XC ( r ) , of any singlet ground-state two-electron system. The method is based on a convenient formula for v XC ( r ) in terms of quantities determined only by the system's electronic wave function, exact or approximate, and is essentially different from the Kohn-Sham inversion technique. When applied to Gaussian-basis-set wave functions, the method yields finite-basis-set approximations to the corresponding basis-set-limit v XC ( r ) , whereas the Kohn-Sham inversion produces physically inappropriate (oscillatory and divergent) potentials. The effectiveness of the procedure is demonstrated by computing accurate exchange-correlation potentials of several two-electron systems (helium isoelectronic series, H2, H3 + ) using common ab initio methods and Gaussian basis sets.

  5. Sex hormone effects on autonomic mechanisms of thermoregulation in humans.

    PubMed

    Charkoudian, Nisha; Stachenfeld, Nina

    2016-04-01

    Autonomic mechanisms are fundamental to human physiological thermoregulation, and female reproductive hormones have substantial influences on several aspects of these mechanisms. Of these, the best recognized are the thermoregulatory responses that occur at menopause (hot flushes) and the changes in body temperature within the menstrual cycle which may help couples predict ovulation. Our goal in this brief review is to summarize current knowledge regarding the influences of reproductive hormones on autonomic mechanisms in human thermoregulation. In general, estrogens tend to promote lower body temperatures via augmentation of heat dissipation responses, whereas progesterone tends to promote higher body temperatures. Recent evidence suggests specific influences of estrogens on central autonomic nuclei involved in control of skin blood flow and sweating. Estrogens also augment vasodilation by direct effects on peripheral blood vessels. Influences of progesterone are less well understood, but include both centrally regulated changes in thermoregulatory set-point as well as and peripheral effects, including augmented vasoconstriction in the skin. We conclude with a brief discussion of thermoregulatory adjustments associated with changing hormone levels during menopause, pregnancy and polycystic ovary syndrome. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  6. Nitroglycerin: a review of its use in the treatment of vascular occlusion after soft tissue augmentation.

    PubMed

    Kleydman, Kate; Cohen, Joel L; Marmur, Ellen

    2012-12-01

    Skin necrosis after soft tissue augmentation with dermal fillers is a rare but potentially severe complication. Nitroglycerin paste may be an important treatment option for dermal and epidermal ischemia in cosmetic surgery. To summarize the knowledge about nitroglycerin paste in cosmetic surgery and to understand its current use in the treatment of vascular compromise after soft tissue augmentation. To review the mechanism of action of nitroglycerin, examine its utility in the dermal vasculature in the setting of dermal filler-induced ischemia, and describe the facial anatomy danger zones in order to avoid vascular injury. A literature review was conducted to examine the mechanism of action of nitroglycerin, and a treatment algorithm was proposed from clinical observations to define strategies for impending facial necrosis after filler injection. Our experience with nitroglycerin paste and our review of the medical literature supports the use of nitroglycerin paste on the skin to help improve flow in the dermal vasculature because of its vasodilatory effect on small-caliber arterioles. © 2012 by the American Society for Dermatologic Surgery, Inc. Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  7. Valorisation of Cultural Heritage Through Virtual Visit and Augmented Reality: the Case of the Abbey of Epau (france)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Simonetto, E.; Froment, C.; Labergerie, E.; Ferré, G.; Séchet, B.; Chédorge, H.; Cali, J.; Polidori, L.

    2013-07-01

    Terrestrial Laser Scanning (TLS), 3-D modeling and its Web visualization are the three key steps needed to perform storage and grant-free and wide access to cultural heritage, as highlighted in many recent examples. The goal of this study is to set up 3-D Web resources for "virtually" visiting the exterior of the Abbaye de l'Epau, an old French abbey which has both a rich history and delicate architecture. The virtuality is considered in two ways: the flowing navigation in a virtual reality environment around the abbey and a game activity using augmented reality. First of all, the data acquisition consists in GPS and tacheometry survey, terrestrial laser scanning and photography acquisition. After data pre-processing, the meshed and textured 3-D model is generated using 3-D Reshaper commercial software. The virtual reality visit and augmented reality animation are then created using Unity software. This work shows the interest of such tools in bringing out the regional cultural heritage and making it attractive to the public.

  8. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liao, Haitao, E-mail: liaoht@cae.ac.cn

    The direct differentiation and improved least squares shadowing methods are both developed for accurately and efficiently calculating the sensitivity coefficients of time averaged quantities for chaotic dynamical systems. The key idea is to recast the time averaged integration term in the form of differential equation before applying the sensitivity analysis method. An additional constraint-based equation which forms the augmented equations of motion is proposed to calculate the time averaged integration variable and the sensitivity coefficients are obtained as a result of solving the augmented differential equations. The application of the least squares shadowing formulation to the augmented equations results inmore » an explicit expression for the sensitivity coefficient which is dependent on the final state of the Lagrange multipliers. The LU factorization technique to calculate the Lagrange multipliers leads to a better performance for the convergence problem and the computational expense. Numerical experiments on a set of problems selected from the literature are presented to illustrate the developed methods. The numerical results demonstrate the correctness and effectiveness of the present approaches and some short impulsive sensitivity coefficients are observed by using the direct differentiation sensitivity analysis method.« less

  9. Convolutional neural networks based on augmented training samples for synthetic aperture radar target recognition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Yue

    2018-03-01

    A synthetic aperture radar (SAR) automatic target recognition (ATR) method based on the convolutional neural networks (CNN) trained by augmented training samples is proposed. To enhance the robustness of CNN to various extended operating conditions (EOCs), the original training images are used to generate the noisy samples at different signal-to-noise ratios (SNRs), multiresolution representations, and partially occluded images. Then, the generated images together with the original ones are used to train a designed CNN for target recognition. The augmented training samples can contrapuntally improve the robustness of the trained CNN to the covered EOCs, i.e., the noise corruption, resolution variance, and partial occlusion. Moreover, the significantly larger training set effectively enhances the representation capability for other conditions, e.g., the standard operating condition (SOC), as well as the stability of the network. Therefore, better performance can be achieved by the proposed method for SAR ATR. For experimental evaluation, extensive experiments are conducted on the Moving and Stationary Target Acquisition and Recognition dataset under SOC and several typical EOCs.

  10. Efficient sensitivity analysis method for chaotic dynamical systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liao, Haitao

    2016-05-01

    The direct differentiation and improved least squares shadowing methods are both developed for accurately and efficiently calculating the sensitivity coefficients of time averaged quantities for chaotic dynamical systems. The key idea is to recast the time averaged integration term in the form of differential equation before applying the sensitivity analysis method. An additional constraint-based equation which forms the augmented equations of motion is proposed to calculate the time averaged integration variable and the sensitivity coefficients are obtained as a result of solving the augmented differential equations. The application of the least squares shadowing formulation to the augmented equations results in an explicit expression for the sensitivity coefficient which is dependent on the final state of the Lagrange multipliers. The LU factorization technique to calculate the Lagrange multipliers leads to a better performance for the convergence problem and the computational expense. Numerical experiments on a set of problems selected from the literature are presented to illustrate the developed methods. The numerical results demonstrate the correctness and effectiveness of the present approaches and some short impulsive sensitivity coefficients are observed by using the direct differentiation sensitivity analysis method.

  11. Augmented reality-assisted bypass surgery: embracing minimal invasiveness.

    PubMed

    Cabrilo, Ivan; Schaller, Karl; Bijlenga, Philippe

    2015-04-01

    The overlay of virtual images on the surgical field, defined as augmented reality, has been used for image guidance during various neurosurgical procedures. Although this technology could conceivably address certain inherent problems of extracranial-to-intracranial bypass procedures, this potential has not been explored to date. We evaluate the usefulness of an augmented reality-based setup, which could help in harvesting donor vessels through their precise localization in real-time, in performing tailored craniotomies, and in identifying preoperatively selected recipient vessels for the purpose of anastomosis. Our method was applied to 3 patients with Moya-Moya disease who underwent superficial temporal artery-to-middle cerebral artery anastomoses and 1 patient who underwent an occipital artery-to-posteroinferior cerebellar artery bypass because of a dissecting aneurysm of the vertebral artery. Patients' heads, skulls, and extracranial and intracranial vessels were segmented preoperatively from 3-dimensional image data sets (3-dimensional digital subtraction angiography, angio-magnetic resonance imaging, angio-computed tomography), and injected intraoperatively into the operating microscope's eyepiece for image guidance. In each case, the described setup helped in precisely localizing donor and recipient vessels and in tailoring craniotomies to the injected images. The presented system based on augmented reality can optimize the workflow of extracranial-to-intracranial bypass procedures by providing essential anatomical information, entirely integrated to the surgical field, and help to perform minimally invasive procedures. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. Correlation consistent basis sets for actinides. I. The Th and U atoms.

    PubMed

    Peterson, Kirk A

    2015-02-21

    New correlation consistent basis sets based on both pseudopotential (PP) and all-electron Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH) Hamiltonians have been developed from double- to quadruple-zeta quality for the actinide atoms thorium and uranium. Sets for valence electron correlation (5f6s6p6d), cc - pV nZ - PP and cc - pV nZ - DK3, as well as outer-core correlation (valence + 5s5p5d), cc - pwCV nZ - PP and cc - pwCV nZ - DK3, are reported (n = D, T, Q). The -PP sets are constructed in conjunction with small-core, 60-electron PPs, while the -DK3 sets utilized the 3rd-order Douglas-Kroll-Hess scalar relativistic Hamiltonian. Both series of basis sets show systematic convergence towards the complete basis set limit, both at the Hartree-Fock and correlated levels of theory, making them amenable to standard basis set extrapolation techniques. To assess the utility of the new basis sets, extensive coupled cluster composite thermochemistry calculations of ThFn (n = 2 - 4), ThO2, and UFn (n = 4 - 6) have been carried out. After accurately accounting for valence and outer-core correlation, spin-orbit coupling, and even Lamb shift effects, the final 298 K atomization enthalpies of ThF4, ThF3, ThF2, and ThO2 are all within their experimental uncertainties. Bond dissociation energies of ThF4 and ThF3, as well as UF6 and UF5, were similarly accurate. The derived enthalpies of formation for these species also showed a very satisfactory agreement with experiment, demonstrating that the new basis sets allow for the use of accurate composite schemes just as in molecular systems composed only of lighter atoms. The differences between the PP and DK3 approaches were found to increase with the change in formal oxidation state on the actinide atom, approaching 5-6 kcal/mol for the atomization enthalpies of ThF4 and ThO2. The DKH3 atomization energy of ThO2 was calculated to be smaller than the DKH2 value by ∼1 kcal/mol.

  13. Implementing augmentative and alternative communication in critical care settings: Perspectives of healthcare professionals.

    PubMed

    Handberg, Charlotte; Voss, Anna Katarina

    2018-01-01

    To describe the perspectives of healthcare professionals caring for intubated patients on implementing augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) in critical care settings. Patients in critical care settings subjected to endotracheal intubation suffer from a temporary functional speech disorder and can also experience anxiety, stress and delirium, leading to longer and more complicated hospitalisation and rehabilitation. Little is known about the use of AAC in critical care settings. The design was informed by interpretive descriptive methodology along with the theoretical framework symbolic interactionism, which guided the study of healthcare professionals (n = 48) in five different intensive care units. Data were generated through participant observations and 10 focus group interviews. The findings represent an understanding of the healthcare professionals' perspectives on implementing AAC in critical care settings and revealed three themes. Caring Ontology was the foundation of the healthcare professionals' profession. Cultural Belief represented the actual premise in the interactions during the healthcare professionals' work, saving lives in a biomedical setting whilst appearing competent and efficient, leading to Triggered Conduct and giving low priority to psychosocial issues like communication. Lack of the ability to communicate puts patients at greater risk of receiving poorer treatment, which supports the pressuring need to implement and use AAC in critical care. It is documented that culture in biomedical paradigms can have consequences that are the opposite of the staffs' ideals. The findings may guide staff in implementing AAC strategies in their communication with patients and at the same time preserve their caring ontology and professional pride. Improving communication strategies may improve patient safety and make a difference in patient outcomes. Increased knowledge of and familiarity with AAC strategies may provide healthcare professionals with an enhanced feeling of competence. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  14. The LET Procedure for Prosthetic Myocontrol: Towards Multi-DOF Control Using Single-DOF Activations.

    PubMed

    Nowak, Markus; Castellini, Claudio

    2016-01-01

    Simultaneous and proportional myocontrol of dexterous hand prostheses is to a large extent still an open problem. With the advent of commercially and clinically available multi-fingered hand prostheses there are now more independent degrees of freedom (DOFs) in prostheses than can be effectively controlled using surface electromyography (sEMG), the current standard human-machine interface for hand amputees. In particular, it is uncertain, whether several DOFs can be controlled simultaneously and proportionally by exclusively calibrating the intended activation of single DOFs. The problem is currently solved by training on all required combinations. However, as the number of available DOFs grows, this approach becomes overly long and poses a high cognitive burden on the subject. In this paper we present a novel approach to overcome this problem. Multi-DOF activations are artificially modelled from single-DOF ones using a simple linear combination of sEMG signals, which are then added to the training set. This procedure, which we named LET (Linearly Enhanced Training), provides an augmented data set to any machine-learning-based intent detection system. In two experiments involving intact subjects, one offline and one online, we trained a standard machine learning approach using the full data set containing single- and multi-DOF activations as well as using the LET-augmented data set in order to evaluate the performance of the LET procedure. The results indicate that the machine trained on the latter data set obtains worse results in the offline experiment compared to the full data set. However, the online implementation enables the user to perform multi-DOF tasks with almost the same precision as single-DOF tasks without the need of explicitly training multi-DOF activations. Moreover, the parameters involved in the system are statistically uniform across subjects.

  15. Orbital-Dependent Density Functionals for Chemical Catalysis

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-10-17

    noncollinear density functional theory to show that the low-spin state of Mn3 in a model of the oxygen -evolving complex of photosystem II avoids...DK, which denotes the cc-pV5Z-DK basis set for 3d metals and hydrogen and the ma-cc- pV5Z-DK basis set for oxygen ) and to nonrelativistic all...cc-pV5Z basis set for oxygen ). As compared to NCBS-DK results, all ECP calculations perform worse than def2-TZVP all-electron relativistic

  16. Electric dipole moment of diatomic molecules by configuration interaction. IV.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Green, S.

    1972-01-01

    The theory of basis set dependence in configuration interaction calculations is discussed, taking into account a perturbation model which is valid for small changes in the self-consistent field orbitals. It is found that basis set corrections are essentially additive through first order. It is shown that an error found in a previously published dipole moment calculation by Green (1972) for the metastable first excited state of CO was indeed due to an inadequate basis set as claimed.

  17. Identifying Core Vocabulary for Urdu Language Speakers Using Augmentative Alternative Communication

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mukati, Abdul Samad

    2013-01-01

    The purpose of this research is to identify a core set of vocabulary used by native Urdu language (UL) speakers during dyadic conversation for social interaction and relationship building. This study was conducted in Karachi, Pakistan at an institution of higher education. This research seeks to distinguish between general (nonspecific…

  18. Early Years Education Resource Guide. Early Education Support Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dunlop, Aline-Wendy, Comp.

    The aim of this resource guide is to provide practitioners in preschool settings with information to help them plan, implement, augment with resources, and review practice based on the "Curriculum Framework for Children in Their Pre-School Year" issued by the Scottish Office Education and Industry Department. The guide presents a…

  19. Civic Education Professional Development: The Lay of the Land

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Burgess, Rebecca

    2015-01-01

    Democracy requires well-informed citizens, with the habits and mind-set required to maintain a free and self-governing society. Teachers, in turn, are key to establishing those habits of heart and mind on which democracies rely. As such, teachers benefit from exposure to professional development (PD) opportunities that refresh and augment their…

  20. Evaluation of Controlled Vocabularies by Inter-Indexer Consistency

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Monreal, Concha Soler; Gil-Leiva, Isidoro

    2011-01-01

    Introduction: Several controlled vocabularies are used for indexing three journal articles to check if better or equal consistency rates are achieved with a list of descriptors than with a standard thesaurus and augmented thesaurus. Method: A terminology set for library and information Science was used to build a list of descriptors with…

  1. Connecting Teacher Professional Development and Student Mathematics Achievement: Mediating Belonging With Multimodal Explorations in Language, Identity, and Culture

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kutaka, Traci Shizu; Smith, Wendy M.; Albano, Anthony D.; Edwards, Carolyn Pope; Ren, Lixin; Beattie, Heidi Lynn; Lewis, W. James; Heaton, Ruth M.; Stroup, Walter W.

    2017-01-01

    The present study investigated the effects of "Primarily Math", an inservice elementary mathematics specialist program. "Primarily Math" sought to augment the mathematical knowledge for teaching of kindergarten through third-grade teachers using a longitudinal multiple cohort design. Two sets of analyses were conducted. The…

  2. Affectibility in Educational Technologies: A Socio-Technical Perspective for Design

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hayashi, Elaine C. S.; Baranauskas, M. Cecilia C.

    2013-01-01

    Digital artifacts have the potential for augmenting the interest of students and the quality of learning environments. However, it is still common to find technology being inserted in learning settings without a closer connection to the learners' contemporary world. In this paper we report on results of a qualitative research conducted to address…

  3. Content Analysis of a Computer-Based Faculty Activity Repository

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Baker-Eveleth, Lori; Stone, Robert W.

    2013-01-01

    The research presents an analysis of faculty opinions regarding the introduction of a new computer-based faculty activity repository (FAR) in a university setting. The qualitative study employs content analysis to better understand the phenomenon underlying these faculty opinions and to augment the findings from a quantitative study. A web-based…

  4. Food-Dependent, Exercise-Induced Anaphylaxis: Diagnosis and Management in the Outpatient Setting.

    PubMed

    Feldweg, Anna M

    Food-dependent, exercise-induced anaphylaxis is a disorder in which anaphylaxis develops most predictably during exercise, when exercise takes place within a few hours of ingesting a specific food. IgE to that food should be demonstrable. It is the combination of the food and exercise that precipitates attacks, whereas the food and exercise are each tolerated independently. Recently, it was demonstrated that exercise is not essential for the development of symptoms, and that if enough of the culprit food is ingested, often with additional augmentation factors, such as alcohol or acetylsalicylic acid, symptoms can be induced at rest in the challenge setting. Thus, food-dependent, exercise-induced anaphylaxis appears to be more correctly characterized as a food allergy syndrome in which symptoms develop only in the presence of various augmentation factors, with exercise being the primary one. However, additional factors are not usually present when the patient exercises normally, so ongoing investigation is needed into the physiologic and cellular changes that occur during exercise to facilitate food-induced anaphylaxis. Copyright © 2016 American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Alcoholism Detection by Data Augmentation and Convolutional Neural Network with Stochastic Pooling.

    PubMed

    Wang, Shui-Hua; Lv, Yi-Ding; Sui, Yuxiu; Liu, Shuai; Wang, Su-Jing; Zhang, Yu-Dong

    2017-11-17

    Alcohol use disorder (AUD) is an important brain disease. It alters the brain structure. Recently, scholars tend to use computer vision based techniques to detect AUD. We collected 235 subjects, 114 alcoholic and 121 non-alcoholic. Among the 235 image, 100 images were used as training set, and data augmentation method was used. The rest 135 images were used as test set. Further, we chose the latest powerful technique-convolutional neural network (CNN) based on convolutional layer, rectified linear unit layer, pooling layer, fully connected layer, and softmax layer. We also compared three different pooling techniques: max pooling, average pooling, and stochastic pooling. The results showed that our method achieved a sensitivity of 96.88%, a specificity of 97.18%, and an accuracy of 97.04%. Our method was better than three state-of-the-art approaches. Besides, stochastic pooling performed better than other max pooling and average pooling. We validated CNN with five convolution layers and two fully connected layers performed the best. The GPU yielded a 149× acceleration in training and a 166× acceleration in test, compared to CPU.

  6. A Coupled Aeroelastic Model for Launch Vehicle Stability Analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Orr, Jeb S.

    2010-01-01

    A technique for incorporating distributed aerodynamic normal forces and aeroelastic coupling effects into a stability analysis model of a launch vehicle is presented. The formulation augments the linear state-space launch vehicle plant dynamics that are compactly derived as a system of coupled linear differential equations representing small angular and translational perturbations of the rigid body, nozzle, and sloshing propellant coupled with normal vibration of a set of orthogonal modes. The interaction of generalized forces due to aeroelastic coupling and thrust can be expressed as a set of augmenting non-diagonal stiffness and damping matrices in modal coordinates with no penalty on system order. While the eigenvalues of the structural response in the presence of thrust and aeroelastic forcing can be predicted at a given flight condition independent of the remaining degrees of freedom, the coupled model provides confidence in closed-loop stability in the presence of rigid-body, slosh, and actuator dynamics. Simulation results are presented that characterize the coupled dynamic response of the Ares I launch vehicle and the impact of aeroelasticity on control system stability margins.

  7. New Basis Functions for the Electromagnetic Solution of Arbitrarily-shaped, Three Dimensional Conducting Bodies Using Method of Moments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mackenzie, Anne I.; Baginski, Michael E.; Rao, Sadasiva M.

    2007-01-01

    In this work, we present a new set of basis functions, de ned over a pair of planar triangular patches, for the solution of electromagnetic scattering and radiation problems associated with arbitrarily-shaped surfaces using the method of moments solution procedure. The basis functions are constant over the function subdomain and resemble pulse functions for one and two dimensional problems. Further, another set of basis functions, point-wise orthogonal to the first set, is also de ned over the same function space. The primary objective of developing these basis functions is to utilize them for the electromagnetic solution involving conducting, dielectric, and composite bodies. However, in the present work, only the conducting body solution is presented and compared with other data.

  8. New Basis Functions for the Electromagnetic Solution of Arbitrarily-shaped, Three Dimensional Conducting Bodies using Method of Moments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mackenzie, Anne I.; Baginski, Michael E.; Rao, Sadasiva M.

    2008-01-01

    In this work, we present a new set of basis functions, defined over a pair of planar triangular patches, for the solution of electromagnetic scattering and radiation problems associated with arbitrarily-shaped surfaces using the method of moments solution procedure. The basis functions are constant over the function subdomain and resemble pulse functions for one and two dimensional problems. Further, another set of basis functions, point-wise orthogonal to the first set, is also defined over the same function space. The primary objective of developing these basis functions is to utilize them for the electromagnetic solution involving conducting, dielectric, and composite bodies. However, in the present work, only the conducting body solution is presented and compared with other data.

  9. Polar Lunar Regions: Exploiting Natural and Augmented Thermal Environments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ryan, R. E.; McKellip, R. C.; Brannon, D. P.; Underwood, L. W.; Russell, K. J.

    2007-12-01

    In polar regions of the Moon, there are areas within craters that are permanently shadowed from solar illumination, which can reach temperatures of 100K or less. These regions could serve as cold traps, capturing ice and other volatile compounds. These potential ice stores have many applications for lunar exploration. Within double-shaded craters, even colder regions exist, with temperatures never exceeding 50K in many cases. Temperatures observed in theses regions suggest that they could enable equivalent liquid nitrogen cryogenic functions. These permanently shaded polar craters also offer unprecedented high vacuum cryogenic environments, which in their current state could support cryogenic applications. The unique conditions at the lunar poles, besides ice stores, harbor an environment that provides an opportunity to reduce the power, weight and total mass that needs to be carried from the Earth to the moon for lunar exploration and research. Reducing the heat flux of geothermal, black body radiation can have significant impacts on the achievable temperature. With a few man-made augmentations, permanently shaded craters located near the lunar poles achieve temperatures even lower than those that naturally exist there. Our analysis reveals that lightweight thermal shielding, within shaded craters, could create an environment several Kelvin above absolute zero. The temperature ranges of naturally shaded craters and thermally augmented ones could enable the long-term storage of most gases, low temperature superconductors for large magnetic fields, devices and advanced high speed computing instruments. Augmenting thermal conditions in these craters could then be used as a basis for the development of an advanced thermal management architecture that would support a wide variety of cryogenically based applications. Lunar exploration and habitation capabilities would significantly benefit if permanently shaded craters, augmented with thermal shielding, were to be used to facilitate the operation of near absolute zero instruments, including wide variety of cryogenically based propulsion, energy, communication, sensing and computing devices. Potentially, the required burden of carrying massive life-supporting components from the Earth to the moon for lunar exploration and research could be reduced.

  10. Bone augmentation for cancellous bone- development of a new animal model

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Reproducible and suitable animal models are required for in vivo experiments to investigate new biodegradable and osteoinductive biomaterials for augmentation of bones at risk for osteoporotic fractures. Sheep have especially been used as a model for the human spine due to their size and similar bone metabolism. However, although sheep and human vertebral bodies have similar biomechanical characteristics, the shape of the vertebral bodies, the size of the transverse processes, and the different orientation of the facet joints of sheep are quite different from those of humans making the surgical approach complicated and unpredictable. Therefore, an adequate and safe animal model for bone augmentation was developed using a standardized femoral and tibia augmentation site in sheep. Methods The cancellous bone of the distal femur and proximal tibia were chosen as injection sites with the surgical approach via the medial aspects of the femoral condyle and proximal tibia metaphysis (n = 4 injection sites). For reproducible drilling and injection in a given direction and length, a custom-made c-shaped aiming device was designed. Exact positioning of the aiming device and needle positioning within the intertrabecular space of the intact bone could be validated in a predictable and standardized fashion using fluoroscopy. After sacrifice, bone cylinders (∅ 32 mm) were harvested throughout the tibia and femur by means of a diamond-coated core drill, which was especially developed to harvest the injected bone area exactly. Thereafter, the extracted bone cylinders were processed as non-decalcified specimens for μCT analysis, histomorphometry, histology, and fluorescence evaluation. Results The aiming device could be easily placed in 63 sheep and assured a reproducible, standardized injection area. In four sheep, cardiovascular complications occurred during surgery and pulmonary embolism was detected by computed tomography post surgery in all of these animals. The harvesting and evaluative methods assured a standardized analysis of all samples. Conclusions This experimental animal model provides an excellent basis for testing new biomaterials for their suitability as bone augmentation materials. Concomitantly, similar cardiovascular changes occur during vertebroplasties as in humans, thus making it a suitable animal model for studies related to vertebroplasty. PMID:23819858

  11. Bone augmentation for cancellous bone- development of a new animal model.

    PubMed

    Klein, Karina; Zamparo, Enrico; Kronen, Peter W; Kämpf, Katharina; Makara, Mariano; Steffen, Thomas; von Rechenberg, Brigitte

    2013-07-02

    Reproducible and suitable animal models are required for in vivo experiments to investigate new biodegradable and osteoinductive biomaterials for augmentation of bones at risk for osteoporotic fractures. Sheep have especially been used as a model for the human spine due to their size and similar bone metabolism. However, although sheep and human vertebral bodies have similar biomechanical characteristics, the shape of the vertebral bodies, the size of the transverse processes, and the different orientation of the facet joints of sheep are quite different from those of humans making the surgical approach complicated and unpredictable. Therefore, an adequate and safe animal model for bone augmentation was developed using a standardized femoral and tibia augmentation site in sheep. The cancellous bone of the distal femur and proximal tibia were chosen as injection sites with the surgical approach via the medial aspects of the femoral condyle and proximal tibia metaphysis (n = 4 injection sites). For reproducible drilling and injection in a given direction and length, a custom-made c-shaped aiming device was designed. Exact positioning of the aiming device and needle positioning within the intertrabecular space of the intact bone could be validated in a predictable and standardized fashion using fluoroscopy. After sacrifice, bone cylinders (Ø 32 mm) were harvested throughout the tibia and femur by means of a diamond-coated core drill, which was especially developed to harvest the injected bone area exactly. Thereafter, the extracted bone cylinders were processed as non-decalcified specimens for μCT analysis, histomorphometry, histology, and fluorescence evaluation. The aiming device could be easily placed in 63 sheep and assured a reproducible, standardized injection area. In four sheep, cardiovascular complications occurred during surgery and pulmonary embolism was detected by computed tomography post surgery in all of these animals. The harvesting and evaluative methods assured a standardized analysis of all samples. This experimental animal model provides an excellent basis for testing new biomaterials for their suitability as bone augmentation materials. Concomitantly, similar cardiovascular changes occur during vertebroplasties as in humans, thus making it a suitable animal model for studies related to vertebroplasty.

  12. Cytokine and estrogen stimulation of endothelial cells augments activation of the prekallikrein-high molecular weight kininogen complex: Implications for hereditary angioedema.

    PubMed

    Joseph, Kusumam; Tholanikunnel, Baby G; Kaplan, Allen P

    2017-07-01

    When the prekallikrein-high molecular weight kininogen complex is bound to endothelial cells, prekallikrein is stoichiometrically converted to kallikrein because of release of heat shock protein-90 (Hsp90). Although bradykinin formation is typically initiated by factor XII autoactivation, it is also possible to activate factor XII either by kallikrein, thus formed, or by plasmin. Because attacks of hereditary angioedema can be related to infection and/or exposure to estrogen, we questioned whether estrogen or cytokine stimulation of endothelial cells could augment release of Hsp90 and prekallikrein activation. We also tested release of profibrinolytic enzymes, urokinase, and tissue plasminogen activator (TPA) as a source for plasmin formation. Cells were stimulated with agonists, and secretion of Hsp90, urokinase, and TPA was measured in the culture supernatants by ELISA. Activation of the prekallikrein-HK complex was measured by using pro-phe-arg-p-nitroanilide reflecting kallikrein formation. Hsp90 release was stimulated with optimal doses of estradiol, IL-1, and TNF-α (10 ng/mL) from 15 minutes to 120 minutes. TPA release was not augmented by any of the agonists tested but urokinase was released by IL-1, TNF-α, and thrombin (positive control), but not estrogen. Augmented activation of the prekallikrein-HK complex to generate kallikrein was seen with each agonist that releases Hsp90. Addition of 0.1% factor XII relative to prekallikrein-HK leads to rapid formation of kallikrein; factor XII alone does not autoactivate. IL-1, TNF-α, and estrogen stimulate release of Hsp90 and augment activation of the prekallikrein-HK complex to generate kallikrein and bradykinin. IL-1 and TNF-α stimulate release of urokinase, which can convert plasminogen to plasmin and represents a possible source for plasmin generation in all types of hereditary angioedema, but particularly hereditary angioedema with normal C1 inhibitor with a factor XII mutation. Both kallikrein and plasmin activate factor XII; kallikrein is 20 times more potent on a molar basis. Copyright © 2016 American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. Atomic Cholesky decompositions: a route to unbiased auxiliary basis sets for density fitting approximation with tunable accuracy and efficiency.

    PubMed

    Aquilante, Francesco; Gagliardi, Laura; Pedersen, Thomas Bondo; Lindh, Roland

    2009-04-21

    Cholesky decomposition of the atomic two-electron integral matrix has recently been proposed as a procedure for automated generation of auxiliary basis sets for the density fitting approximation [F. Aquilante et al., J. Chem. Phys. 127, 114107 (2007)]. In order to increase computational performance while maintaining accuracy, we propose here to reduce the number of primitive Gaussian functions of the contracted auxiliary basis functions by means of a second Cholesky decomposition. Test calculations show that this procedure is most beneficial in conjunction with highly contracted atomic orbital basis sets such as atomic natural orbitals, and that the error resulting from the second decomposition is negligible. We also demonstrate theoretically as well as computationally that the locality of the fitting coefficients can be controlled by means of the decomposition threshold even with the long-ranged Coulomb metric. Cholesky decomposition-based auxiliary basis sets are thus ideally suited for local density fitting approximations.

  14. Atomic Cholesky decompositions: A route to unbiased auxiliary basis sets for density fitting approximation with tunable accuracy and efficiency

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aquilante, Francesco; Gagliardi, Laura; Pedersen, Thomas Bondo; Lindh, Roland

    2009-04-01

    Cholesky decomposition of the atomic two-electron integral matrix has recently been proposed as a procedure for automated generation of auxiliary basis sets for the density fitting approximation [F. Aquilante et al., J. Chem. Phys. 127, 114107 (2007)]. In order to increase computational performance while maintaining accuracy, we propose here to reduce the number of primitive Gaussian functions of the contracted auxiliary basis functions by means of a second Cholesky decomposition. Test calculations show that this procedure is most beneficial in conjunction with highly contracted atomic orbital basis sets such as atomic natural orbitals, and that the error resulting from the second decomposition is negligible. We also demonstrate theoretically as well as computationally that the locality of the fitting coefficients can be controlled by means of the decomposition threshold even with the long-ranged Coulomb metric. Cholesky decomposition-based auxiliary basis sets are thus ideally suited for local density fitting approximations.

  15. Second-generation antipsychotics for major depressive disorder and dysthymia.

    PubMed

    Komossa, Katja; Depping, Anna M; Gaudchau, Andrea; Kissling, Werner; Leucht, Stefan

    2010-12-08

    Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a common condition with a lifetime prevalence of 15% to 18%, which leads to considerable suffering and disability. Some antipsychotics have been reported to induce remission in major depression, when added to an antidepressant. To evaluate the effects of second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) drugs (alone or augmentation) compared with placebo or antidepressants for people with MDD or dysthymia. The Cochrane Depression, Anxiety and Neurosis Group's controlled trial registers (CCDANCTR-Studies and CCDANCTR-References) were searched up to 21 July 2010. The author team ran complementary searches on clinicaltrials.gov and contacted key authors and drug companies. We included all randomised, double-blind trials comparing oral SGA treatment (alone or augmentation) with other forms of pharmaceutical treatment or placebo in people with MDD or dysthymia. We extracted data independently. For dichotomous data we calculated the odds ratio (OR) and 95% confidence interval (CI) on an intention-to-treat basis, and for continuous data the mean difference (MD), based on a random-effects model. We presented each comparison separately; we did not perform a pooled data analysis. We included 28 trials with 8487 participants on five SGAs: amisulpride, aripiprazole, olanzapine, quetiapine and risperidone.Three studies (1092 participants) provided data on aripiprazole augmentation in MDD. All efficacy data (response n = 1092, three RCTs, OR 0.48; 95% CI 0.37 to 0.63), (MADRS n = 1077, three RCTs, MD -3.04; 95% CI -4.09 to -2) indicated a benefit for aripiprazole but  more side effects (weight gain, EPS) .Seven trials (1754 participants) reported data on olanzapine. Compared to placebo fewer people discontinued treatment due to inefficacy; compared to antidepressants there were no efficacy differences, olanzapine augmentation showed symptom reduction (MADRS n = 808, five RCTs, MD -2.84; 95% CI -5.48 to -0.20), but also more weight or prolactin increase.Quetiapine data are based on seven trials (3414 participants). Compared to placebo, quetiapine monotherapy (response n = 1342, three RCTs, OR 0.52; 95% CI 0.41 to 0.66) and quetiapine augmentation (response n = 937, two RCTs, OR 0.68; 95% CI 0.52 to 0.90) showed symptom reduction, but quetiapine induced more sedation.Four trials (637 participants) presented data on risperidone augmentation, response data were better for risperidone (n = 371, two RCTs, OR 0.57; 95% CI 0.36 to 0.89) but augmentation showed more prolactin increase and weight gain.Five studies (1313 participants) presented data on amisulpride treatment for dysthymia. There were some beneficial effects compared to placebo or antidepressants but tolerability was worse. Quetiapine was more effective than placebo treatment. Aripiprazole and quetiapine and partly also olanzapine and risperidone augmentation showed beneficial effects compared to placebo. Some evidence indicated beneficial effects of low-dose amisulpride for dysthymic people. Most SGAs showed worse tolerability.

  16. Randomised controlled trial of labouring in water compared with standard of augmentation for management of dystocia in first stage of labour

    PubMed Central

    Cluett, Elizabeth R; Pickering, Ruth M; Getliffe, Kathryn; Saunders, Nigel James St George

    2004-01-01

    Objectives To evaluate the impact of labouring in water during first stage of labour on rates of epidural analgesia and operative delivery in nulliparous women with dystocia. Design Randomised controlled trial. Setting University teaching hospital in southern England. Participants 99 nulliparous women with dystocia (cervical dilation rate < 1 cm/hour in active labour) at low risk of complications. Interventions Immersion in water in birth pool or standard augmentation for dystocia (amniotomy and intravenous oxytocin). Main outcome measures Primary: epidural analgesia and operative delivery rates. Secondary: augmentation rates with amniotomy and oxytocin, length of labour, maternal and neonatal morbidity including infections, maternal pain score, and maternal satisfaction with care. Results Women randomised to immersion in water had a lower rate of epidural analgesia than women allocated to augmentation (47% v 66%, relative risk 0.71 (95% confidence interval 0.49 to 1.01), number needed to treat for benefit (NNT) 5). They showed no difference in rates of operative delivery (49% v 50%, 0.98 (0.65 to 1.47), NNT 98), but significantly fewer received augmentation (71% v 96%, 0.74 (0.59 to 0.88), NNT 4) or any form of obstetric intervention (amniotomy, oxytocin, epidural, or operative delivery) (80% v 98%, 0.81 (0.67 to 0.92), NNT 5). More neonates of women in the water group were admitted to the neonatal unit (6 v 0, P = 0.013), but there was no difference in Apgar score, infection rates, or umbilical cord pH. Conclusions Labouring in water under midwifery care may be an option for slow progress in labour, reducing the need for obstetric intervention, and offering an alternative pain management strategy. PMID:14744822

  17. Transplantation of Autologous Differentiated Urothelium in an Experimental Model of Composite Cystoplasty

    PubMed Central

    Turner, Alex; Subramanian, Ramnath; Thomas, David F.M.; Hinley, Jennifer; Abbas, Syed Khawar; Stahlschmidt, Jens; Southgate, Jennifer

    2011-01-01

    Background Enterocystoplasty is associated with serious complications resulting from the chronic interaction between intestinal epithelium and urine. Composite cystoplasty is proposed as a means of overcoming these complications by substituting intestinal epithelium with tissue-engineered autologous urothelium. Objective To develop a robust surgical procedure for composite cystoplasty and to determine if outcome is improved by transplantation of a differentiated urothelium. Design, setting, and participants Bladder augmentation with in vitro–generated autologous tissues was performed in 11 female Large-White hybrid pigs in a well-equipped biomedical centre with operating facilities. Participants were a team comprising scientists, urologists, a veterinary surgeon, and a histopathologist. Measurements Urothelium harvested by open biopsy was expanded in culture and used to develop sheets of nondifferentiated or differentiated urothelium. The sheets were transplanted onto a vascularised, de-epithelialised, seromuscular colonic segment at the time of bladder augmentation. After removal of catheters and balloon at two weeks, voiding behaviour was monitored and animals were sacrificed at 3 months for immunohistology. Results and limitations Eleven pigs underwent augmentation, but four were lost to complications. Voiding behaviour was normal in the remainder. At autopsy, reconstructed bladders were healthy, lined by confluent urothelium, and showed no fibrosis, mucus, calculi, or colonic regrowth. Urothelial morphology was transitional with variable columnar attributes consistent between native and augmented segments. Bladders reconstructed with differentiated cell sheets had fewer lymphocytes infiltrating the lamina propria, indicating more effective urinary barrier function. Conclusions The study endorses the potential for composite cystoplasty by (1) successfully developing reliable techniques for transplanting urothelium onto a prepared, vascularised, smooth muscle segment and (2) creating a functional urothelium-lined augmentation to overcome the complications of conventional enterocystoplasty. PMID:21195539

  18. A new approach to enforce element-wise mass/species balance using the augmented Lagrangian method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chang, J.; Nakshatrala, K.

    2015-12-01

    The least-squares finite element method (LSFEM) is one of many ways in which one can discretize and express a set of first ordered partial differential equations as a mixed formulation. However, the standard LSFEM is not locally conservative by design. The absence of this physical property can have serious implications in the numerical simulation of subsurface flow and transport. Two commonly employed ways to circumvent this issue is through the Lagrange multiplier method, which explicitly satisfies the element-wise divergence by introducing new unknowns, or through appending a penalty factor to the continuity constraint, which reduces the violation in the mass balance. However, these methodologies have some well-known drawbacks. Herein, we propose a new approach to improve the local balance of species/mass balance. The approach augments constraints to a least-square function by a novel mathematical construction of the local species/mass balance, which is different from the conventional ways. The resulting constrained optimization problem is solved using the augmented Lagrangian, which corrects the balance errors in an iterative fashion. The advantages of this methodology are that the problem size is not increased (thus preserving the symmetry and positive definite-ness) and that one need not provide an accurate guess for the initial penalty to reach a prescribed mass balance tolerance. We derive the least-squares weighting needed to ensure accurate solutions. We also demonstrate the robustness of the weighted LSFEM coupled with the augmented Lagrangian by solving large-scale heterogenous and variably saturated flow through porous media problems. The performance of the iterative solvers with respect to various user-defined augmented Lagrangian parameters will be documented.

  19. Performance of a visuomotor walking task in an augmented reality training setting.

    PubMed

    Haarman, Juliet A M; Choi, Julia T; Buurke, Jaap H; Rietman, Johan S; Reenalda, Jasper

    2017-12-01

    Visual cues can be used to train walking patterns. Here, we studied the performance and learning capacities of healthy subjects executing a high-precision visuomotor walking task, in an augmented reality training set-up. A beamer was used to project visual stepping targets on the walking surface of an instrumented treadmill. Two speeds were used to manipulate task difficulty. All participants (n = 20) had to change their step length to hit visual stepping targets with a specific part of their foot, while walking on a treadmill over seven consecutive training blocks, each block composed of 100 stepping targets. Distance between stepping targets was varied between short, medium and long steps. Training blocks could either be composed of random stepping targets (no fixed sequence was present in the distance between the stepping targets) or sequenced stepping targets (repeating fixed sequence was present). Random training blocks were used to measure non-specific learning and sequenced training blocks were used to measure sequence-specific learning. Primary outcome measures were performance (% of correct hits), and learning effects (increase in performance over the training blocks: both sequence-specific and non-specific). Secondary outcome measures were the performance and stepping-error in relation to the step length (distance between stepping target). Subjects were able to score 76% and 54% at first try for lower speed (2.3 km/h) and higher speed (3.3 km/h) trials, respectively. Performance scores did not increase over the course of the trials, nor did the subjects show the ability to learn a sequenced walking task. Subjects were better able to hit targets while increasing their step length, compared to shortening it. In conclusion, augmented reality training by use of the current set-up was intuitive for the user. Suboptimal feedback presentation might have limited the learning effects of the subjects. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Gaussian basis sets for use in correlated molecular calculations. XI. Pseudopotential-based and all-electron relativistic basis sets for alkali metal (K-Fr) and alkaline earth (Ca-Ra) elements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hill, J. Grant; Peterson, Kirk A.

    2017-12-01

    New correlation consistent basis sets based on pseudopotential (PP) Hamiltonians have been developed from double- to quintuple-zeta quality for the late alkali (K-Fr) and alkaline earth (Ca-Ra) metals. These are accompanied by new all-electron basis sets of double- to quadruple-zeta quality that have been contracted for use with both Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH) and eXact 2-Component (X2C) scalar relativistic Hamiltonians. Sets for valence correlation (ms), cc-pVnZ-PP and cc-pVnZ-(DK,DK3/X2C), in addition to outer-core correlation [valence + (m-1)sp], cc-p(w)CVnZ-PP and cc-pwCVnZ-(DK,DK3/X2C), are reported. The -PP sets have been developed for use with small-core PPs [I. S. Lim et al., J. Chem. Phys. 122, 104103 (2005) and I. S. Lim et al., J. Chem. Phys. 124, 034107 (2006)], while the all-electron sets utilized second-order DKH Hamiltonians for 4s and 5s elements and third-order DKH for 6s and 7s. The accuracy of the basis sets is assessed through benchmark calculations at the coupled-cluster level of theory for both atomic and molecular properties. Not surprisingly, it is found that outer-core correlation is vital for accurate calculation of the thermodynamic and spectroscopic properties of diatomic molecules containing these elements.

  1. Estimating long-term behavior of periodically driven flows without trajectory integration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Froyland, Gary; Koltai, Péter

    2017-05-01

    Periodically driven flows are fundamental models of chaotic behavior and the study of their transport properties is an active area of research. A well-known analytic construction is the augmentation of phase space with an additional time dimension; in this augmented space, the flow becomes autonomous or time-independent. We prove several results concerning the connections between the original time-periodic representation and the time-extended representation, focusing on transport properties. In the deterministic setting, these include single-period outflows and time-asymptotic escape rates from time-parameterized families of sets. We also consider stochastic differential equations with time-periodic advection term. In this stochastic setting one has a time-periodic generator (the differential operator given by the right-hand-side of the corresponding time-periodic Fokker-Planck equation). We define in a natural way an autonomous generator corresponding to the flow on time-extended phase space. We prove relationships between these two generator representations and use these to quantify decay rates of observables and to determine time-periodic families of sets with slow escape rate. Finally, we use the generator on the time-extended phase space to create efficient numerical schemes to implement the various theoretical constructions. These ideas build on the work of Froyland et al (2013 SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 51 223-47), and no expensive time integration is required. We introduce an efficient new hybrid approach, which treats the space and time dimensions separately.

  2. Ab initio calculation of reaction energies. III. Basis set dependence of relative energies on the FH2 and H2CO potential energy surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frisch, Michael J.; Binkley, J. Stephen; Schaefer, Henry F., III

    1984-08-01

    The relative energies of the stationary points on the FH2 and H2CO nuclear potential energy surfaces relevant to the hydrogen atom abstraction, H2 elimination and 1,2-hydrogen shift reactions have been examined using fourth-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory and a variety of basis sets. The theoretical absolute zero activation energy for the F+H2→FH+H reaction is in better agreement with experiment than previous theoretical studies, and part of the disagreement between earlier theoretical calculations and experiment is found to result from the use of assumed rather than calculated zero-point vibrational energies. The fourth-order reaction energy for the elimination of hydrogen from formaldehyde is within 2 kcal mol-1 of the experimental value using the largest basis set considered. The qualitative features of the H2CO surface are unchanged by expansion of the basis set beyond the polarized triple-zeta level, but diffuse functions and several sets of polarization functions are found to be necessary for quantitative accuracy in predicted reaction and activation energies. Basis sets and levels of perturbation theory which represent good compromises between computational efficiency and accuracy are recommended.

  3. Calculations of molecular multipole electric moments of a series of exo-insaturated four-membered heterocycles, Y = CCH2CH2X

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Romero, Angel H.

    2017-10-01

    The influence of ring puckering angle on the multipole moments of sixteen four-membered heterocycles (1-16) was theoretically estimated using MP2 and different DFTs in combination with the 6-31+G(d,p) basis set. To obtain an accurate evaluation, CCSD/cc-pVDZ level and, the MP2 and PBE1PBE methods in combination with the aug-cc-pVDZ and aug-cc-pVTZ basis sets were performed on the planar geometries of 1-16. In general, the DFT and MP2 approaches provided an identical dependence of the electrical properties with the puckering angle for 1-16. Quantitatively, the quality of the level of theory and basis sets affects significant the predictions of the multipole moments, in particular for the heterocycles containing C=O and C=S bonds. Convergence basis sets within the MP2 and PBE1PBE approximations are reached in the dipole moment calculations when the aug-cc-pVTZ basis set is used, while the quadrupole and octupole moment computations require a larger basis set than aug-cc-pVTZ. On the other hand, the multipole moments showed a strong dependence with the molecular geometry and the nature of the carbon-heteroatom bonds. Specifically, the C-X bond determines the behavior of the μ(ϕ), θ(ϕ) and Ώ(ϕ) functions, while the C=Y bond plays an important role in the magnitude of the studied properties.

  4. Clinical Core Competency Training for NASA Flight Surgeons

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Polk, J. D.; Schmid, Josef; Hurst, Victor, IV; Doerr, Harold K.; Doerr, Harold K.

    2007-01-01

    Introduction: The cohort of NASA flight surgeons (FS) is a very accomplished group with varied clinical backgrounds; however, the NASA Flight Surgeon Office has identified that the extremely demanding schedule of this cohort prevents many of these physicians from practicing clinical medicine on a regular basis. In an effort to improve clinical competency, the NASA FS Office has dedicated one day a week for the FS to receive clinical training. Each week, an FS is assigned to one of five clinical settings, one being medical patient simulation. The Medical Operations Support Team (MOST) was tasked to develop curricula using medical patient simulation that would meet the clinical and operational needs of the NASA FS Office. Methods: The MOST met with the Lead FS and Training Lead FS to identify those core competencies most important to the FS cohort. The MOST presented core competency standards from the American Colleges of Emergency Medicine and Internal Medicine as a basis for developing the training. Results: The MOST identified those clinical areas that could be best demonstrated and taught using medical patient simulation, in particular, using high fidelity human patient simulators. Curricula are currently being developed and additional classes will be implemented to instruct the FS cohort. The curricula will incorporate several environments for instruction, including lab-based and simulated microgravity-based environments. Discussion: The response from the NASA FS cohort to the initial introductory class has been positive. As a result of this effort, the MOST has identified three types of training to meet the clinical needs of the FS Office; clinical core competency training, individual clinical refresher training, and just-in-time training (specific for post-ISS Expedition landings). The MOST is continuing to work with the FS Office to augment the clinical training for the FS cohort, including the integration of Web-based learning.

  5. R -matrix-incorporating-time method for H2+ in short and intense laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ó Broin, Cathal; Nikolopoulos, L. A. A.

    2015-12-01

    In this work we develop an approach for a molecular hydrogen ion (H2+ ) in the Born-Oppenheimer approximation while exposed to intense short-pulse radiation. Our starting point is the R -matrix-incorporating-time formulation for atomic hydrogen [L. A. A. Nikolopoulos et al., Phys. Rev. A 78, 063420 (2008), 10.1103/PhysRevA.78.063420], which has proven to be successful at treating multielectron atomic systems efficiently and with a high accuracy [L. R. Moore et al., J. Mod. Opt. 58, 1132 (2011), 10.1080/09500340.2011.559315]. The present study on H2+ is performed with the similar objective of developing an ab initio method for solving the time-dependent Schrödinger equation for multielectron diatomic molecules exposed to an external time-dependent potential field. The theoretical formulation is developed in detail for the molecular hydrogen ion where all the multielectron and internuclei complications are absent. As in the atomic case, the configuration space of the electron's coordinates is separated artificially over two regions: the inner (I) and outer (II) regions. In region I the time-dependent wave function is expanded on the eigenstate basis corresponding to the molecule's Hamiltonian augmented by Bloch operators, while in region II a grid representation is used. We demonstrate the independence of our results from the introduced artificial boundary surface by calculating observables that are directly accessed experimentally and also by showing that gauge-dependent quantities are also invariant with the region I box size. We also compare our results with other theoretical works and emphasize cases where basis-set approaches are currently very computationally expensive or intractable in terms of computational resources.

  6. Spatially adapted augmentation of age-specific atlas-based segmentation using patch-based priors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Mengyuan; Seshamani, Sharmishtaa; Harrylock, Lisa; Kitsch, Averi; Miller, Steven; Chau, Van; Poskitt, Kenneth; Rousseau, Francois; Studholme, Colin

    2014-03-01

    One of the most common approaches to MRI brain tissue segmentation is to employ an atlas prior to initialize an Expectation- Maximization (EM) image labeling scheme using a statistical model of MRI intensities. This prior is commonly derived from a set of manually segmented training data from the population of interest. However, in cases where subject anatomy varies significantly from the prior anatomical average model (for example in the case where extreme developmental abnormalities or brain injuries occur), the prior tissue map does not provide adequate information about the observed MRI intensities to ensure the EM algorithm converges to an anatomically accurate labeling of the MRI. In this paper, we present a novel approach for automatic segmentation of such cases. This approach augments the atlas-based EM segmentation by exploring methods to build a hybrid tissue segmentation scheme that seeks to learn where an atlas prior fails (due to inadequate representation of anatomical variation in the statistical atlas) and utilize an alternative prior derived from a patch driven search of the atlas data. We describe a framework for incorporating this patch-based augmentation of EM (PBAEM) into a 4D age-specific atlas-based segmentation of developing brain anatomy. The proposed approach was evaluated on a set of MRI brain scans of premature neonates with ages ranging from 27.29 to 46.43 gestational weeks (GWs). Results indicated superior performance compared to the conventional atlas-based segmentation method, providing improved segmentation accuracy for gray matter, white matter, ventricles and sulcal CSF regions.

  7. Effect of simulated forward airspeed on small-scale-model externally blown flap noise

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goodykoontz, J. H.; Dorsch, R. G.; Olsen, W. A.

    1976-01-01

    Noise tests were conducted on a small-scale model of an externally blown flap lift augmentation system. The nozzle/wing model was subjected to external flow that simulated takeoff and landing flight velocities by placing it in a 33-centimeter-diameter free jet. The results showed that external flow attenuated the noise associated with the various configurations tested. The amount of attenuation depended on flap setting. More attenuation occurred with a trailing-flap setting of 20 deg than with one of 60 deg. Noise varied with relative velocity as a function of the trailing-flap setting and the angle from the nozzle inlet.

  8. Straightening the Hierarchical Staircase for Basis Set Extrapolations: A Low-Cost Approach to High-Accuracy Computational Chemistry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Varandas, António J. C.

    2018-04-01

    Because the one-electron basis set limit is difficult to reach in correlated post-Hartree-Fock ab initio calculations, the low-cost route of using methods that extrapolate to the estimated basis set limit attracts immediate interest. The situation is somewhat more satisfactory at the Hartree-Fock level because numerical calculation of the energy is often affordable at nearly converged basis set levels. Still, extrapolation schemes for the Hartree-Fock energy are addressed here, although the focus is on the more slowly convergent and computationally demanding correlation energy. Because they are frequently based on the gold-standard coupled-cluster theory with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations [CCSD(T)], correlated calculations are often affordable only with the smallest basis sets, and hence single-level extrapolations from one raw energy could attain maximum usefulness. This possibility is examined. Whenever possible, this review uses raw data from second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory, as well as CCSD, CCSD(T), and multireference configuration interaction methods. Inescapably, the emphasis is on work done by the author's research group. Certain issues in need of further research or review are pinpointed.

  9. Prebiotic molecules formation through the gas-phase reaction between HNO and CH2CHOH2+

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Redondo, Pilar; Martínez, Henar; Largo, Antonio; Barrientos, Carmen

    2017-07-01

    Context. Knowing how the molecules that are present in the ISM can evolve to more complex ones is an interesting topic in interstellar chemistry. The study of possible reactions between detected species can help to understand the evolution in complexity of the interstellar matter and also allows knowing the formation of new molecules which could be candidates to be detected. We focus our attention on two molecules detected in space, vinyl alcohol (CH2CHOH) and azanone (HNO). Aims: We aim to carry out a theoretical study of the ion-molecule reaction between protonated vinyl alcohol and azanone. The viability of formation of complex organic molecules (COMs) from these reactants is expected to provide some insight into the formation of prebiotic species through gas phase reactions. Methods: The reaction of protonated vinyl alcohol with azanone has been theoretically studied by using ab initio methods. Stationary points on the potential energy surface (PES) were characterized at the second-order Moller-Plesset level in conjunction with the aug-cc-pVTZ (correlation-consistent polarized valence triple-zeta) basis set. In addition, the electronic energies were refined by means of single-point calculations at the CCSD(T) level (coupled cluster single and double excitation model augmented with a non-iterative treatment of triple excitations) with the same basis set. Results: From a thermodynamic point of view, twelve products, composed of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen which could be precursors in the formation of more complex biological molecules, can be obtained from this reaction. Among these, we focus especially on ionized glycine and two of its isomers. The analysis of the PES shows that only formation of cis- and trans-O-protonated imine acetaldehyde, CH2NHCOH+ and, CHNHCHOH+, are viable under interstellar conditions. Conclusions: The reaction of protonated vinyl alcohol with azanone can evolve in the interstellar medium to more complex organic molecules of prebiotic interest. Our results suggest that imine acetaldehyde could be a feasible candidate molecule to be searched for in space.

  10. Enhanced Soundings for Local Coupling Studies Field Campaign Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ferguson, Craig R; Santanello, Joseph A; Gentine, Pierre

    This document presents initial analyses of the enhanced radiosonde observations obtained during the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Atmospheric Radiation Measurement (ARM) Climate Research Facility Enhanced Soundings for Local Coupling Studies Field Campaign (ESLCS), which took place at the ARM Southern Great Plains (SGP) Central Facility (CF) from June 15 to August 31, 2015. During ESLCS, routine 4-times-daily radiosonde measurements at the ARM-SGP CF were augmented on 12 days (June 18 and 29; July 11, 14, 19, and 26; August 15, 16, 21, 25, 26, and 27) with daytime 1-hourly radiosondes and 10-minute ‘trailer’ radiosondes every 3 hours. These 12more » intensive operational period (IOP) days were selected on the basis of prior-day qualitative forecasts of potential land-atmosphere coupling strength. The campaign captured 2 dry soil convection advantage days (June 29 and July 14) and 10 atmospherically controlled days. Other noteworthy IOP events include: 2 soil dry-down sequences (July 11-14-19 and August 21-25-26), a 2-day clear-sky case (August 15-16), and the passing of Tropical Storm Bill (June 18). To date, the ESLCS data set constitutes the highest-temporal-resolution sampling of the evolution of the daytime planetary boundary layer (PBL) using radiosondes at the ARM-SGP. The data set is expected to contribute to: 1) improved understanding and modeling of the diurnal evolution of the PBL, particularly with regard to the role of local soil wetness, and (2) new insights into the appropriateness of current ARM-SGP CF thermodynamic sampling strategies.« less

  11. Investigations of the Rg-BrCl (Rg=He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe) binary van der Waals complexes: ab initio intermolecular potential energy surfaces, vibrational states and predicted pure rotational transition frequencies.

    PubMed

    Li, Song; Zheng, Rui; Chen, Shan-Jun; Chen, Yan; Chen, Peng

    2017-03-05

    The intermolecular potential energy surfaces (PESs) of the ground electronic state for the Rg-BrCl (Rg=He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe) van der Waals complexes have been constructed by using the coupled-cluster method in combination with the augmented quadruple-zeta correlation-consistent basis sets supplemented with an additional set of bond functions. The features of the anisotropic PESs for these complexes are remarkably similar, which are characterized by three minima and two saddle points between them. The global minimum corresponds to a collinear Rg-Br-Cl configuration. Two local minima, correlate with an anti-linear Rg-Cl-Br geometry and a nearly T-shaped structure, can also be located on each PES. The quantum bound state calculations enable us to investigate intermolecular vibrational states and rotational energy levels of the complexes. The transition frequencies are predicted and are fitted to obtain their corresponding spectroscopic constants. In general, the periodic trends are observed for this complex family. Comparisons with available experimental data for the collinear isomer of Ar-BrCl demonstrate reliability of our theoretical predictions, and our results for the other two isomers of Ar-BrCl as well as for other members of the complex family are also anticipated to be trustable. Except for the collinear isomer of Ar-BrCl, the data presented in this paper would be beneficial to improve our knowledge for these experimentally unknown species. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    McKemmish, Laura K., E-mail: laura.mckemmish@gmail.com; Research School of Chemistry, Australian National University, Canberra

    Algorithms for the efficient calculation of two-electron integrals in the newly developed mixed ramp-Gaussian basis sets are presented, alongside a Fortran90 implementation of these algorithms, RAMPITUP. These new basis sets have significant potential to (1) give some speed-up (estimated at up to 20% for large molecules in fully optimised code) to general-purpose Hartree-Fock (HF) and density functional theory quantum chemistry calculations, replacing all-Gaussian basis sets, and (2) give very large speed-ups for calculations of core-dependent properties, such as electron density at the nucleus, NMR parameters, relativistic corrections, and total energies, replacing the current use of Slater basis functions or verymore » large specialised all-Gaussian basis sets for these purposes. This initial implementation already demonstrates roughly 10% speed-ups in HF/R-31G calculations compared to HF/6-31G calculations for large linear molecules, demonstrating the promise of this methodology, particularly for the second application. As well as the reduction in the total primitive number in R-31G compared to 6-31G, this timing advantage can be attributed to the significant reduction in the number of mathematically complex intermediate integrals after modelling each ramp-Gaussian basis-function-pair as a sum of ramps on a single atomic centre.« less

  13. Quantum Mechanical Calculations of Monoxides of Silicon Carbide Molecules

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2003-03-01

    Data for CO Final Energy Charge Mult Basis Set (hart) EA (eV) ZPE (hart) EA (eV) w/ ZPE 0 1 DVZ -112.6850703739 2.02121 -1 2 DVZ...Energy Charge Mult Basis Set (hart) EA (eV) ZPE (hart) EA (eV) w/ ZPE 0 1 DVZ -363.7341927429 0.617643 -1 2 DVZ -363.7114852831 0 3 DVZ...Input Geometry Output Geometry Basis Set Final Energy (hart) EA (eV) ZPE (hart) EA (eV) w/ ZPE -1 2 O-C-Si Linear O-C-Si Linear DZV -401.5363

  14. Relativistic well-tempered Gaussian basis sets for helium through mercury. Breit interaction included

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Okada, S.; Shinada, M.; Matsuoka, O.

    1990-10-01

    A systematic calculation of new relativistic Gaussian basis sets is reported. The new basis sets are similar to the previously reported ones (J. Chem. Phys. {bold 91}, 4193 (1989)), but, in the calculation, the Breit interaction has been explicitly included besides the Dirac--Coulomb Hamiltonian. They have been adopted for the calculation of the self-consistent field effect on the Breit interaction energies and are expected to be useful for the studies on higher-order effects such as the electron correlations and other quantum electrodynamical effects.

  15. Parallel Douglas-Kroll Energy and Gradients in NWChem. Estimating Scalar Relativistic Effects Using Douglas-Kroll Contracted Basis Sets.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    De Jong, Wibe A.; Harrison, Robert J.; Dixon, David A.

    A parallel implementation of the spin-free one-electron Douglas-Kroll(-Hess) Hamiltonian (DKH) in NWChem is discussed. An efficient and accurate method to calculate DKH gradients is introduced. It is shown that the use of standard (non-relativistic) contracted basis set can produce erroneous results for elements beyond the first row elements. The generation of DKH contracted cc-pVXZ (X = D, T, Q, 5) basis sets for H, He, B - Ne, Al - Ar, and Ga - Br will be discussed.

  16. Orbital dependent functionals: An atom projector augmented wave method implementation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Xiao

    This thesis explores the formulation and numerical implementation of orbital dependent exchange-correlation functionals within electronic structure calculations. These orbital-dependent exchange-correlation functionals have recently received renewed attention as a means to improve the physical representation of electron interactions within electronic structure calculations. In particular, electron self-interaction terms can be avoided. In this thesis, an orbital-dependent functional is considered in the context of Hartree-Fock (HF) theory as well as the Optimized Effective Potential (OEP) method and the approximate OEP method developed by Krieger, Li, and Iafrate, known as the KLI approximation. In this thesis, the Fock exchange term is used as a simple well-defined example of an orbital-dependent functional. The Projected Augmented Wave (PAW) method developed by P. E. Blochl has proven to be accurate and efficient for electronic structure calculations for local and semi-local functions because of its accurate evaluation of interaction integrals by controlling multiple moments. We have extended the PAW method to treat orbital-dependent functionals in Hartree-Fock theory and the Optimized Effective Potential method, particularly in the KLI approximation. In the course of study we develop a frozen-core orbital approximation that accurately treats the core electron contributions for above three methods. The main part of the thesis focuses on the treatment of spherical atoms. We have investigated the behavior of PAW-Hartree Fock and PAW-KLI basis, projector, and pseudopotential functions for several elements throughout the periodic table. We have also extended the formalism to the treatment of solids in a plane wave basis and implemented PWPAW-KLI code, which will appear in future publications.

  17. Diaphyseal long bone nonunions - types, aetiology, economics, and treatment recommendations.

    PubMed

    Rupp, Markus; Biehl, Christoph; Budak, Matthäus; Thormann, Ulrich; Heiss, Christian; Alt, Volker

    2018-02-01

    The intention of the current article is to review the epidemiology with related socioeconomic costs, pathophysiology, and treatment options for diaphyseal long bone delayed unions and nonunions. Diaphyseal nonunions in the tibia and in the femur are estimated to occur 4.6-8% after modern intramedullary nailing of closed fractures with an even much higher risk in open fractures. There is a high socioeconomic burden for long bone nonunions mainly driven by indirect costs, such as productivity losses due to long treatment duration. The classic classification of Weber and Cech of the 1970s is based on the underlying biological aspect of the nonunion differentiating between "vital" (hypertrophic) and "avital" (hypo-/atrophic) nonunions, and can still be considered to represent the basis for basic evaluation of nonunions. The "diamond concept" units biomechanical and biological aspects and provides the pre-requisites for successful bone healing in nonunions. For humeral diaphyseal shaft nonunions, excellent results for augmentation plating were reported. In atrophic humeral shaft nonunions, compression plating with stimulation of bone healing by bone grafting or BMPs seem to be the best option. For femoral and tibial diaphyseal shaft fractures, dynamization of the nail is an atraumatic, effective, and cheap surgical possibility to achieve bony consolidation, particularly in delayed nonunions before 24 weeks after initial surgery. In established hypertrophic nonunions in the tibia and femur, biomechanical stability should be addressed by augmentation plating or exchange nailing. Hypotrophic or atrophic nonunions require additional biological stimulation of bone healing for augmentation plating.

  18. On the Usage of Locally Dense Basis Sets in the Calculation of NMR Indirect Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sanchez, Marina; Provasi, Patricio F.; Aucar, Gustavo A.; Sauer, Stephan P. A.

    Locally dense basis sets (

  19. Optimal placement of actuators and sensors in control augmented structural optimization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sepulveda, A. E.; Schmit, L. A., Jr.

    1990-01-01

    A control-augmented structural synthesis methodology is presented in which actuator and sensor placement is treated in terms of (0,1) variables. Structural member sizes and control variables are treated simultaneously as design variables. A multiobjective utopian approach is used to obtain a compromise solution for inherently conflicting objective functions such as strucutal mass control effort and number of actuators. Constraints are imposed on transient displacements, natural frequencies, actuator forces and dynamic stability as well as controllability and observability of the system. The combinatorial aspects of the mixed - (0,1) continuous variable design optimization problem are made tractable by combining approximation concepts with branch and bound techniques. Some numerical results for example problems are presented to illustrate the efficacy of the design procedure set forth.

  20. Near Hartree-Fock quality GTO basis sets for the first- and third-row atoms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Partridge, Harry

    1989-01-01

    Energy-optimized Gaussian-type-orbital (GTO) basis sets of accuracy approaching that of numerical Hartree-Fock computations are compiled for the elements of the first and third rows of the periodic table. The methods employed in calculating the sets are explained; the applicability of the sets to electronic-structure calculations is discussed; and the results are presented in tables and briefly characterized.

  1. Computational tests of quantum chemical models for excited and ionized states of molecules with phosphorus and sulfur atoms.

    PubMed

    Hahn, David K; RaghuVeer, Krishans; Ortiz, J V

    2014-05-15

    Time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) and electron propagator theory (EPT) are used to calculate the electronic transition energies and ionization energies, respectively, of species containing phosphorus or sulfur. The accuracy of TD-DFT and EPT, in conjunction with various basis sets, is assessed with data from gas-phase spectroscopy. TD-DFT is tested using 11 prominent exchange-correlation functionals on a set of 37 vertical and 19 adiabatic transitions. For vertical transitions, TD-CAM-B3LYP calculations performed with the MG3S basis set are lowest in overall error, having a mean absolute deviation from experiment of 0.22 eV, or 0.23 eV over valence transitions and 0.21 eV over Rydberg transitions. Using a larger basis set, aug-pc3, improves accuracy over the valence transitions via hybrid functionals, but improved accuracy over the Rydberg transitions is only obtained via the BMK functional. For adiabatic transitions, all hybrid functionals paired with the MG3S basis set perform well, and B98 is best, with a mean absolute deviation from experiment of 0.09 eV. The testing of EPT used the Outer Valence Green's Function (OVGF) approximation and the Partial Third Order (P3) approximation on 37 vertical first ionization energies. It is found that OVGF outperforms P3 when basis sets of at least triple-ζ quality in the polarization functions are used. The largest basis set used in this study, aug-pc3, obtained the best mean absolute error from both methods -0.08 eV for OVGF and 0.18 eV for P3. The OVGF/6-31+G(2df,p) level of theory is particularly cost-effective, yielding a mean absolute error of 0.11 eV.

  2. Returns to Education: New Evidence for India, 1983-1999

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dutta, Puja Vasudeva

    2006-01-01

    This paper estimates the returns to education for adult male workers in regular and casual wage employment using Indian national survey data at three points in time spanning almost two decades. Both standard and augmented Mincerian wage equations are estimated using a set of human capital measures and other controls after addressing the issue of…

  3. The Place of Global Reality in Interdisciplinary Settings: Using Modern Technology to Link Classrooms for Globalization.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Morton, Chris; Mojkowski, Charles

    The Global Education Model (GEM) Project, an undertaking of the Putnam-Northern Westchester Board of Cooperative Educational Services, is part of a larger effort to link students throughout the United States with their counterparts in other countries. GEM's educational technology is augmented by implementing, testing and analyzing nationally…

  4. The bedside assistant in robotic surgery--keys to success.

    PubMed

    Yuh, Bertram

    2013-01-01

    Taking on the position of bedside assistant for a surgical robotic team can be a daunting task. Keys to success include preparation, proper operation set up, effective use of instruments to augment the actions of the console surgeon, and readiness for surgical emergencies. Effective communication, repetitive execution, and readiness facilitate the efforts of the surgical team.

  5. Do You Know What You Owe? Students' Understanding of Their Student Loans

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Andruska, Emily A.; Hogarth, Jeanne M.; Fletcher, Cynthia Needles; Forbes, Gregory R.; Wohlgemuth, Darin R.

    2014-01-01

    Using a data set that augments a student survey with administrative data from the Iowa State University Office of Financial Aid, the authors posed two questions: Do students know whether they have student loans? Do students know how much they owe on outstanding student loans? We used logistic and ordered logit regressions to answer these…

  6. Assessing Preferences for AAC Options in Communication Interventions for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    van der Meer, Larah; Sigafoos, Jeff; O'Reilly, Mark F.; Lancioni, Giulio E.

    2011-01-01

    We synthesized studies that assessed preference for using different augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) options. Studies were identified via systematic searches of electronic databases, journals, and reference lists. Studies were evaluated in terms of: (a) participants, (b) setting, (c) communication options assessed, (d) design, (e)…

  7. Novel QTLs affecting rice kernel fissure resistance discovered in the cultivar ‘Saber’ augment those from ‘Cybonnet’

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Kernel fissures in rice (Oryza sativa L.) caused by pre- or post-harvest stresses are the leading cause of breakage among milled rice. Such breakage causes economic losses for producers, millers, and marketers. Five QTLs for kernel fissure resistance (FR) were identified among a set of 275 RILs de...

  8. Wave Riemann description of friction terms in unsteady shallow flows: Application to water and mud/debris floods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Murillo, J.; García-Navarro, P.

    2012-02-01

    In this work, the source term discretization in hyperbolic conservation laws with source terms is considered using an approximate augmented Riemann solver. The technique is applied to the shallow water equations with bed slope and friction terms with the focus on the friction discretization. The augmented Roe approximate Riemann solver provides a family of weak solutions for the shallow water equations, that are the basis of the upwind treatment of the source term. This has proved successful to explain and to avoid the appearance of instabilities and negative values of the thickness of the water layer in cases of variable bottom topography. Here, this strategy is extended to capture the peculiarities that may arise when defining more ambitious scenarios, that may include relevant stresses in cases of mud/debris flow. The conclusions of this analysis lead to the definition of an accurate and robust first order finite volume scheme, able to handle correctly transient problems considering frictional stresses in both clean water and debris flow, including in this last case a correct modelling of stopping conditions.

  9. Krylov-Subspace Recycling via the POD-Augmented Conjugate-Gradient Method

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Carlberg, Kevin; Forstall, Virginia; Tuminaro, Ray

    This paper presents a new Krylov-subspace-recycling method for efficiently solving sequences of linear systems of equations characterized by varying right-hand sides and symmetric-positive-definite matrices. As opposed to typical truncation strategies used in recycling such as deflation, we propose a truncation method inspired by goal-oriented proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) from model reduction. This idea is based on the observation that model reduction aims to compute a low-dimensional subspace that contains an accurate solution; as such, we expect the proposed method to generate a low-dimensional subspace that is well suited for computing solutions that can satisfy inexact tolerances. In particular, we proposemore » specific goal-oriented POD `ingredients' that align the optimality properties of POD with the objective of Krylov-subspace recycling. To compute solutions in the resulting 'augmented' POD subspace, we propose a hybrid direct/iterative three-stage method that leverages 1) the optimal ordering of POD basis vectors, and 2) well-conditioned reduced matrices. Numerical experiments performed on solid-mechanics problems highlight the benefits of the proposed method over existing approaches for Krylov-subspace recycling.« less

  10. Krylov-Subspace Recycling via the POD-Augmented Conjugate-Gradient Method

    DOE PAGES

    Carlberg, Kevin; Forstall, Virginia; Tuminaro, Ray

    2016-01-01

    This paper presents a new Krylov-subspace-recycling method for efficiently solving sequences of linear systems of equations characterized by varying right-hand sides and symmetric-positive-definite matrices. As opposed to typical truncation strategies used in recycling such as deflation, we propose a truncation method inspired by goal-oriented proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) from model reduction. This idea is based on the observation that model reduction aims to compute a low-dimensional subspace that contains an accurate solution; as such, we expect the proposed method to generate a low-dimensional subspace that is well suited for computing solutions that can satisfy inexact tolerances. In particular, we proposemore » specific goal-oriented POD `ingredients' that align the optimality properties of POD with the objective of Krylov-subspace recycling. To compute solutions in the resulting 'augmented' POD subspace, we propose a hybrid direct/iterative three-stage method that leverages 1) the optimal ordering of POD basis vectors, and 2) well-conditioned reduced matrices. Numerical experiments performed on solid-mechanics problems highlight the benefits of the proposed method over existing approaches for Krylov-subspace recycling.« less

  11. Accurate virial coefficients of gaseous krypton from state-of-the-art ab initio potential and polarizability of the krypton dimer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Bo; Waldrop, Jonathan M.; Wang, Xiaopo; Patkowski, Konrad

    2018-01-01

    We have developed a new krypton-krypton interaction-induced isotropic dipole polarizability curve based on high-level ab initio methods. The determination was carried out using the coupled-cluster singles and doubles plus perturbative triples method with very large basis sets up to augmented correlation-consistent sextuple zeta as well as the corrections for core-core and core-valence correlation and relativistic effects. The analytical function of polarizability and our recently constructed reference interatomic potential [J. M. Waldrop et al., J. Chem. Phys. 142, 204307 (2015)] were used to predict the thermophysical and electromagnetic properties of krypton gas. The second pressure, acoustic, and dielectric virial coefficients were computed for the temperature range of 116 K-5000 K using classical statistical mechanics supplemented with high-order quantum corrections. The virial coefficients calculated were compared with the generally less precise available experimental data as well as with values computed from other potentials in the literature {in particular, the recent highly accurate potential of Jäger et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 144, 114304 (2016)]}. The detailed examination in this work suggests that the present theoretical prediction can be applied as reference values in disciplines involving thermophysical and electromagnetic properties of krypton gas.

  12. A new ab initio potential energy surface for the collisional excitation of HCN by para- and ortho-H2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Denis-Alpizar, Otoniel; Kalugina, Yulia; Stoecklin, Thierry; Vera, Mario Hernández; Lique, François

    2013-12-01

    We present a new four-dimensional potential energy surface for the collisional excitation of HCN by H2. Ab initio calculations of the HCN-H2 van der Waals complex, considering both molecules as rigid rotors, were carried out at the explicitly correlated coupled cluster with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations [CCSD(T)-F12a] level of theory using an augmented correlation-consistent triple zeta (aVTZ) basis set. The equilibrium structure is linear HCN-H2 with the nitrogen pointing towards H2 at an intermolecular separation of 7.20 a0. The corresponding well depth is -195.20 cm-1. A secondary minimum of -183.59 cm-1 was found for a T-shape configuration with the H of HCN pointing to the center of mass of H2. We also determine the rovibrational energy levels of the HCN-para-H2 and HCN-ortho-H2 complexes. The calculated dissociation energies for the para and ortho complexes are 37.79 cm-1 and 60.26 cm-1, respectively. The calculated ro-vibrational transitions in the HCN-H2 complex are found to agree by more than 0.5% with the available experimental data, confirming the accuracy of the potential energy surface.

  13. Mental health and substance abuse insurance parity for federal employees: how did health plans respond?

    PubMed

    Barry, Colleen L; Ridgely, M Susan

    2008-01-01

    A fundamental concern with competitive health insurance markets is that they will not supply efficient levels of coverage for treatment of costly, chronic, and predictable illnesses, such as mental illness. Since the inception of employer-based health insurance, coverage for mental health services has been offered on a more limited basis than coverage for general medical services. While mental health advocates view insurance limits as evidence of discrimination, adverse selection and moral hazard can also explain these differences in coverage. The intent of parity regulation is to equalize private insurance coverage for mental and physical illness (an equity concern) and to eliminate wasteful forms of competition due to adverse selection (an efficiency concern). In 2001, a presidential directive requiring comprehensive parity was implemented in the Federal Employees Health Benefits (FEHB) Program. In this study, we examine how health plans responded to the parity directive. Results show that in comparison with a set of unaffected health plans, federal employee plans were significantly more likely to augment managed care through contracts with managed behavioral health "carve-out" firms after parity. This finding helps to explain the absence of an effect of the FEHB Program directive on total spending, and is relevant to the policy debate in Congress over federal parity.

  14. DFT study of adsorption and dissociation of thiophene molecules on Ni(1 1 0)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morin, C.; Eichler, A.; Hirschl, R.; Sautet, P.; Hafner, J.

    2003-08-01

    The different adsorption possibilities of thiophene (C 4H 4S) on the Ni(1 1 0) surface have been studied using first principle local-density-functional calculations, with the Vienna ab initio simulation package, which is based on a plane wave basis set and projector augmented wave potentials. For each configuration, a geometric optimisation has been performed. A detailed analysis of the structural and electronic properties of the molecule and the surface in the most stable conformations is presented, showing the combined roles of the molecular distortion and the interactions between the molecule and the surface. Three structures with comparatively large adsorption energies are identified, all with the molecule plane parallel to the surface. Starting from these stabilised structures, various scenarios for the desulfurisation process have been envisaged. While, for the most stable structure, the formation of an adsorbed thiol is an activated process, with an energetic barrier of 0.70 eV, the two structures which are just a bit less stable can dissociate to a C 4H 4 species and a sulfur atom with barriers as low as 0.07 eV. A description of the different transition states and a kinetic analysis of the desulfurisation reaction is also presented.

  15. Investigating a Multimodal Intervention for Children With Limited Expressive Vocabularies Associated With Autism

    PubMed Central

    Storkel, Holly L.; Bushnell, Paige; Barker, R. Michael; Saunders, Kate; Daniels, Debby; Fleming, Kandace

    2015-01-01

    Purpose This study investigated a new intervention package aimed at increasing expressive word learning by school-age children with autism who have limited expressive vocabularies. This pilot investigation was intended to show proof of concept. Method Ten children between the ages of 6 and 10 years participated, with educational diagnoses of autism and limited expressive vocabularies at the outset of the study. A multimodal intervention composed of speech sound practice and augmentative and alternative communication was used to teach individualized vocabulary words that were selected on the basis of initial speech sound repertoires and principles of phonotactic probability and neighborhood density. A multiple-probe design was used to evaluate learning outcomes. Results Five children showed gains in spoken-word learning across successive word sets (high responders). Five children did not meet learning criteria (low responders). Comparisons of behaviors measured prior to intervention indicated that high responders had relatively higher skills in receptive language, prelinguistic communication, vocal/verbal imitation, adaptive behavior, and consonant productions. Conclusions The intervention package holds promise for improving spoken word productions for some children with autism who have limited expressive vocabularies. Further research is needed to better describe who may most benefit from this approach as well as investigate generalized benefits to untaught contexts and targets. PMID:25910710

  16. No need for external orthogonality in subsystem density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Unsleber, Jan P; Neugebauer, Johannes; Jacob, Christoph R

    2016-08-03

    Recent reports on the necessity of using externally orthogonal orbitals in subsystem density-functional theory (SDFT) [Annu. Rep. Comput. Chem., 8, 2012, 53; J. Phys. Chem. A, 118, 2014, 9182] are re-investigated. We show that in the basis-set limit, supermolecular Kohn-Sham-DFT (KS-DFT) densities can exactly be represented as a sum of subsystem densities, even if the subsystem orbitals are not externally orthogonal. This is illustrated using both an analytical example and in basis-set free numerical calculations for an atomic test case. We further show that even with finite basis sets, SDFT calculations using accurate reconstructed potentials can closely approach the supermolecular KS-DFT density, and that the deviations between SDFT and KS-DFT decrease as the basis-set limit is approached. Our results demonstrate that formally, there is no need to enforce external orthogonality in SDFT, even though this might be a useful strategy when developing projection-based DFT embedding schemes.

  17. Open-ended recursive calculation of single residues of response functions for perturbation-dependent basis sets.

    PubMed

    Friese, Daniel H; Ringholm, Magnus; Gao, Bin; Ruud, Kenneth

    2015-10-13

    We present theory, implementation, and applications of a recursive scheme for the calculation of single residues of response functions that can treat perturbations that affect the basis set. This scheme enables the calculation of nonlinear light absorption properties to arbitrary order for other perturbations than an electric field. We apply this scheme for the first treatment of two-photon circular dichroism (TPCD) using London orbitals at the Hartree-Fock level of theory. In general, TPCD calculations suffer from the problem of origin dependence, which has so far been solved by using the velocity gauge for the electric dipole operator. This work now enables comparison of results from London orbital and velocity gauge based TPCD calculations. We find that the results from the two approaches both exhibit strong basis set dependence but that they are very similar with respect to their basis set convergence.

  18. Core-core and core-valence correlation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bauschlicher, Charles W., Jr.; Langhoff, Stephen R.; Taylor, Peter R.

    1988-01-01

    The effect of (1s) core correlation on properties and energy separations was analyzed using full configuration-interaction (FCI) calculations. The Be 1 S - 1 P, the C 3 P - 5 S and CH+ 1 Sigma + or - 1 Pi separations, and CH+ spectroscopic constants, dipole moment and 1 Sigma + - 1 Pi transition dipole moment were studied. The results of the FCI calculations are compared to those obtained using approximate methods. In addition, the generation of atomic natural orbital (ANO) basis sets, as a method for contracting a primitive basis set for both valence and core correlation, is discussed. When both core-core and core-valence correlation are included in the calculation, no suitable truncated CI approach consistently reproduces the FCI, and contraction of the basis set is very difficult. If the (nearly constant) core-core correlation is eliminated, and only the core-valence correlation is included, CASSCF/MRCI approached reproduce the FCI results and basis set contraction is significantly easier.

  19. Numerical judgments by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in a token economy.

    PubMed

    Beran, Michael J; Evans, Theodore A; Hoyle, Daniel

    2011-04-01

    We presented four chimpanzees with a series of tasks that involved comparing two token sets or comparing a token set to a quantity of food. Selected tokens could be exchanged for food items on a one-to-one basis. Chimpanzees successfully selected the larger numerical set for comparisons of 1 to 5 items when both sets were visible and when sets were presented through one-by-one addition of tokens into two opaque containers. Two of four chimpanzees used the number of tokens and food items to guide responding in all conditions, rather than relying on token color, size, total amount, or duration of set presentation. These results demonstrate that judgments of simultaneous and sequential sets of stimuli are made by some chimpanzees on the basis of the numerousness of sets rather than other non-numerical dimensions. The tokens were treated as equivalent to food items on the basis of their numerousness, and the chimpanzees maximized reward by choosing the larger number of items in all situations.

  20. Correlation consistent basis sets for actinides. I. The Th and U atoms

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Peterson, Kirk A., E-mail: kipeters@wsu.edu

    New correlation consistent basis sets based on both pseudopotential (PP) and all-electron Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH) Hamiltonians have been developed from double- to quadruple-zeta quality for the actinide atoms thorium and uranium. Sets for valence electron correlation (5f6s6p6d), cc − pV nZ − PP and cc − pV nZ − DK3, as well as outer-core correlation (valence + 5s5p5d), cc − pwCV nZ − PP and cc − pwCV nZ − DK3, are reported (n = D, T, Q). The -PP sets are constructed in conjunction with small-core, 60-electron PPs, while the -DK3 sets utilized the 3rd-order Douglas-Kroll-Hess scalar relativistic Hamiltonian. Bothmore » series of basis sets show systematic convergence towards the complete basis set limit, both at the Hartree-Fock and correlated levels of theory, making them amenable to standard basis set extrapolation techniques. To assess the utility of the new basis sets, extensive coupled cluster composite thermochemistry calculations of ThF{sub n} (n = 2 − 4), ThO{sub 2}, and UF{sub n} (n = 4 − 6) have been carried out. After accurately accounting for valence and outer-core correlation, spin-orbit coupling, and even Lamb shift effects, the final 298 K atomization enthalpies of ThF{sub 4}, ThF{sub 3}, ThF{sub 2}, and ThO{sub 2} are all within their experimental uncertainties. Bond dissociation energies of ThF{sub 4} and ThF{sub 3}, as well as UF{sub 6} and UF{sub 5}, were similarly accurate. The derived enthalpies of formation for these species also showed a very satisfactory agreement with experiment, demonstrating that the new basis sets allow for the use of accurate composite schemes just as in molecular systems composed only of lighter atoms. The differences between the PP and DK3 approaches were found to increase with the change in formal oxidation state on the actinide atom, approaching 5-6 kcal/mol for the atomization enthalpies of ThF{sub 4} and ThO{sub 2}. The DKH3 atomization energy of ThO{sub 2} was calculated to be smaller than the DKH2 value by ∼1 kcal/mol.« less

Top